Skip to main content

Full text of "The elements of political economy;"

See other formats


ffl 

^■irj 

GOLDWIN    SMITH. 

Br 

JNm2^&wr?iL'rM*£*!imr  msn^s.Ms^ 

r-m& 


'^mmf^msm 


J£  3&  c 


w&®*x& 


THE 

ELEMENTS  OF  POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 


THE 


ELEMENTS 


POLITICAL  ECONOMY 


EMILE  DE  LAVELEYE 


TRANSLATED  BY 

ALFRED    W.    POLLARD,   B.A. 

ST.  JOHN'S  COLLEGE,  OXFOBD 
■WITH  AN  INTRODUCTION  AND  SUPPLEMENTARY  CHAPTER  BY 

F.   W.    TAUSSIG 

IN8TBUCTOB  IN  POLITICAL  ECONOMY,  HABYABD  COLLEGE 


.Mi 

NEW  YORK 
G.   P.    PUTNAM'S    SONS 

27  and  29  West  23d  Street 
1884 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

Microsoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/elementsofpolitiOOIaveuoft 


AUTHOR'S  PREFACE. 

In  this  elementary  treatise,  designed  as  a  manual 
of  instruction,  I  deviate  from  time  to  time  from 
the  course  commonly  followed,  because,  in  my 
view,  the  object  of  Political  Economy  is  not  that 
ordinarily  indicated.  What  is  of  importance,  as 
it  seems  to  me,  is  the  conduct  of  individuals  and 
of  states,  with  regard  to  the  production  and 
employment  of  wealth — that  is  to  say,  the  moral 
and  political  side  of  our  science.  In  manuals 
where  everything  has  to  be  condensed  into  a  few 
pages,  writers  often  confine  themselves  to  the  defini- 
tions and  to  the  brief  summary  of  a  few  general 
laws.  Reduced  to  this,  political  economy  presents 
little  that  is  useful. 

I  have  endeavoured  to  connect  my  subject 
closely  with  those  of  the  other  branches  of  study 


vi  Author's  Preface. 

dealing  with  human  life ;  that  is  to  say,  with 
philosophy,  moral  science,  the  traditions  of  the 
past,  history  and  geography.  Geography  describes 
the  positions  of  nations,  and  history  relates  their 
annals.  No  advantage  can  be  gained  from  the 
lessons  which  either  offers  without  the  aid  of 
political  economy.  At  the  present  day  it  is 
allowed  that  the  most  important  part  of  history 
is  that  which  traces  the  progress  of  humanity  in 
comfort  and  liberty.  To  understand  this  advance 
from  prehistoric  barbarism  to  the  prodigious  de- 
velopment of  wealth  which  marks  our  own 
epoch,  a  knowledge  of  economy  is  indispensable. 

In  order  to  show  more  clearly  the  close  con- 
nection which  exists  between  history  and  political 
economy,  I  have  not  hesitated  to  multiply  quota- 
tions from  established  writers.  To  the  enunciation 
of  each  principle  I  have  added  an  example,  a 
fact,  a  maxim,  hoping  that  the  volume  thus  en- 
larged might  yet  seem  all  the  shorter,  through 
the  attention  being  better  sustained. 

Some  chapters,  such  as  those  which  deal  with 
socialism,   with    credit,   with   commercial   crises    or 


Authors  Preface.  vii 

with  population,  will  seem  perhaps  to  treat  the 
questions  in  greater  detail  than  is  needed  in  an 
elementary  treatise.  It  should  not,  however,  be 
forgotten  that  nowadays  the  young  man,  on  leaving 
his  school  or  college,  finds  himself  at  once  beset 
with  these  important  problems.  The  social  question 
is  the  subject  of  every  day  discussion ;  as  to  credit, 
we  all  resort  to  it ;  crises  threaten  our  property  at 
every  instant.  The  question  of  population  is  that 
on  which  the  future  of  our  country  depends. 

As  citizens  of  a  free  country  we  need  the  training 
of  men.  From  our  earliest  years  the  state  claims 
our  attention ;  even  in  childhood  political  economy 
ought  to  make  us  see  that  freedom  leads  nations 
to  prosperity,  while  despotism  leads  them  to  decay. 

Need  more  be  urged  to  prove  the  necessity  of 
spreading  economic  knowledge  ?  The  greater  part 
of  the  evils  from  which  societies  suffer  spring  from 
their  ignorance  of  this  subject.  National  rivalries, 
restrictions  on  trade,  wars  of  tariffs,  improvidence 
of  the  labouring  classes,  antagonism  between 
workmen  and  employers,  over-speculation,  ill- 
directed   charity,    excessive   and   ill-assessed    taxes, 


\iii  Authors  Preface. 

unproductive  expenditure  on  the  part  of  nations 
or  towns — are  all  so  many  causes  of  misery  spring- 
ing from  economic  errors. 

Natural  science,  which  is  so  highly  esteemed  at 
the  present  day,  shows  man,  like  other  animate 
beings,  subservient  to  his  individual  interest.  While 
maintaining  that  man,  a  free  moral  agent,  may 
and  ought  to  listen  to  the  voice  of  duty,  and 
sacrifice  himself  for  his  family,  for  his  country 
and  for  mankind,  one  must  recognise  the  fact  that 
the  habitual  motive  of  his  actions  is  the  pursuit 
of  what  is  useful  to  him.  If  this  be  so,  is  not 
the  science  indispensable  which  shows  in  what 
utility  consists,  and  how  men  united  in  society 
may  best  attain  it? 


TRANSLATOR'S  PREFACE. 

This  translation  of  M.  de  Laveleye's  Les  Elements 
de  VJEconomie  Politique  was  undertaken  in  the 
hope  that  the  work  in  its  English  dress  might 
be  useful  to  students  as  a  supplement  to  some 
of  the  many  handbooks  already  in  existence.  In 
English  treatises  political  economy  still  retains 
its  character  of  the  "dismal  science."  In  Les 
Elements  the  subject  seemed  humanised  by  a 
more  liberal  and  broader  treatment,  and  this  is 
the  reason  of  the  present  translation  being  offered 
to  the  reader. 

As  the  difference  in  tone  is  thus  the  distinctive 
feature  of  M.  de  Laveleye's  work,  the  fewest  pos- 
sible alterations  have  been  made  in  this  edition. 
A  few  quotations  have  been  omitted,  and  here 
and   there   an   English   illustration   substituted   for 


Translators  Preface. 


a  French  one.  It  may  be  added  that  the  whole 
of  the  translation  has  had  the  benefit  of  the 
author's  revision. 

Before  the  present  translator  began  his  task  a 
few  chapters  of  Book  I.  had  been  already  Englished 
by  Mr.  G.  L.  Marriott,  the  author  of  the  able  version 
of  M.  de  Laveleye's  work  on  Prirnitive  Property. 
The  translator  desires  to  acknowledge  Mr.  Marriott's 
kindness  in  handing  him  over  his  translation  of 
these  chapters  when  prevented  by  other  engage- 
ments from  continuing  his  version. 


INTRODUCTORY  NOTE. 

No  apology  is  needed  for  introducing  to  American 
readers  the  work  of  so  distinguished  an  author  as 
Professor  Laveleye.  A  large  number  of  publications, 
covering  a  remarkably  wide  range  of  subjects,  have 
made  his  name  familiar  to  the  reading  public  of 
civilized  countries.  Professor  Laveleye  has  been  an 
active  literary  worker  for  forty  years  ;  and  in  the 
course  of  his  career  he  has  thrown  light  on  some  of 
the  most  important  problems  of  literature,  history, 
and  social  science.  In  the  field  of  literature,  he 
published,  in  his  early  years,  an  interesting  book  on 
the  language  and  literature  of  Provence ;  and  has 
written  translations  of  the  Nibelungen-lied  and  the 
Edda.  In  history,  he  has  published  a  volume  on  the 
Frankish  Kings,  and  has  made  a  number  of  contribu- 
tions to  the  recent  history  of  Germany,  with  especial 

reference  to  the  events  of  1866.     Chiefly  historical, 

xi 


xii  Introductory  Note. 

but  with  an  important  bearing  on  social  and  economic 
questions,  is  the  well-known  work  on  Primitive 
Property,  which  has  been  translated  into  English,  and 
has  done  more,  perhaps,  than  any  other  single  work, 
to  extend  the  reputation  of  its  author.  But  it  is  in 
the  field  of  social  and  economic  science  that  his  con- 
tributions to  knowledge  have  been  of  most  importance. 
He  has  published  numerous  books  and  articles  on  the 
forms  of  government  in  modern  societies,  on  the  re- 
lations of  church  and  state,  on  several  branches  of 
international  law,  on  education,  on  economic  topics, 
and  on  the  political  questions  of  his  own  country  and 
of  foreign  countries.  Many  of  his  publications  ap- 
peared first  in  the  columns  of  periodicals,  notably  in 
the  Revue  de  Deux  Mondes,  to  which  he  has  been  for 
many  years  an  active  contributor.  In  recent  years  he 
has  also  made  contributions  to  English  periodicals. 
The  ease  and  grace  of  his  style,  and  the  clearness  of 
his  exposition,  have  brought  his  writings  before  a  large 
circle  of  readers;  and  their  general  soundness  and 
impartiality  have  made  them  of  great  weight  with 
competent  judges.  Professor  Laveleye  was  born  in 
1822,  and  has  been  since  1864  professor  of  political 
economy  at  the  University  of  Liege. 


Introductory  Note,  xiii 

On  political  economy  the  more  important  works  of 
Professor  Layeleye  have  been  :  an  essay  on  the  Sural 
Economy  of  Belgium  (1863),  and  a  similar  essay  on 
the  Rural  Economy  of  Holland  (1864) ;  the  Money 
Market  during  the  last  fifty  years  (1865) ;  the  volume 
on  Primitive  Property,  already  referred  to  (1874)  ; 
Contemporary  Socialism  (1881)  ;  and  the  present 
Elements  of  Political  Economy,  published  in  Erench 
in  1882.  A  large  number  of  articles  in  reviews  and 
periodicals,  many  of  them  of  permanent  importance, 
have  also  appeared  from  his  pen.  Professor  Laveleye's 
economic  views  are  in  strong  sympathy  with  those  who 
declare  themselves  to  have  broken  loose  from  what 
may  be  called  the  classic  system,  as  built  up  in  the 
works  of  Adam  Smith,  Malthus,  Ricardo,  and  the 
younger  Mill.  At  the  same  time,  he  by  no  means  goes 
as  far  as  those  writers,  chiefly  German,  who  declare 
that  the  classic  system  is  entirely  superseded.  His 
position  is  rather  that  of  the  more  moderate  Ger- 
man writers  who  protest  against  the  hard  and  fast 
lines  of  Ricardo's  system,  and  especially  against 
the  dogmatic  exposition  of  Ricardo's  system  which 
has  been  common  with  some  of  his  followers ;  but 
who  nevertheless  retain,  with  more  or   less  quali- 


xiv  Introductory  Note. 

fication  and  explanation,  the  essential  doctrines  of  the 
great  English  thinker.  In  the  presentation  of  eco- 
nomic principles  by  these  writers,  the  qualifications 
and  explanations,  which  are  undoubtedly  necessary  to 
the  correct  statement  of  the  principles,  sometimes 
overshadow  the  latter,  and  detract  from  their  incisive- 
ness.  This  fault  may  perhaps  be  found  with  the 
present  work.  The  edge  may  be  said  to  be  taken  off 
the  great  principles  by  the  qualifications  and  excep- 
tions with  which  they  are  stated.  But  surely  this 
method  of  presenting  the  subject  is  preferable  to  the 
bald,  unqualified,  and  scientifically  inexact  statements 
which  are  common  in  many  English  elementary  books. 
And,  after  all,  the  divergence  of  this  moderate  school 
from  the  classic  system  is  more  in  spirit  than  in  sub- 
stance. The  spirit  of  the  classic  writers  was,  for 
instance,  strongly  against  government  interference 
in  industry.  Professor  Laveleye,  like  most  German 
writers,  and  unlike  most  French  writers,  is  not  a 
decided  adherent  of  the  laissez  faire  principle. 
Especially  in  the  relations  of  the  state  to  the  working 
classes,  he  has  been  willing  to  disregard  that  principle  ; 
and  his  keen  sympathy  with  these  classes  has  some- 
times perhaps  carried  him  too  far  in  his  views  of  the 


Introductory  Note.  xv 

duty  of  the  state,  and  of  the  possible  results  to  be 
achieved  by  legislation.  Again,  Professor  Laveleye 
insists  on  a  more  concrete  treatment  of  economic  sub- 
jects than  was  common  with  Eicardo  and  his  fol- 
lowers. He  believes,  as  the  reader  will  observe  from 
the  chapter  in  this  book  on  the  method  of  investiga- 
tion, that  economic  laws  are  to  be  ascertained  by  in- 
duction,— by  observation  of  the  facts  presented  by 
history,  physical  science,  and  statistics.  Some  results 
of  this  belief  are  to  be  found  in  the  frequent  historical 
references  in  the  present  volume.  Whatever  may  be 
the  difference  of  opinion  among  economists  on  the 
question  of  the  proper  method  in  their  subject,  no 
one  will  deny  that  this  greater  attention  to  the  actual 
facts  of  the  past  and  of  the  present  is  an  advan- 
tage. 

On  some  questions  of  detail,  and  on  some  of  the 
unsolved  problems  of  political  economy,  Professor 
Laveleye  differs,  inevitably,  from  other  writers ;  and 
his  opinions  on  such  questions,  though  of  weight,  can- 
not be  accepted  as  authoritative.  But  in  an  elementary 
work  like  the  present,  questions  of  this  kind  are  but 
little  touched  on.  Such  a  work  must  necessarily  be 
occupied  chiefly  with  a  presentation  of   the  great 


xvi  Introductory  Note. 

principles  of  the  science.  On  these,  competent 
thinkers  are  agreed ;  and  the  fundamental  principles 
of  the  production  and  consumption  of  wealth,  of  its 
distribution  into  wages,  interest,  and  rent,  of  popula- 
tion, of  value  and  price,  of  money  and  credit,  of  inter- 
national trade,  and  of  taxation,  as  laid  down  in  these 
elements,  cannot  be  disputed. 

Some  doubtful  points  are  necessarily  touched  on  ; 
and  it  may  be  well  to  point  out  cases  in  which  the 
propositions  advanced  in  this  volume  are  to  be  accepted 
with  qualification.  The  wages  question  is  still  one 
of  the  disputed  fields  of  political  economy.  Professor 
Laveleye's  explanation  of  the  causes  that  govern  the 
rate  of  wages,  which  is  the  one  usually  given  in  Ger- 
man treatises  of  the  present  time,  is  doubtless  true  as 
far  as  it  goes  ;  but  it  hardly  gives  a  complete  solution 
of  that  difficult  problem. 

Professor  Laveleye,  it  is  well  known,  has  been  an 
earnest  advocate  of  international  bi-metallism  ;  and  in 
connection  with  that  question  he  states,  probably  too 
strongly,  the  objections  against  a  single  gold  standard, 
and  the  reasons  in  favor  of  a  double  standard. 

It  has  already  been  said  that  the  strong  humani- 
tarian spirit  of  our  author  sometimes  carries  him  too 


Introductory  JVote.  xvii 

far ;  an  instance  may  be  found  in  the  somewhat  sweep- 
ing statement,  on  page  96,  that  it  is  the  duty  of  the 
public  to  indemnify  workmen  who  are  thrown  out 
of  employment  by  the  introduction  of  machinery. 
Again,  the  connection  between  the  abundance  or 
scarcity  of  money,  and  the  rate  of  interest,  is  perhaps 
too  broadly  stated  on  page  197.  But  these  statements, 
and  others  in  which  economic  critics  may  find  flaws, 
turn  very  largely  on  questions  of  degree  or  of 
emphasis,  on  which  there  is  a  natural  divergence  of 
opinions,  and  on  which,  moreover,  Professor  Laveleye 
does  not  stand  alone.  In  the  main,  the  principles 
laid  down  are  those  accepted  by  all  economists  of 
weight.  The  clearness  and  attractiveness  of  the 
author's  style  make  his  presentation  of  them  especially 
valuable  for  those  who  wish  to  obtain  an  elementary 
knowledge  of  political  economy. 

In  the  supplementary  chapter  some  of  the  questions 
which  are  of  great  practical  importance  at  the  present 
time  in  the  United  States  are  taken  up,  and  a  brief 
statement  is  made  of  the  economic  principles  which 
apply  to  them.  On  practical  questions,  difference  of 
opinion  is  inevitable  ;  and  there  may  be  those  who  will 
object  to  some  of  the  conclusions  reached  in  this 


xviii  Introductory  Note, 

chapter,  especially  in  regard  to  the  subject  of  money. 
The  writer  has  endeavoured  to  state  only  such  con- 
clusions as  are  warranted  by  reason  and  expe- 
rience. 

F.  W.  Taussig. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 
BOOK  I. 

PRELIMINARY  REMARKS. 

CHAPTER  I. 
The  Meaning  of  Economic  Science 


§  1.     Definition  and  object  of  Political  Economy  ....       1 
§  2.     What  Political  Economy  is  not 3 


CHAPTER  II. 

The  Connection  between  Political  Economy  and  other 
Moral  and  Political  Sciences 5 

§  1.     Connection  between  Political  Economy  and  Philo- 
sophy or  Religion 5 

§  2.     Connection  between  Political  Economy  and  Ethics  .  7 
§  3.     Connection  between  Political  Economy  and  Law     .  9 
§  4.     Connection  between  Political  Economy  and  Politics  10 
§  5.     Connection  between  Political  Economy  and  Inter- 
national Law 11 

§  6.     Connection  between  Political  Economy  and  History  12 
§  7.     Connection  between  Political  Economy,  Geography 

and  Statistics 14 

§  8.     Laws  of  Nature  in  Political  Economy 15 


xx  Contents. 


CHAPTER   III. 

Wealth 16 

§  1.     The  meaning  of  Wealth  or  Riches 16 

§2.     Wants 18 

§3.     False  Wants  and  False  Wealth 20 


CHAPTER  IV. 

Value 23 

§  1.     The  meaning  of  Value 23 

§  2.     Value  in  Use  and  Value  in  Exchange 26 

CHAPTER  V. 
The  Method  of  Investigation 27 

CHAPTER  VI. 
Division  of  Political  Economy 29 


BOOK  II. 

THE  FACTORS  OF  PRODUCTION  AND 
PRODUCTIVE  LABOUR. 

CHAPTER  I. 

The  Production  of  Wealth 30 

§  1.     Definition  of  Production 30 

§  2.     The  three  Factors  of  Production 31 

CHAPTER  II. 
Nature 32 


Contents.  xxi 


CHArTER  III. 

PAGE 

Labour 33 

§  1.     Definition  of  Labour 33 

§  2.     Productiveness  of  Labour 36 

§  3.     Responsibility 37 

§  4.     Influence  of  Nature  on  the  Productiveness  of  Labour  39 

§  5.     Influence  of  Race 41 

§  6.     Influence  of  Philosophic  and  Religious  Doctrines   .  43 

§  7.     Influence  of  the  Moral  Sentiments 49 

§  8.     Influence  of  Justice 52 

§  9.     Civil   Laws,    especially    those  as  to  Property,  in 

their  Relation  to  the  Productiveness  of  Labour   .  55 
§  10.  Influence  of  Systems  of  Inheritance  on  the  Produc- 
tiveness of  Labour 56 

§  11.  Influence  of  Systems  of  Tenure 57 

§  12.  Influence  of  Systems  of  Rewarding  Labour  ....  59 

§  13.  Influence  of  Systems  of  Government 60 

§  14.  Influence  of  Democracy 63 

§  15.  Influence  of  Liberty 64 

§  16.  Influence  of  Association  and  Co-operation    ....  66 

§  17.  Influence  of  the  Division  of  Labour 67 

§  18.  Influence  of  Science  applied  to  Manufacture     ...  74 

§  19.  Influence  of  Instruction  and  Education 77 

§  20.  Obstacles  opposed  by  Ignorance  to  the  Productive- 
ness of  Labour 79 


CHAPTER  IV. 

Gross  Product,  Net  Product,  and  the  Cost  of  Produc- 
tion    82 


CHAPTER  V. 

Capital 83 

§  1.     Different  Kinds  of  Capital 83 

§  2.     The  Formation  of  Capital 87 

§  3.     Machines 89 


xxii  Contents. 


PAGE 

§  4.     Does  Machinery  Diminish  the  Employment   and 

Wages  of  "Workmen  ? 93 

§  5.     How  Machinery  may  Compel  Workmen  to  change 

their  Occupation 95 

§  6.     How    Machinery    increases    the    Employment    of 

Workmen 96 


CHAPTER  VI. 
The  Establishment  of   an  Equilibrium  between  Pro- 
duction and  Consumption 98 

CHAPTER  VII. 
Classification  of  Useful  Occupations 100 

CHAPTER  VIII. 
Occupations  which  have  to  do  with  Men 101 

CHAPTER  IX. 

Occupations  Concerned  with  Things 103 

§  1.     Extractive  Industries 103 

§  2.     Agriculture 105 

§  3.     The  Progress  of  Agriculture 107 

§  4.     Large  and  Small  Farming 110 

§  5.     Manufacturing  Industries Ill 

§  6.     Necessary  Conditions  of  Industries  on  a  Large  Scale  115 

§  7.     Industries  of  Transport 116 

§  8.     Should   Roads  be  made,  and  Means  of  Transport 

provided  from  Public  Funds  ? 118 

§  9.     Commerce 119 

CHAPTER  X. 
Colonies 121 

CHAPTER  XI. 
Associations  for  the  Combination  of  Capital    ....    125 


Contents.  xxiii 


BOOK  III. 

DISTRIBUTION  AND   CIRCULATION. 

PART   I.— DISTRIBUTION. 

CHAPTER  I. 

PAGE 

Distribution  :  Rent,  Wages,  Interest    ........    131 

CHAPTER  II. 
How  Distribution  is  Accomplished 132 

CHAPTER  III. 
Principles  Regulating  Distribution 133 

CHAPTER  IV." 
Reward  of  the  Natural  Agents 135 

§1.     Rent 135 

§  2.     Theory  of  Rent  held  by  Ricardo  and  Mill     ....  137 
§  3.     Arguments  of  Economists  who  deny  the  Existence 

of  Rent 139 

CHAPTER  V. 

"Wages -,,h 

§  1.  Systems  of  Remuneration 141 

§  2.  The  Iron  Law '.   '.   !  143 

§  3.  Causes  of  Different  Rates  of  Wages 144 

§  4.  Low  Wages  not  a  Cause  of  Cheap  Work    ....  146 

§5.  The  Wages  Fund 147 

§6.  Is  there  a  Natural  or  Normal  Wage  ? 148 

§  7.  The  Causes  which  Fix  the  Rate  of  Wages     ....  149 

§  a  Has  the  Condition  of  the  Working  Classes  improved  ?  152 


xx  iv  Contents. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

PAGE 

Means  of  Improving  the  Condition  of  Wage  Earners  .  153 

§1.     Charity 154 

§  2.     Communism 154 

§  3.     Nihilism 156 

§  4.     Anarchy 157 

§  5.     Collectivism  and  the  Organisation  of  Labour  ...  158 

§  6.     Co-operative  Societies 159 

§  7.     Emigration 160 

§  8.     Corporations  and  Trades  Unions 160 

§  9.     Coalitions  and  Strikes 161 

§  10.  Increase  of  Capital  and  Diffusion  of  Property     .    .  163 
§  11.  The    Relation    between  the   Rise  of   Wages  and 

the  Increase  of  Population 164 


CHAPTER  VII. 
On  the  Increase  of  Population 164 

CHAPTER  VIII. 

Profit 169 

§  1.     Meaning  and  Reason  of  Profit 169 

§  2.     Is  the  Rate  of  Interest  in  Inverse  Proportion  to  the 

Rate  of  Wages  ? 170 

§  3.     Profit  Tends  to  Diminish 171 

CHAPTER  IX. 

The  Reward  of  Capital 171 

§  1.     What  Interest  is ^ .   ...    171 

§  2.     Interest  Tends  to  Diminish 173 

§  3.     The  Lawfulness  of  Interest,  and  the  Laws  Against 

usury 175 

§  4.     The    Influence   of   the   Abundance  or  Scarcity  of 

Money  on  the  Rate  of  Interest 179 


Contents. 


xxv 


PART   II.— THE  CIRCULATION  OF  WEALTH. 
CHAPTER  I. 

PAGE 

Exchange 180 

§  1.     Barter 180 

§  2.     Employment  of  Money  :  Sale  and  Purchase     ...  181 

§  3.     Influence  of  Exchange  on  Prosperity 183 

CHAPTER  II. 

Sale  and  Purchase 184 

§  1.     Price 184 

§  2.     Supply  and  Demand,  and  the  Cost  of  Production  .  185 

§  3.     The  Just  Price 187 

§  4.     Usefulness  of  Fairs  and  Exchanges 188 

CHAPTER  III. 

Money 189 

§  1.  Nature  and  Function  of  Money 189 

§  2.  Different  Kinds  of  Money 191 

§3.  Value  of  Money 193 

§  4.  Is  the  Abundance  of  Money  an  Advantage  ?     .    .    .  195 

§  5.  Monetary  Systems 197 

§  6.  Monometallism  and  Bimetallism 202 

§  7.  The  Laws  of  Gresham  and  Newton 203 

§  8.  The  Maintenance  of  Monetary  Systems 204 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Credit 205 

§  1.    What  Credit  is 205 

§  2.     The  Advantages  and  Effects  of  Credit 206 

§3.     The  Drawbacks  of  Credit 210 

§  4.     The  Instruments  of  Credit 211 

§  5.     Banks  . 216 

§  6.     Free  Creation  of  Note-issuing  Banks 222 

b 


xxvi  Contents. 


CHAPTER  V. 

PAOK 

Monetary,  Commercial,  and  Industrial  Crises  ... .  i  .  223 

§  1.     Nature  of  Crises 223 

§  2.     Periodical  Recurrence  of  Crises 223 

§  3.     Characteristics  of  Crises 224 

§  4.     Causes  of  Commercial  and  Monetary  Crises  ....  227 

§  5.     Means  of  Preventing  and  Remedying  Crises    .    .    .  228 

§  6.     Industrial  Crises 229 

§  7.     Speculative  Crises  or  Crashes 229 


CHAPTER  VI. 

Free  Trade  and  Protection 231 

§  1.     Free  Trade 231 

§  2.     The  Balance  of  Trade 236 

§  3.     The  Oversight  of  Freetraders 238 

§  4.     The  System  of  Temporary  Protection 239 

§  5.     Reciprocity 240 

§  6.     Commercial  Treaties 241 


BOOK  IV. 

TEE  CONSUMPTION  OF   WEALTH. 
CHAPTER  I. 

On  the  Consumption  of  Wealth 243 

§  1.     What  is  Consumption 243 

§  2.     Different  Kinds  of  Consumption 245 

§  3.     Should  the  Increase  of  Consumption  be  Encouraged  ?  248 

CHAPTER  II. 

Private  Consumption 249 

§1.     Luxury 249 

§  2.     Insurances 254 


Contents.  xxvii 


CHAPTER  III. 

PAOB 

Public  Consumption 256 

§  1.     The  Usefulness  of  Public  Consumption 256 

§  2.     Functions  of  the  State 257 

§  3.     Limits  of  the  Functions  of  Public  Bodies     ....  259 

§  4.     Public  Luxury 262 


CHAPTER  IV. 

Taxation 264 

§  1.     What  is  Taxation , 264 

§  2.     Rules  as  to  the  Imposition  of  Taxes 265 

§  3.     Incidence  of  Taxation 268 

§  4.     A  Single  Tax 269 

§  5.     Direct  and  Indirect  Taxation 269 

§  6.     The  Budget 270 

§7.     Loans 271 


SUPPLEMENTARY  CHAPTER. 

Economic  Questions  in  the  United  States.    . 275 

§1.    The  Tariff  and  Wages 275 

§  2.    The  Present  Phase  of  the  Tariff  Question  .....  277 

§3.    The  Internal  Taxes 280 

§  4.     The  Money  of  the  United  States 280 

§  5.    The  Silver  Question 283 

§  6.    American  Shipping  and  the  Navigation  Laws   ...  286 


ELEMENTS  OF  POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 

BOOK  I. 

PRELIMINARY  REMARKS. 
CHAPTER  I 

THE  MEANING  OF  ECONOMIC  SCIENCE. 

§  i.  Definition  and  Object  of  Political 
Economy. 

The  term  "political  economy,"  first  used  by  Aristotle 
in  the  second  book  of  his  CEconomica,  and  then  by 
Antoine  de  Montchretien,  the  author  of  a  TraiU  de 
VEconomie  Politique,  published  at  Rouen  in  1615, 
comes  from  three  Greek  words  :  Oikos,  house  ;  nomos, 
law  ;  and  polis,  city  or  state.  It  denotes,  therefore, 
the  law,  or  laws,  which  ought  to  direct  the  adminis- 
tration of  property  in  the  state,  that  is,  in  society. 
Such  iSj  in  fact,  the  object  of  economic  science. 

B 


2  Elements  of  Political  Economy 

Human  beings  have  wants,  and,  when  united  in 
societies,  observe  customs  or  laws.  To  satisfy  these 
wants,  they  have  their  intelligence  and  their  arms1, 
which  they  employ  in  the  production  of  useful 
objects.  How  should  they  be  organised,  or,  in  other 
terms,  what  laws  should  they  adopt,  in  order  to 
attain  by  their  labour  to  the  fullest  and  most 
rational  satisfaction  of  their  wants  ?  This  is  the 
problem  of  which  political  economy  seeks  the 
solution. 

Political  economy  has  to  do  with  legislation.  It 
seeks  an  ideal  the  same  as  moral  science,  law,  or 
politics.  Almost  all  the  economical  questions  that 
come  under  discussion  are  questions  of  legislation — 
such  as  the  reform  of  the  laws  relating  to  custom 
duties,  of  the  land  laws,  of  the  laws  on  currency,  of 
credit,  of  banking,  companies,  factory  labour,  rail- 
ways, taxation,  &c.  The  justice  of  these  questions 
must  be  solved  by  the  study  of  equity,  their  utility 
by  the  study  of  statistical  and  historical  facts. 

The  father  of  political  economy,  Adam  Smith, 
denned  it  perfectly  when  he  said  that  it  proposed  two 
distinct  objects:  first,  to  put  the  people  in  the 
way  of  procuring  for  themselves  an  ample  sub- 
sistence ;  and,  secondly,  to  furnish  the  state  with 
a  revenue  sufficient  for  the  public  service. 

The  very  name  of  Adam  Smith's  book,  The 
Wealth  of  Nations,  shows  that  the  object  is  to 
determine  what  is  conducive  to  the  production  of 
wealth,  and  what  hinders  such  production.    As  has 


Preliminary  Remarks. 


been  well  said  by  Droz :  "  Political  economy  is  a 
science  whose  object  is  to  make  comfort  as  general 
as  possible."  Bossuet,  again,  speaking  of  politics, 
said  that  "  their  true  end  is  to  make  life  easy  and 
nations  happy;"  and  such  is  also  the  aim  of  political 
economy. 

The  doctor  ought  to  know  the  human  body,  to 
diagnose  its  ailments  and  prescribe  remedies  for 
them,  as  well  as  the  course  of  life  which  will  pre- 
serve health.  This  is  precisely  what  the  economist 
has  to  do  for  society.  He  must  know  minutely  the 
mechanism  of  the  social  body,  must  point  out  those 
laws  and  customs  which  bring  misery  upon  it,  and 
describe  the  system  most  favourable  to  the  creation 
of  comfort  by  means  of  labour. 

Political  economy  may  therefore  be  denned  as 
"  the  science  which  determines  what  laws  men  ought 
to  adopt  in  order  that  they  may,  with  the  least 
possible  exertion,  procure  the  greatest  abundance  of 
things  useful  for  the  satisfaction  of  their  wants; 
may  distribute  them  justly,  and  consume  them 
rationally." 

§  2.  What  Political  Economy  is  not. 

Political  economy  is  commonly  denned  as  "the 
science  which  describes  the  methods  of  production, 
distribution,  and  consumption  of  wealth."  This  de- 
finition is  altogether  inaccurate.  The  modes  of 
producing  wealth  are  described  in  industrial  manuals 
or  treatises  on  agriculture ;  the  mode  of  its  distribu- 

b2 


4  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

tion  is  the  subject  of  statistics;  the  account  of  its 
consumption  the  history  of  the  daily  life  of  the 
various  nations. 

Political  economy  is  not  an  exact  science,  for  it 
is  concerned  with  the  wants  of  man,  which  constantly 
vary,  and  with  his  actions,  which  are  free.  Neither 
strict  definitions  nor  methods  of  mathematical 
deduction  are  applicable  to  it. 

Political  economy  is  not  a  physical  science,  for 
it  does  not  deal  with  commodities  considered  in 
themselves,  i.e.,  as  material  objects,  but  with  the  laws 
that  assist  the  production  of  these  commodities ;  and 
these  laws  are  relations  of  the  moral  order. 

Nor  yet  is  political  economy  a  branch  of  the 
natural  history  of  man,  for  it  does  not  inquire  how 
he  arrives  at  producing  what  he  consumes,  but  what 
the  institutions  are  which  allow  of  his  doing  this  to 
the  best  advantage. 

Again,  it  is  not,  as  is  so  often  asserted,  "  the  science 
of  labour."  Descartes'  idea  of  this  latter  science  is 
this  :  "  There  is  a  practical  science,  by  means  of  which, 
understanding  the  nature  of  force  and  the  action 
of  fire,  water,  air,  the  stars,  the  heavens,  and  all  the 
bodies  which  surround  us  as  clearly  as  we  understand 
the  various  crafts  of  our  artisans,  we  might  in  the 
same  manner  put  these  agents  to  all  the  uses  for 
which  they  are  adapted,  and  so  make  ourselves 
masters  and  owners  of  nature." 

The  science  of  labour  is  technology.  Political 
economy  has  quite  another  object.     It  seeks  to  dis- 


Preliminary  Remarks. 


cover  the  laws,  whether  moral,  religious,  political, 
civil,  or  commercial,  which  are  most  favourable  to 
the  efficiency  of  labour.  It  does  not  teach  us  how 
to  cultivate  the  soil,  or  to  work  mines,  or  to  make 
bread.     All  this  is  strictly  the  science  of  labour. 


CHAPTER  II. 

THE  CONNECTION  BETWEEN  POLITICAL  ECONOMY  AND 
OTHER  MORAL  AND   POLITICAL  SCIENCES. 

Political  economy  is  one  branch  of  the  group  of 
sciences,  the  object  of  which  is  the  study  of  human 
societies,  and  which  are  known  in  the  present  day 
by  the  name  of  Sociology. 

§   i.    Connection   between  Political  Economy 
and  Philosophy  or  Religion. 

Political  economy,  regarding  man  as  pursuing  the 
useful,  is  subordinate  to  the  sciences  which  regard 
man  as  pursuing  the  good  and  the  true,  that  is  to 
say,  to  religion  or  philosophy.  These  discuss  what 
are  the  nature  and  destiny  of  man,  and  the  use 
individuals  or  societies  make  of  their  time  and  of 
their  property  depends  on  the  idea  which  they  form 
of  man's  destiny.  The  doctrines  which  see  in  man 
nothing  but  a  body,  and  in  life  nothing  but  an  exist- 
ence of  a  few  moments,   stolen  from   nothingness, 


6  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

will  plunge  societies  into  the  exclusive  pursuit  of 
enjoyment.  Asceticism,  on  the  other  hand,  for  which 
the  body  is  only  a  source  of  sin,  and  life  only  a 
probation,  will  wish  to  suppress  the  satisfaction  of 
the  most  essential  wants,  and  will  urge  the  individual 
to  annihilate  himself  in  the  deserts  of  the  Thebaid, 
on  the  pillar  of  the  Stylite,  or,  in  India,  in  the 
aspiration  after  the  Nirvana. 

Avoiding  both  these  excesses,  true  philosophy 
teaches  us  that  man  ought  to  seek  the  full  develop- 
ment of  all  his  faculties :  those  of  the  mind  first, 
because  the  intellectual  life  is  the  most  essential, 
but  those  of  the  body  as  well,  because  it  is  the 
instrument  of  the  soul.  This  object  is  indicated  in 
the  well  known  maxim  of  antiquity :  Mens  sana  in 
corpore  sano  (Juvenal,  Sat.  xv.,  1.  356).  Hence  it 
follows  that  while  seeking  the  useful,  which  is  its 
peculiar  object,  political  economy  should  never  forget 
that  material  wealth  is  a  means  and  not  an  end — the 
condition  of  moral  and  intellectual  progress,  not  the 
end  of  life.  On  the  one  hand  one  must  not  listen  to 
asceticism  which  sacrifices  the  body,  nor,  on  the 
other,  to  Sybaritism,  which  sacrifices  everything  to 
the  body. 

The  economist  should  learn  from  the  philosopher 
what  are  the  motives  of  human  action,  so  as  to 
regulate  the  order  of  society  in  such  manner  that 
men  should  be  constantly  induced  to  employ  their 
time  and  their  strength  to  the  greatest  use.  The 
science  of  the  motives  which   determine   the  will 


Preliminary  Remarks. 


ought  accordingly  to  serve  as  "basis  for  the  science  of 
the  laws  which  govern  the  production  of  wealth. 

§  2.  Connection  between  Political  Economy 
and  Ethics. 

The  connection  between  ethics  and  political 
economy  is  close. 

"Ethics,"  says  an  eminent  French  philosopher, 
Francois  Huet,  "  is  the  science  of  moral  perfection 
and  worth,  just  as  economy  is  the  science  of  material 
comfort  and  value/'  Ethics,  in  fact,  determines  what 
are  our  duties  in  relation  to  God,  to  our  neighbours, 
and  to  ourselves ;  and  these  ideas  of  our  duties  ought 
to  govern  all  the  actions  of  economic  life. 

Ethics  enjoins  moderation  in  our  needs,  energy  and 
conscientiousness  in  our  work,  fidelity  to  our  engage- 
ments, thrift  and  prudence  in  the  use  of  our  income, 
and  regard  for  justice  in  our  relations  with  one 
another.  There  is  not  one  of  these  laws  that  is  not 
an  essential  rule  in  economy.  Energy  in  labour 
insures  abundant  production;  respect  for  justice,  a 
fair  distribution ;  respect  for  engagements,  abundant 
credit;  the  spirit  of  thrift  leads  to  the  creation  of 
capital,  and  the  moderation  of  desires  to  a  good  use 
of  time  and  property. 

In  the  ethical  code  you  find  the  true  root  of 
economic  laws.  The  good,  the  end  of  ethics,  and 
the  useful,  the  end  of  political  economy,  without 
being  confounded,  are  inseparable;  for  the  pursuit 
of  the  good  is  always  favourable  to  the  production  of 


8  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

the  useful.  Hutcheson,  the  father  of  Scotch  philo- 
sophy, inserted  in  his  course  of  moral  philosophy 
(1729-1747)  some  lessons  on  Economics.  Adam 
Smith's  book,  The  Wealth  of  Nations,  regarded  as 
the  gospel  of  political  economy,  was  only  a  fragment 
of  a  larger  work  treating  of  the  Moral  Sentiments. 
In  his  treatise  on  ideology  Destutt  de  Tracy  discusses 
political  economy  as  an  application  of  the  theory 
of  will. 

Political  economy,  in  its  turn,  is,  as  Droz  has  said, 
the  best  aid  to  ethics,  for  it  shows  the  advantages 
which  result  from  the  practice  of  virtue,  and  the  evils 
which  are  the  inevitable  consequence  of  vice. 

In  fine,  ethics  is  the  science  of  "The  Good," 
political  economy  the  science  of  goods.  The  latter 
is  thus  the  application  of  the  former — that  is  to  say, 
it  is  morality  in  action.  Ancient  writers,  such  as 
Xenophon  and  Aristotle,  understood  by  political 
economy  certain  rules  which  the  state  or  the  indi- 
vidual ought  to  follow  in  the  pursuit  of  comfort  and 
the  employment  of  wealth.  The  most  erudite  of 
contemporary  economists,  M.  Roscher,  has  declared 
that  the  rales  laid  down  by  the  ancients  for  the 
employment  of  wealth  are  the  essence  of  the 
whole  matter.  In  these  maxims  the  relation  con- 
necting political  economy  and  ethics  is  conclusively 
established. 


Preliminary  Remarks. 


§  3.   Connection   between   Political    Economy 
and  Law. 

At  any  given  moment  there  is  some  organisation 
for  societies,  which,  if  respected,  would  be  most 
favourable  to  the  advancement  of  the  human  race. 
This  dispensation  is  the  law — civil,  constitutional, 
economic,  international ;  obedience  to  this  is  a  duty, 
and  at  the  same  time  the  highest  advantage. 

Right,  or  law,  is  accordingly  the  direct,  or  right, 
road  to  good,  that  is,  to  the  perfection  of  man 
and  society.  In  Sanskrit  rita,  in  German  recht,  in 
English  right,  in  French  droit,  signify  alike  the 
straight  or  direct  road,  and  right,  justice,  law.  To 
walk  in  the  right  road,  or  in  the  path  of  right,  is 
therefore  to  do  everything  which  is  truly  advan- 
tageous. Justice  and  utility  lay  down  the  same 
laws.  As  a  French  philosopher,  Bordas-Demoulin, 
has  said  :  "  The  useful  is  the  practical  aspect  of  the 
just ;  the  just  the  moral  aspect  of  the  useful."  These 
qualities  cannot  be  antagonistic ;  and  if  they  appear  to 
be  so,  to  choose  that  which  is  just  is  to  ensure  doing 
that  which  is  useful.  On  the  other  hand,  what  is  un- 
just or  immoral  can  never  be  really  useful.  Nihil 
utile  quod  non  sit  honestum,  was  an  ancient  proverb. 
"  The  plan  of  Themistocles,"  said  Aristides,  "  is  much 
to  our  advantage,  but  it  is  supremely  unjust,"  and  so 
saying  he  secured  its  rejection.  Seek  justice  first, 
and  the  rest  will  be  added  unto  you. 

Political  economy  and  law  underlie  one  another. 


10  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

The  man  who  is  ignorant  of  law  will  be  unable 
to  fathom  political  economy;  and  the  man  who 
is  ignorant  of  political  economy  will  be  unable 
to  trace  the  sources  of  law.  All  the  acts  of 
economic  life  are  exercised  under  the  empire  of 
civil  institutions ;  and  all  civil  institutions  have 
economic  interests  for  their  final  cause.  If  civil 
codes  have  established  rights  of  property,  of  in- 
heritance, or  of  testamentary  disposition,  the  equal 
right  of  succession  or  the  right  of  primogeniture, 
mortgage  and  terms  of  prescription,  it  is  because 
the  legislator  has  believed  that  these  laws  were  the 
most  favourable  to  the  preservation  and  increase  of 
wealth.  For  laws  ought  to  be  such  that  it  is  to  a 
man's  interest  to  be  always  upright,  industrious,  and 
thrifty.  Lastly,  commercial  law,  governing  the  legal 
relations  arising  out  of  trade,  is  dictated  entirely  by 
economic  considerations. 

§  4.  Connection  between  Political  Economy 
and  Politics. 

Politics  seeks  to  determine  the  form  of  govern- 
ment which,  at  a  given  time  and  for  a  given  country, 
will  secure  in  the  highest  degree  the  liberty  and 
well-being  of  individuals.  Political  economy,  in  a 
more  general  manner,  seeks  to  determine  the  laws 
which  are  most  conducive  to  an  abundant  produc- 
tion of  wealth,  its  fair  distribution,  and  wholesome 
consumption. 

These   two   sciences,   therefore,   as  their    names 


Preliminary  Remarks.  11 

indicate,  have  the  same  end.  A  good  political  con- 
stitution is  the  first  condition  of  productive  labour 
and  of  the  saving  that  creates  capital,  in  a  word,  of 
economic  progress.  To  this  despotism  and  anarchy 
are  alike  an  obstacle.  Before  promulgating  a  political 
law,  the  lawgiver  should  always  examine  what  in- 
fluence it  will  have  on  the  increase  of  the  national 
well-being.  The  science  of  administration,  which  is 
only  the  application  of  public  law,  ought  to  take 
the  same  principles  as  its  guide. 

§  5.  Connection  between  Political  Economy 
and  International  Law. 

Political  economy  has  given  a  new  basis  to  inter- 
national law.  In  all  ancient  times,  and  until  the 
economists  of  the  last  century,  the  interests  of 
nations  were  thought  to  be  antagonistic  to  one 
another;  and  men  believed  with  Montaigne,  that 
"the  profit  of  the  one  is  the  loss  of  the  other." 
Economists  have  proved,  on  the  contrary,  that  just 
as  it  is  to  a  merchant's  interest  to  have  customers 
near  him  rich  enough  to  pay  a  high  price  for  his 
commodities,  so  it  is  to  the  interest  of  a  nation 
to  be  surrounded  by  other  prosperous  nations  in  a 
condition  to  purchase  of  it,  at  a  good  price,  all  that 
it  wishes  to  sell,  and  to  supply  it  with  an  abund- 
ance of  all  that  it  wishes  to  obtain.  For  the  popular 
maxim :  "  One  man's  loss  is  another  man's  gain,"  we 
ought  to  substitute,  "  One  man's  loss  is  every  man's 
loss."     By  proving  that  every  one  is  interested  in 


12  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

the  well-being  of  his  fellows,  our  science  has  given 
selfishness  as  a  motive  to  fraternity,  and  proved  the 
truth  of  Beranger's  fine  lines  : 

"  Aimer,  aimer,  c'est  etre  utile  a  soi ; 
Se  faire  aimer,  c'est  etre  utile  aux  autres." 

If  the  truths  established  by  political  economy 
were  generally  understood,  there  would  be  no  longer 
either  war,  or  preparation  for  war ;  for  the  most 
successful  war  is  always  a  calamity  for  the  victor 
as  much  as  for  the  vanquished.  As  Scialoja,  an 
Italian  economist,  has  justly  said :  International 
justice  will  be  the  offspring  of  economic  calculation. 
The  prophet  Isaiah  uttered  the  admirable  expres- 
sion :  ■  The  work  of  Righteousness  shall  be  Peace." 

§  6.  Connection  between  Political  Economy 
and  History. 

Political  economy  can  establish  nothing  without 
the  aid  of  statistics  and  history ;  for  it  is 
only  by  consulting  these  two  sciences  that  it  can 
learn  what  it  seeks  to  determine ;  that  is  to  say, 
what  are  the  laws  which  are  useful  or  fatal  to 
nations. 

Equally  in  its  turn  is  political  economy  indis- 
pensable to  history,  for  it  alone  can  discover  the 
causes  which  have  led  to  the  greatness  or  decay  of 
states.  The  power  of  states  is  proportional  to  their 
population  and  their  wealth.  The  development  of 
population  and  wealth  depends  on  economic  causes. 


Preliminary  Remarks.  13 

These,  therefore,  are  the  ultimate  source  of  the  great 
events  of  history. 

In  history  this  is  the  question  which  dominates  all 
the  rest — Why  did  a  given  state  become  great  ? 
Why  did  another  given  state  decline  ?  To  this 
question  political  economy  alone  can  give  a  sound 
answer. 

Historians  speak  of  the  fatal  cycle  which  empires 
pass  through,  growing  to  greatness  at  first  merely  to 
arrive  at  final  decay.  These  vicissitudes,  or  cor  si  and 
ricorsi,  as  Vico  calls  them,  they  explain  by  saying 
that  nations  must  pass  through  the  four  ages  of  life 
traversed  by  individuals — infancy,  youth,  manhood, 
and  old  age,  attended  by  decrepitude.  The  com- 
parison, however,  does  not  hold  good ;  for,  as  gene- 
ration succeeds  to  generation,  a  nation  is  always 
equally  young. 

A  philosopher-economist,  Destutt  de  Tracy,  ex- 
plains the  economic  cause  of  the  fact  attested  by 
the  historian.  "  Society,"  he  says,  "  by  securing  to 
every  one  security  of  person  and  property,  causes 
the  development  of  our  faculties.  This  develop- 
ment produces  the  increase  of  our  wealth;  the 
increase  of  wealth  leads  sooner  or  later  to  its  very 
unequal  distribution  ;  and  this,  by  bringing  back  the 
inequality  of  power,  which  society  at  first  limited 
and  was  intended  to  abolish,  begets  weakness  and 
sometimes  final  dissolution."  (Moments  oV Idfologie, 
pt.  iv.  c.  x.) 

Since  the  fall  of  states  has  always  been  brought 


14  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

about  by  the  imperfection  of  laws  and  institutions 
producing  economic  disorder,  we  may  suppose  that 
the  progress  of  social  science  will  allow  us  to  escape 
from  the  fatal  circle,  and  will  secure  to  mankind  a 
career  of  unlimited  progress.  This  is  the  hope  of 
our  time,  and  probably  the  destiny  of  our  race. 

The  philosophy  of  history,  which  seeks  in  the 
course  of  events  a  law  of  Providence,  as  with  Bossuet, 
or  an  inevitable  physical  law,  as  with  Buckle,  is  at 
once  chimerical  and  of  little  use.  That  philosophy, 
however,  which  should  make  known  the  causes  which 
have  made  certain  nations  free  and  prosperous,  and 
others  servile  and  miserable,  would  be  of  the  greatest 
use ;  for  it  would  teach  men  what  they  ought  to  do 
and  what  they  ought  to  avoid. 

§  7.  Connection  between  Political  Economy, 
Geography,  and  Statistics. 

Geography  is  the  description  of  natural  facts, 
statistics  the  science  of  social  facts  expressed  by 
numbers.  These  two  sciences  are  the  indispensable 
allies  of  political  economy.  For  it  is  by  the  study  of 
the  facts  attested  by  them  that  the  economist  can 
learn  the  effect  of  laws,  and  thus  decide  whether 
they  are  favourable  or  injurious  to  the  production 
of  useful  commodities  and  the  increase  of  comfort. 

For  instance :  Are  small  estates  preferable  to 
large  ?  It  is  statistics  that  must  tell  us  what  is 
the  production  of  food,  the  quantity  of  cattle,  the 


Preliminary  Remarks.  15 

length  of  roads,  the  number  and  condition  of  the 
inhabitants — in  short,  what  is  the  wealth  of  countries 
where  large  and  small  properties  prevail,  and  thus 
enable  us  to  compare  the  results  of  the  two  systems. 
On  the  other  hand,  political  economy  will  suggest 
the  questions  to  which  geography  and  statistics 
must  find  the  answer,  questions  which  too  often  they 
neglect.  For  instance,  what,  in  any  given  country, 
is  the  system  of  property,  of  succession,  the  distri- 
bution of  the  soil,  the  modes  of  exchange,  and  so 
forth  ? 

§  8.  Laws  of  Nature  in  Political  Economy. 

Economic  laws  are  commonly  called  natural  laws. 
This  is  a  mistake.  The  laws  of  nature,  that  of 
gravitation  or  chemical  affinities,  for  example,  are 
imposed  on  man  just  as  on  the  rest  of  the  universe. 
He  must  set  himself  to  understand  them  in  order  to 
turn  them  to  account,  as  he  already  does  in  the 
majority  of  industries,  and  especially  in  the  use  of 
steam  and  electricity. 

But  the  laws  with  which  political  economy  has 
principally  to  do  are  not  laws  of  nature  or  natural 
laws ;  they  are  laws  laid  down  by  the  legislator.  He 
turns  the  one  to  account  by  obeying  them,  the  other 
by  perfecting  them.  The  one  defy  the  will  of  man ; 
the  others  emanate  from  it. 


16  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 


CHAPTER  III. 

§  i.  The  Meaning  of  Wealth  or  Riches 

Political  economy  is  the  science  of  the  Useful, 
or  of  riches  or  wealth.  We  must  therefore  form 
an  exact  idea  of  what  riches  consists  in. 

The  word  "  riches  "  comes  from  the  Gothic  Reiki, 
in  Old  German  Rike,  in  Modern  German  Reich.  It  is 
connected  with  the  Sanscrit  root  raj,  "  to  be  power- 
ful," whence  the  title  of  Indian  princes,  rajah,  Latin 
rex,  and  in  German  Reich, "  empire."  The  ricos  homhres 
of  Spain  were  the  "  great "  and  "  powerful." 

Riches  or  wealth  is,  in  fact,  power ;  the  power  of 
getting  what  one  wishes  done  by  other  men,  either 
by  remunerating*them  directly,  as  in  the  case  of 
servants,  or  by  purchasing  the  products  to  which 
their  labour  must  be  applied.  In  the  middle  ages 
a  rich  man  kept  in  his  pay  a  number  of  retainers 
ready  to  obey  him.  Thus  Warwick,  "the  king- 
maker," is  said  to  have  constantly  maintained  more 
than  three  thousand  persons.  In  the  present  day 
the  wealthy  command  the  obedience  of  even  more 
men ;  but  indirectly,  by  paying  for  the  commodities 
they  consume. 

Wealth,  then,  may  be  defined  as  everything  which 
answers  to  men's  rational  wants.  A  useful  service, 
or  a  useful  object,  are  equally  wealth. 


Preliminary  RemarJcs.  17 

But  what  is  a  rational  want  ?  The  complete  and 
harmonious  development  of  every  human  faculty 
being  the  object  in  view,  all  wants,  the  satisfaction 
of  which  tends  to  this  end,  may  be  considered 
rational.  Psychology,  or  the  knowledge  of  our 
intellectual  being,  will  teach  us  the  wants  of  the 
mind ;  hygiene  will  teach  us  the  wants  of  the 
body. 

It  was  long  thought  that  the  wealth  of  nations  con- 
sisted chiefly  in  the  amount  of  gold  and  silver  which 
they  could  draw  to  themselves.  As  this  quantity 
is  limited,  every  state  endeavoured  to  obtain  from 
other  states  as  much  of  it  as  possible  by  bounties, 
by  customs  dues,  and  by  regulations  restricting  trade 
with  foreign  countries.  Hence  arose  commercial 
rivalry,  political  hostility,  and  finally  open  war. 

A  well-known  economist,  J.  B.  Say,  remarks  that 
in  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries  more 
than  fifty  years'  war  was  caused  solely  by  this  false 
idea  of  wealth.  In  social  science  errors  are  fruitful 
in  evils  which  afflict  mankind  and  ruin  nations. 

Many  economists  have  regarded  as  wealth  only 
such  things  as  can  be  bought  and  sold.  This  is 
an  error,  in  our  view.  Wealth  is  what  is  good  and 
useful — a  good  climate,  well-kept  roads,  seas  teeming 
with  fish,  are  unquestionably  wealth  to  a  country, 
and  yet  they  cannot  be  bought. 

"  Goods "  (nearly  synonymous  with  "  wealth  ")  is 
an  admirable  word.  The  supreme  good  is  the  sub- 
ject of   philosophy  and   religion,  and  "goods"  the 

c 


18  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

subject  of  political  economy.  In  "  goods  "  or  wealth 
must  be  included  all  that  is  good  for  the  advance- 
ment of  the  individual  and  of  the  human  race. 

From  this  idea  of  wealth  it  follows,  that  besides 
material  riches  there  is  also  immaterial  riches,  such 
as  knowledge,  manual  skill,  or  the  taste  for  work. 
The  growth  of  riches  is  not  an  unmixed  benefit 
unless  it  be  accompanied  by  the  growth  of  justice 
and  morality. 

It  is  the  abundance  of  commodities,  and  not  their 
money  value,  which  constitutes  wealth.  The  greater 
the  abundance  of  useful  objects  the  less  will  be  their 
price  and  money  value ;  but,  meanwhile,  real  wealth 
is  increased. 

§  2.  Wants. 

A  want  is  the  being  without  something  that  is 
necessary,  useful,  or  agreeable.  Want  begets  desire, 
and  desire  action.  Action,  in  this  view,  is  the  pursuit 
of  objects  desired  because  they  answer  to  wants. 

These  objects  are  good,  inasmuch  as  they  are  the 
condition  of  that  development  of  our  nature  which 
is  the  supreme  good.  The  abundance  of  goods  or 
commodities  constitutes  wealth.  Man  attains  to  it 
by  labour,  which  is  regulated  by  reason  and  directed 
by  knowledge,  under  the  sway  of  law  and  right. 

Political  economy  tells  us  what  social  laws  best 
enable  human  labour  to  satisfy  human  wants.  The 
science  of  economy  is  therefore  based  on  the  notion 
of  want.     In  order  to  satisfy  his  wants,  man  labours 


Preliminary  Remarks.  19 

and  saves,  and  seeks  incessantly  to  improve  the 
instruments  and  processes  of  his  labour.  Wants, 
labour,  the  satisfaction  of  wants — such  is  therefore 
the  economic  circle,  in  which  nations  and  individuals 
are  moving  day  by  day  and  year  by  year. 

Food,  clothing,  lodging,  and  furniture  are  the  chief 
wants  of  the  body.  The  cultivation  of  the  mind 
and  the  moral  sentiments,  of  taste,  and  of  family 
and  social  relations,  is  a  want  of  the  moral 
kind. 

The  number  and  nature  of  rational  wants  varies 
with  the  climate  and  the  state  of  civilisation.  It 
may  be  good  to  satisfy  more  and  more  wants,  in 
proportion  as  the  means  of  producing  useful  com- 
modities are  improved.  Still  it  is  not  true  that 
the  progress  of  civilisation  must  be  measured  by  the 
number  of  wants  satisfied ;  nor  that  it  is  necessary 
to  the  solution  of  economic  problems  that  they 
should  be  constantly  multiplying.  Ancient  philo- 
sophy, as  well  as  the  Christian  code,  preached  the 
moderation  of  wants,  in  accordance  with  the  fine 
maxim  of  Seneca :  Si  qicem  volueris  esse  divitcm,  non 
est  quod  augeas  divitias,  sed  minuas  cupiditatcs.  If 
you  would  make  a  man  rich,  you  need  not  increase 
his  wealth,  but  rather  diminish  his  desires.  The 
economist  will  not  gainsay  Seneca. 

The  time  devoted  to  the  creation  of  superfluous 
commodities,  useless  alike  to  the  body  and  the  mind, 
is  time  wasted  ;  and  time  is  the  material  of  life.  It- 
should  be  turned  to  good  account,  for  it  cannot  be 

c  2 


20  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

recovered.  Bodily  wants,  however  refined  they  may 
be,  only  plunge  us  doubly  into  materialism,  at  the 
time  when  we  satisfy  them,  and  at  the  time  when  we 
are  procuring  what  is  necessary  for  their  satisfaction. 

To  encourage  the  indefinite  multiplication  of 
wants  is  to  drive  humanity  into  sensualism,  which 
is  the  death  of  virtue,  and  therefore  of  liberty. 
Aristotle  spoke  very  truly  when  he  said :  "  The 
quantity  of  things  which  suffice  to  make  life  happy 
is  limited."  The  greatest  of  human  benefactors. 
Christ,  Buddha,  Zoroaster,  all  lived  on  little,  because 
they  lived  the  spiritual  life,  which  is  the  true  one: 
The  spirit  of  an  apostle  in  a  body  inured  to  all 
hardship,  a  combination  of  which  Socrates  and  St. 
Paul  are  examples — this  is  the  model  which  the 
economist  will  recommend. 

The  end  of  human  existence  is  not  eating  and 
drinking,  but  happiness,  which  is  made  up  of  health, 
leisure,  artistic  or  intellectual  enjoyment,  and  the 
pleasures  derived  from  intercourse  with  our  fellows, 
There  is  no  need  to  deprive  either  ourselves  or  others 
of  everything  in  order  to  be  always  accumulating 
more  wealth.  This  is  the  error  stamped  by  Juvenal 
(viii.  84)  :  Et  propter  vitam,  vivendi  perdere  caussas — 
for  life's  sake  to  forfeit  all  that  makes  life  worth 
living. 

§  3.  False  Wants  and  False  Wealth. 

By  false  wants  I  mean  wants,  the  satisfaction  of 
which  carries  man  farther  from  his  aim,  which  is  the 


Preliminary  Remarks.  21 

development  of  his  faculties,  instead  of  bringing 
him  nearer  to  it. 

Commodities  consumed  by  these  false  wants  are 
false  wealth.  They  are  rightly  called  wealth,  for 
they  are  bought  and  sold  for  large  sums.  But  they 
are  false  wealth,  for  they  are  of  no  real  good  or 
use.  Often  they  are  worse  than  useless — they  are 
injurious ;  worse  than  this,  they  are  fatal. 

Alcoholic  liquors  are  condemned  by  hygiene. 
They  are  fatal  to  health,  produce  drunkenness  and  all 
the  vices  which  accompany  it,  degrade  the  man  who 
abuses  their  use,  and  plunges  him  in  the  mire.  Yet 
every  year  in  France  their  cost*  amounts  to  about 
16,000,000/. ;  in  England  to  20,000,000/. ;  in  Belgium 
to  3,200,000/. ;  and  in  Holland  to  quite  as  much.  In 
Russia  the  tax  on  such  liquors  brings  the  State 
200,000,000  roubles,  or  32,000,000/.— about  one- 
third  of  the  imperial  revenue. 

According  to  calculations  made  in  the  United  States, 
in  ten  years  alcohol  imposed  on  the  country  a  direct 
expenditure  of  about  300,000,000/.,  and  an  indirect 
expenditure  of  a  similar  sum.  It  has  sent  100,000 
orphans  to  the  asylums,  it  has  brought  138,000 
persons  to  the  prison  or  the  workhouse,  it  has  led 
to  10,000  suicides,  and  has  made  200,000  widows 
and  1,000,000  orphans.  The  total  expenditure  for 
civilised  countries  can  hardly  be  less  than  250,000,000/. 

Opium,  which  brings  those  who  smoke  it  to  idiocy, 
annually  costs  China  at  least  16,000,000/. 

The  inexplicable  habit,  borrowed  from  the  savages 


22  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

of  burning  a  leaf  of  tobacco  between  the  lips,  in  order 
to  absorb  a  certain  dose  of  a  highly  noxious  narcotic 
poison,  costs  France  every  year  14,400,000/. ;  Italy, 
5,520,000/.;  Belgium,  1,200,000/.;  and  civilised 
countries  generally  more  than  120,000,000/. —  a 
moderate  price  for  the  600,000  tons  of  tobacco 
which,  according  to  the  Austrian  statistician,  von 
Neumann- Spallart,  are  annually  consumed.  The 
highest  part  of  the  human  race  accordingly  spends 
some  400,000,000/.  to  poison  itself  in  large  or  small 
doses. 

Women  also  pay  thousands  of  pounds  for  precious 
stones,  which  have*  no  other  effect  than  to  foster  two 
serious  vices — vanity  in  those  who  wear  them,  and 
envy  in  those  foolish  enough  to  wish  to  have  them. 

Throw  into  the  sea  the  alcohol  and  opium,  the 
tobacco  and  precious  stones,  and  nothing  will  be  lost. 
On  the  contrary,  those  who  were  poisoning  them- 
selves and  corrupting  their  minds  and  bodies  will 
gain  much  in  moral  and  physical  well-being.  Things 
whose  destruction  improves  the  condition  of  man- 
kind cannot  be  true  wealth.  If  all  the  money  and 
all  the  hours  of  labour  which  this  money  remunerates, 
instead  of  being  devoted,  as  they  now  are,  to  pro- 
ducing hurtful  commodities,  were  devoted  to  manu- 
facturing useful  ones,  how  the  comfort  in  the  world 
would  increase  and  the  destitution  diminish  I 


Preliminary  Remarks.  23 


CHAPTER  IV. 
§  i.  Value. 

The  value  of  things  is  in  proportion  to  their 
utility,  for  wealth  only  merits  this  name  in  so  far  as 
it  corresponds  to  a  want,  and  thus  is  useful.  E-eal 
value,  then,  does  not  depend  on  estimation,  but  on 
the  property  possessed  by  the  articles  answering  to 
our  rational  wants.  Nevertheless,  there  will  also  be 
a  value  depending  on  estimation,  i.e.  on  the  opinion 
of  those  who  desire  an  object ;  and  this  opinion  may 
give  a  value  to  things  which  do  not  naturally 
possess  any. 

Value  is  a  relation  between  the  physical  properties 
of  things  on  the  one  hand,  and  men's  needs  on  the 
other,  and  this  relation  is  modified  by  any  change  in 
the  needs,  even  when  the  qualities  of  commodities 
remain  the  same.  Thus  fur  has  a  value  in  the  north, 
because  it  is  needed  as  a  defence  against  the  cold. 
Beneath  the  equator  it  is  valueless,  because  this  need 
no  longer  exists.  Medicines,  again,  have  no  value 
for  the  healthy  man,  any  more  than  food  has  for  the 
sick  man  unable  to  swallow  it. 

The  value  of  things  is  not,  as  has  been  maintained, 
determined  by  the  labour  employed  in  their  produc- 
tion, since  there  are  many  things  of  the  same  value 
which  have  nevertheless  cost  very  unequal  amounts 


24  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

of  labour ;  a  quarter  of  wheat,  for  instance,  reaped 
from  a  fertile  soil,  and  another  quarter  reaped  from 
a  poor  one.  Again,  there  are  other  things  which  have 
required  similar  amounts  of  labour  and  yet  are  of 
very  different  values,  as  the  vintages  of  choice 
growths  and  ordinary  wines.  Lastly,  the  value  of 
things  changes  daily,  although  it  is  impossible  that 
any  change  should  have  taken  place  in  the  amount 
of  labour  embodied  in  them  ;  thus  a  quarter  of  corn 
may  be  worth  much  more,  or  much  less,  this  month 
than  it  was  last. 

Value,  again,  is  not  determined  by  exchange.  If 
I  am  to  exchange  my  horse  for  an  ox,  I  must  first 
form  an  idea  of  the  respective  values  of  the  two 
beasts,  and  then  compare  them.  Thus  the  idea  of 
value  precedes  and  determines  exchange.  An  ex- 
change, when  made,  is  constantly  criticised  in  the 
light  of  ideas  of  value,  as  in  the  remark,  A  has  sold 
his  house,  field,  horse,  &c,  for  much  above,  or  below, 
its  value. 

The  real  basis  of  a  thing's  value  is  its  utility,  i.e. 
the  uses  to  which  it  can  be  put,  or  the  wants  which 
it  supplies ;  it  is  because  bread  satisfies  my  hunger 
that  it  has  a  value  in  my  eyes.  The  greater  this 
power  of  satisfying  a  rational  want,  the  greater  an 
object's  value.  An  ox  is  thus  worth  ten  times  as 
much  as  a  sheep,  as  giving  ten  times  as  much 
nourishment. 

It  must,  however,  be  added  that  the  value  of  a 
comm  odity  increases  in  proportion  to  its  scarceness, 


Preliminary  Remarks.  25 

and  decreases  with  its  abundance,  and  this  for  obvious 
reasons.  The  scarcer  the  commodity,  the  more 
difficult  will  it  be  to  replace,  and  the  more  advan- 
tageous to  possess.  On  the  other  hand,  the  greater 
its  abundance,  the  less  profit  will  it  bring  its 
owner.  A  loaf  is  thus  of  greater  utility  than  a  hat, 
but  of  less  value,  because,  as  a  rule,  more  easily 
replaceable.  If,  however,  bread  became  scarce  and 
to  replace  the  stock  of  it  a  matter  of  great  difficulty, 
as  in  time  of  siege,  no  one  would  give  a  loaf  to 
obtain  ten  hats.  Value  is  thus  determined  by  the 
object's  utility,  combined  with  the  greater  or  less 
difficulty  of  replacing  it. 

To  prove  that  it  is  inaccurate  to  maintain  that 
value  depends  on  utility,  it  has  been  pointed  out 
that  while  water,  which  is  supremely  useful,  possesses 
no  value,  a  diamond  is  of  great  value  and  of  almost 
no  use.  This  objection  is  founded  on  the  vicious 
method  of  argument  which  employs  the  same  word 
to  express  two  different  ideas.  In  saying  that  water 
is  supremely  useful  we  speak  of  water  as  an  element, 
that  is  to  say,  of  the  whole  procurable  volume  of  it, 
and  in  this  sense  water  is  truly  supremely  useful ;  but 
in  this  sense  it  is  also  of  supreme  value,  inasmuch  as 
any  one,  if  deprived  of  it,  would  give  all  he  possessed 
to  obtain  it.  On  the  other  hand,  in  speaking  of 
water  as  of  small  utility,  we  are  speaking  of  a  fixed 
quantity  of  water,  such  as  a  gallon  or  pint,  and  in 
this  case  water,  it  is  true,  has  very  little  value ;  but 
it  is  also  true  that  such  a  quantity  of  water  is  of  very 


26  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

small  utility,  since  nothing  is  easier  than  to  replace 
it.  Again,  in  saying  that  a  diamond,  which  is  of  great 
value,  is  of  very  little  use,  we  pass  a  moral  judgment, 
undoubtedly  well-founded,  but  very  ill-understood. 
The  diamond  possesses  the  utility  of  satisfying  a 
want  still  very  keenly  felt  among  men,  the  cravings, 
namely,  of  vanity.  In  this  case  both  the  want  and 
the  utility  are  false,  but  neither  will  disappear  until 
reason  and  justice  have  made  great  progress.  Thus, 
even  in  the  case  of  water  and  diamonds,  wherever 
there  is  value  there  is  also  utility. 

§  2.  Value  in  Use,  and  Value  in  Exchange. 

"Every  commodity,"  says  Aristotle  (Politics,  I.  ix.), 
"  may  be  used  in  two  ways,  first  to  help  to  satisfy  the 
want  to  answer  which  it  has  been  created,  and, 
secondly,  to  serve  for  exchange.  Boots  are  of  service 
in  walking,  but  they  may  also,  by  means  of  exchange, 
serve  to  procure  other  objects,  such  as  money,  food, 
or  any  other  product." 

According  to  Adam  Smith,  the  utility  of  a  thing 
in  so  far  as  it  serves  the  need  which  gave  it  birth, 
is  its  value  in  use ;  its  utility,  in  so  far  as  it  serves 
to  procure  other  objects,  is  its  value  in  exchange. 
Value  in  use  will  depend  on  the  services  which  an 
object  can  be  made  to  render,  such  as,  in  the  case  of 
boots,  the  length  of  time  they  can  be  worn. 

Value  in  exchange  will  depend  on  the  quantity  of 
the  articles  which  I  desire  to  exchange  already  on 
the  market,  and  also  on  the  quantity  on  the  market 


Preliminary  Remarks.  27 

of  the  articles  I  desire  to  receive  and  which  can  be 
offered  in  exchange.  If  there  is  a  large  supply  of 
boots  and  but  little  money,  the  value  of  boots  will  be 
less  than  if  there  were  few  of  these  and  an  abun- 
dance of  money. 


CHAPTER  V. 

THE  METHOD   OF    INVESTIGATION. 

Stuart  Mill  says  that  political  economy  is  es- 
sentially an  abstract  science,  and  its  method  the 
a  priori  method ;  and  he  maintains  that  it  is  con- 
structed on  hypotheses  completely  analogous  to  those 
which,  under  the  name  of  definitions,  form  the  basis 
of  the  other  abstract  sciences. 

J.  B.  Say,  on  the  other  hand,  remarks  :  "  Political 
economy  has  only  become  a  science  by  becoming  a 
science  of  observation/'  Say  is  right;  but  not  in 
the  sense  in  which  the  majority  quote  him.  The 
economist  ought  to  employ  the  method  of  observation 
in  quite  a  different  way  from  the  student  of  nature 
or  physics.  The  latter  observe  facts  as  nature  pre- 
sents them,  and  do  not  dream  of  changing  them. 
When  their  task  is  at  an  end,  that  of  the  economist 
commences. 

The  economist  observes  the  motives  which  rouse 


28  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

men  to  action.  Then  he  seeks  the  conditions  in 
which  men  must  be  placed  in  order  that,  influenced 
by  these  motives,  they  may  attain  to  comfort  by 
their  labour. 

Like  all  animate  beings,  man  seeks  to  support 
himself  and  to  reproduce  his  species ;  so  much  the 
naturalist  observes.  But  what  are  the  ideas  and  the 
laws  which  will  induce  him  to  increase  the  stock  of 
food  rather  than  to  multiply  his  species  ?  This  is  the 
inquiry  for  the  economist.  To  solve  the  problem  he 
must  study  the  facts  presented  by  history,  geography, 
and  statistics.  He  marks  under  the  empire  of  what 
ideas  and  what  laws  societies  have  been  prosperous, 
and  why  they  have  been  prosperous  ;  and  under  the 
empire  of  what  ideas  and  what  laws  they  have  been 
wretched,  and  why  they  have  been  wretched.  Man 
being  a  reasonable  creature,  a  free  agent  and  capable 
of  improvement,  the  economist  advises  him  to  use 
this  reason  and  freedom  so  as  to  adopt  the  former 
and  reject  the  latter. 

The  true  method,  then,  is  this :  to  observe  facts 
not  merely  with  a  view  to  stating  them  as  the 
naturalist  does,  but  to  deduce  from  them  what  laws 
and  what  ideas  must  be  adopted  in  order  that  men 
may  attain  to  comfort  and  subsequently  to  perfection. 


Preliminary  Remarks.  29 

CHAPTER  VI. 

DIVISION   OF  POLITICAL   ECONOMY. 

I  NEED  bread  to  feed  me.  I  have  to  produce  it  as 
economically  as  possible — this  is  the  production  of 
wealth. 

A  companion  has  helped  me  to  sow  the  corn,  another 
to  grind  it,  a  third  to  make  the  flour  into  bread. 
Each  ought  to  have  his  share  in  the  produce,  and  we 
make  the  division  as  fairly  as  possible — this  is  the 
distribution  of  wealth. 

When  every  one  has  his  share  he  ought  to  use  it 
as  rationally  as  possible — this  is  the  consumption  of 
wealth. 

To  determine  the  social  laws  which  enable  wealth 
to  be  produced  most  economically,  to  be  distributed 
most  equitably,  and  to  be  consumed  most  rationally, 
we  must  study  separately  each  of  the  three  acts 
which  make  up  the  work  of  economy. 

Accordingly,  we  must  divide  the  matter  with 
which  our  science  has  to  deal  into  three  parts  : — 

1.  The  production  of  wealth, 

2.  The  distribution  and  circulation  of  wealth. 

3.  The  consumption  of  wealth. 


BOOK  II. 

THE  FACTORS  OF  PRODUCTION  AND 
PRODUCTIVE  LABOUR. 


CHAPTER  I. 

THE  PRODUCTION  OF  WEALTH. 

§  i.  Definition  of  Production. 

Man  has  many  and  constantly  recurring  wants. 
Guided  by  the  impulse  of  the  desires  to  which  these 
give  rise,  he  takes  certain  natural  objects  and  either 
consumes  them  directly  or  fashions  them  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  fit  them  to  satisfy  his  wants.  In  a 
word,  he  produces. 

Man  cannot  create  an  atom  of  matter,  but  he 
draws  minerals  and  combustibles  from  the  earth, 
provisions,  textiles,  and  commodities  of  all  kinds 
from  the  cultivated  soil,  and  by  fashioning  and 
transporting  all  these  things  renders  them  useful. 
Production,  then,  is  the  creation  of  utilities. 

Those  who  render  services  to  their  fellow-men — the 
magistrate  who  enforces  respect  for  the  law,  the 
policeman  who    protects  us,  the  doctor  who  cures, 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       31 

and  the  teacher  who  instructs,  are  all  doing  useful 
work,  and  thus  contribute  to  production,  although 
their  labour  is  not  incorporated  into  material  objects. 
To  render  service  is,  indeed,  often  more  useful  to 
man  than  to  fashion  objects,  for  we  do  not  live  by 
bread  alone. 

§  2,  The  Three  Factors  of  Production. 

Production  requires  the  aid  of  three  factors, 
nature,  labour,  and  capital.  A  market-gardener 
produces  vegetables  ;  the  field  he  cultivates  is  nature, 
his  arms  provide  the  labour,  and  the  implements  of 
husbandry  and  manure  he  uses  are  the  capital.  Of 
these  factors  the  first  two  have  preceded  and  created 
the  third.  Quite  in  the  beginning  man  can  be  con- 
ceived living  on  the  spontaneous  products  offered  by 
the  earth  :  but  soon  in  order  to  kill  game  he  would 
use  a  stick,  or,  like  Hercules,  a  club,  and,  for  making 
dwellings  and  utensils,  chips  of  flint  such  as  were 
owned  by  the  prehistoric  inhabitants  of  the  lacustrine 
grottoes  and  cities.  From  this  time  forward  capital 
has  assisted  labour. 

It  is  principally  by  the  progressive  employment  of 
capital  and  skill  that  the  production  of  riches  has 
increased.  Nature  is  not  more,  but  less  fertile,  now 
than  formerly,  neither  has  there  been  any  addition 
to  man's  muscular  strength  :  by  means,  however,  of 
more  powerful  machines  and  better  processes,  man 
has  forced  nature  to  yield  him  larger  products,  and 
so  his  prosperity  continually  increases. 


32  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 


CHAPTER  II. 

NATURE. 

In  the  case  of  everything  adapted  to  satisfy  man's 
wants  nature  furnishes  the  raw  material  upon  which, 
with  the  help  of  capital,  labour  works,  and  often  also 
supplies  the  force  which  facilitates  production.  Thus 
the  soil  yields  us  corn,  and  the  waterfall  sets  in 
motion  the  mill  which  turns  the  corn  into  flour. 
But  with  every  improvement  of  industrial  processes 
the  share  of  nature  in  the  work  of  production 
diminishes,  while  those  of  labour  and  capital 
increase. 

At  the  outset  of  civilisation,  under  such  circum- 
stances as  still  exist  in  the  isles  of  the  Pacific,  man  was 
nurtured  by  nature  as  a  child  on  its  mother's  breast ; 
he  had  but  to  stretch  his  hand  to  take  the  fruit  from 
the  tree,  the  game  in  the  forest,  the  fish  in  the 
water.  To-day,  in  our  great  manufacturing  towns 
the  aid  given  by  natural  agents  no  longer  attracts 
notice.  We  only  remark  the  wonders  of  human 
labour. 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.      33 


CHAPTER  III. 

LABOUK. 

§  I.  Definition  of  Labour. 

Labour  is  man's  action  on  nature  to  the  end  to 
satisfy  his  wants. 

All  living  creatures  have  wants  and  the  means  of 
satisfying  them  by  the  use  of  their  faculties ;  the 
mollusc  absorbs  the  nutritive  elements  contained  in 
water ;  the  ruminant  browses  on  grass ;  carnivorous 
animals  pursue  their  prey. 

In  every  species  there  is  a  proportion  between 
wants  and  the  means  of  satisfying  them ;  when  this 
relation  ceases,  the  species  disappears.  Had  he  been 
devoid  of  reason,  this  must  have  been  the  fate  of 
man,  since  in  his  primitive  condition  he  appears  to 
have  had  more  wants  and  fewer  means  of  satisfying 
them  than  any  other  animal.  Endowed,  however, 
with  an  intelligence  capable  pf  continuous  improve- 
ment, man  has  been  able  to  ceaselessly  perfect  his 
means  of  supplying  the  wants  which  have  as  cease- 
lessly grown  more  varied  and  numerous.  A  hammer 
strikes  harder  than  his  fist,  a  knife  cuts  better 
than  his  teeth,  a  hatchet,  even  of  flint,  is  far 
more  powerful  than  his  nails.  As  the  methods  of 
his  labour   improve,   it    becomes   more  productive, 

D 


34  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

that  is  to  say,  produces  more  useful  articles  with  less 
exertion. 

Labour,  as  La  Fontaine  has  told  us,  is  a  treasure. 
It  is,  in  fact,  the  source  of  all  our  wealth.  We  can- 
not appropriate  to  our  needs  the  smallest  particle  of 
matter  without,  at  least,  seizing  it,  and  in  most  cases, 
fashioning  it  to  our  use. 

Labour  is  thus  a  natural  law  for  man,  and,  as  a 
consequence,  a  duty.  Man  has  not  only  a  stomach 
demanding  nourishment,  he  has  also  arms  intended 
to  procure  its  food.  When  St.  Paul  said,  "  Whoso 
will  not  work,  neither  shall  he  eat,"  he  only  formu- 
lated a  universal  law,  the  breaker  of  which  wrongs 
all  his  fellow-men. 

Complete  idleness  is  a  fraudulent  bankruptcy. 

"  Idlers,"  says  the  old  Greek  poet,  Hesiod,  are  as 
the  drones  which  eat  up  the  fruit  of  the  bees 
labour.  Labour  will  make  you  dearer  both  to  gods 
and  men,  for  they  hold  the  idle  man  in  horror."  In 
the  book  of  Job  one  reads,  "  Man  is  made  to  labour 
as  the  bird  to  fly ; "  and  the  Wisdom  of  the  nations 
also  has  said  that  "  Idleness  is  the  mother  of  all  the 
vices."  We  should  not,  however,  forget  that  the 
labour  of  the  hand  is  not  the  only,  or  the  most  pro- 
ductive, form  of  toil.  The  brain  produces  more  than 
do  the  muscles. 

Man  is  made  for  action.  As  a  rule  it  brings  him 
happiness,  and,  even  in  times  of  affliction,  a  consola- 
tion. Action  is  indispensable  to  the  health  alike  of 
his  body  and  his  soul.     Inaction,  on  the  other  hand, 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.      35 

engenders  misery  in  the  poor,  and  in  the  rich,  melan- 
choly. It  often  happens  that  a  man  who  leads  an 
active  life  longs  for  repose,  and  when  he  obtains  it 
finds  in  it  a  burden  that  brings  him  to  the  grave. 
It  has  been  well  said  by  Vauvenargues  that  "  Man 
only  aims  at  rest  as  a  release  from  the  bondage 
of  labour ;  but  he  can  have  no  enjoyment  save 
by  action,  and  this  is  his  only  love."  In  the  fine 
words  of  a  French  poet : 

11  Nous  ne  recevons  l'existence 
Qu'afin  de  travailler  pour  nous  ou  pour  autrui. 
De  ce  devoir  sacre  quiconque  se  dispense 

Est  puni  de  la  Providence 

Par  le  besoin  ou  par  l'ennui." 

Montesquieu  relates  a  saying  of  an  Emperor  of 
China,  "  If  one  of  my  subjects  does  not  labour,  there 
is  some  one  in  my  country  who  suffers  from  hunger 
and  cold."  Since  labour  is  action  towards  an  end, 
it  is  always  composed  of  an  effort  of  the  muscles 
guided  by  an  effort  of  the  mind ;  thus  in  nailing 
planks  together  to  make  a  door,  my  intelligence 
directs  my  arms  towards  the  goal  of  making  a 
useful  object. 

The  farther  industry  advances  the  greater  will  be 
the  share  of  intelligence  in  labour.  Compare  the 
carrier  employed  by  explorers  in  Africa  with  the 
engineer  who  guides  a  locomotive.  The  first  sweats 
and  toils  under  a  load  of  half  a  hundredweight ;  the 
second  by  merely  opening  a  valve  sets  in  motion 
hundreds  of  tons. 

D  2 


36  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

All  labour  is  a  form  of  motion ;  man  can  do 
nothing  save  alter  the  positions  of  objects.  By 
placing  them  in  what  observation  has  revealed  as 
the  more  useful  positions,  he  enables  the  forces  of 
nature  to  act  for  him  and  accomplish  the  transform- 
ations his  needs  require.  I  open  a  furrow  with  the 
iron  of  my  plough,  and  throw  into  it  grains  of 
wheat ;  moisture  and  heat  set  the  vegetative  pro- 
perties of  the  seeds  in  action :  all  I  have  done  is  to 
alter  positions  and  I  obtain  a  harvest  of  wheat. 
Again,  I  cast  into  a  blast  furnace  a  mixture  of  ore, 
coal,  and  flux,  or  calcareous  stones.  I  strike  a 
match  and  set  light  to  the  fuel.  Once  more  there 
is  only  a  change  of  positions,  but  chemical  forces 
are  set  at  work  and  I  obtain  iron  foundings.  In 
all  labour,  then,  objects  must  be  disposed  in  such 
manner  as  to  make  the  forces  of  nature  lend  the 
greatest  possible  help  to  the  work  of  production. 

Labour,  which  is  always  a  duty,  can  never  be  a 
right.  The  prosperity  of  human  societies  depends 
above  all  things  on  the  wise  direction  of  labour. 
Let  us  examine  what  is  favourable  to  this. 

§  2.   Productiveness  01  Labour. 

Since  labour  is  always  a  pain  we  must  endeavour 
to  obtain  the  maximum  of  utilities  with  the  mini- 
mum of  efforts  and  pains.  As  a  consequence  the 
question  how  to  attain  the  knowledge  of  what  may 
lead  to  this  result,  in  other  words  of  what  will  increase 
the  productiveness  of  labour,  is  the  most  important 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.      37 

of    any    in   economy.      If  considered  under  all  its 
aspects,  it  may  even  be  said  to  include  every  other. 

The  causes  which  increase  or  diminish  the  pro- 
ductiveness of  labour  are  very  numerous :  facts  of 
nature,  human  ideas,  knowledge,  sentiments,  institu- 
tions and  laws.  Here,  in  truth,  lies  the  true  field 
for  the  studies  of  the  economist ;  it  is  in  this  domain 
of  human  liberty  that  he  can  point  out  the  reforms 
which  should  be  effected,  the  ideal  which  should  be 
pursued.  History  and  statistics  supply  the  facts 
from  which  he  draws  his  conclusions.  The  subject 
is  a  vast  one.  Not  to  diverge  too  widely  from  cus- 
tomary methods,  I  can  only  touch  on  it  in  pointing 
out  the  most  important  causes  which  render  labour 
productive. 

§  3.  Responsibility. 

Responsibility  is  the  motive  power  of  the  economic 
world. 

Just  as  the  mainspring  turns  the  wheels  of  a 
watch,  so  the  instinctive  desire  for  self-preservation, 
for  development,  and  for  perpetuation,  impels  all 
animate  creatures  to  economic  action,  from  the 
monad,  or  simple  living  cellule  absorbing  in  itself 
the  substances  on  which  it  lives,  to  man  in  the  most 
wondrous  creations  of  his  industry.  The  stronger 
this  spring  the  greater  will  be  industrial  activity  ; 
and  the  greater  and  better  directed  industrial 
activity,  the  more  utilities  will  then  be  created,  the 
greater  will  be  the  growth  of  prosperity. 


38  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

The  problem,  then,  to  be  solved,  is  the  means  of 
giving  to  this  mainspring  a  maximum  of  force.  Its 
solution  is  simple  :  we  must  assure  to  every  act  a 
treatment  proportioned  to  its  deserts  ;  reward  for  the 
good,  punishment  for  the  bad,  gratification  and 
comfort  to  the  laborious  and  thrifty,  privation  and 
destitution  to  the  idle  and  prodigal.  In  this  way  we 
apply  to  economic  relations  the  great  principle  of 
distributive  justice.  The  allotments  of  rewards  in 
schools  are  an  example  of  the  application  of  the 
principle.  The  thing,  then,  which  we  have  to  do,  is 
to  organise  responsibility.  In  the  case  of  animals  re- 
sponsibility is  brought  home  in  natural  ways  under 
the  rule  of  natural  laws.  The  ox  which  should 
sleep  throughout  the  day,  or  the  lion  which  should 
neglect  the  chase,  would  soon  die  of  hunger.  Among 
men,  however,  where  freedom  of  will  is  paramount 
instead  of  necessary  laws,  responsibility  has  to  be 
organised  by  social  laws.  The  more  completely  these 
social  laws  assure  to  the  labourer  the  fruit  of  his 
labour,  the  greater  will  be  the  incentive  towards 
working  long  and  hard,  and  the  more  active  will  be 
the  mainspring  of  the  economic  world. 

In  his  article  on  political  economy  in  the  Ency- 
clopedia Rousseau  lays  down  that  "  The  laws  should 
be  so  framed  that  labour  should  be  always  necessary, 
and  never  useless." 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.      39 


§  4.  The  Influence  of  Nature  on  the  Productive- 
ness of  Labour. 

Some  philosophers,  such  as  Montesquieu,  Cuvier, 
and  Buckle,  have  believed  that  the  degree  of  pros- 
perity to  which  nations  attain,  very  greatly  depends 
on  the  influences  of  nature.  Thus  Cuvier  writes  : — 
"  Of  varying  height  and  with  many  branches,  small 
limestone  ranges,  the  sources  of  numerous  streams, 
intersect  both  Greece  and  Italy.  Under  the  shelter 
of  these,  in  charming  valleys,  rich  in  every  product 
of  living  nature,  philosophy  and  the  arts  sprang  into 
being,  and  here  mankind  witnessed  the  birth  of  its 
most  honoured  geniuses,  while  the  vast  sandy  plains 
of  Barbary  and  Africa  have  always  retained  their 
inhabitants  in  the  condition  of  roving  and  savage 
shepherds."  The  great  naturalist  even  goes  so  far  as 
to  say,  "  Granite  districts  produce  on  all  the  customs 
of  human  life  quite  different  effects  from  those  of 
limestone.  Board,  lodging,  and  habits  of  thought 
will  never  be  the  same  in  Limousin  or  Basse- 
Bretagne,  as  in  Champagne  or  Normandy." 

Undoubtedly  the  constitution  of  the  soil,  the  con- 
formation of  the  country,  and,  above  all,  the  climate, 
must  exercise  a  great  influence  on  the  labours  of 
man,  on  the  produce  which  he  gathers  in,  and,  con- 
sequently, on  economic  progress.  A  country  without 
mines  will  produce  no  metals,  and  a  people  living 
far  inland  will  not  be  able  to  devote  itself  to  naviga- 
tion.    Climates,  like  those  of  the  polar  regions,  of 


40  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

excessive  cold,  or  as  in  the  equatorial,  of  excessive 
heat,  are  not  favourable  to  the  productiveness  of 
labour.  Excess  of  cold  diminishes  the  activity  of 
nature  ;  excess  of  heat,  the  activity  of  man.  It  is  a 
temperate  climate  that  most  favours  industrial  pro- 
gress. As  has  been  well  said,  "  Man  is  here  perpetu- 
ally invited  to  labour,"  for  here,  if  nature  is  generous, 
she  is  so  within  limits,  and  only  for  those  who  study 
and  understand  her. 

The  variation  of  the  seasons  develops  a  spirit  of 
reflection,  habits  of  foresight,  and  consequently  that 
creation  of  capital  which  is  a  condition  of  all 
economic  progress.  In  proportion,  however,  as  man's 
empire  over  nature  increases,  her  influence  on  his 
condition  diminishes.  Under  the  guidance  of  science 
the  power  of  industry  in  every  country  turns  local 
resources  to  advantage,  and,  thanks  to  commerce, 
any  people  can  enjoy  the  products  of  every  kind  of 
climate. 

In  the  ages  of  barbarism  nature  makes  man ;  in 
the  ages  of  civilisation  man  makes  nature.  In  the 
course  of  a  generation  we  have  seen  the  same 
country,  with  the  same  climate,  successively  occupied 
by  men  plunged  in  the  most  abject  destitution,  and 
then  by  other  men  enjoying  the  highest  degree  of 
prosperity.  In  Australia,  where  but  lately  the  abori- 
gines were  feeding  on  carrion  and  often  died  of 
hunger,  magnificent  towns,  like  Sydney  and  Mel- 
bourne, are  now  rising,  ornamented  with  all  the 
splendours  of  civilisation.     In  America,  on  the  vast 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       41 

plains  where  the  Indian  would  have  for  ever  con- 
tinued to  live  in  misery  on  the  uncertain  products  of 
the  chase,  the  Anglo-Saxons  are  every  day  founding 
societies  of  astonishiDg  prosperity. 

Traverse  the  world,  and  it  will  not  be  in  the 
countries  most '  favoured  by  nature  that  the  richest 
peoples  will  be  found.  It  is  the  right  direction  of 
labour,  rather  than  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  that  con- 
tributes to  wealth.  The  value  of  the  land  varies 
with  that  of  the  men  who  work  it ;  it  is  the  intelli- 
gence and  energy  of  the  cultivators  which  make  it 
precious. 

The  powers  of  civilised  man  are  becoming  more 
and  more  competent  to  annul  the  effects  of  natural 
differences.  The  conquests  of  science  in  their  uni- 
versal diffusion  will  produce  a  very  similar  condition 
of  civilisation  in  every  country.  Montesquieu  was 
right  in  his  assertion  :  "  Bad  legislators  are  those  who 
enhance  the  defects  of  climate,  good  legislators  are 
those  who  oppose  them." 

§  5.   Influence  of  Race  on  the  Productiveness 
of  Labour. 

It  is  impossible  to  deny  that  aptitudes  and  inclina- 
tions are  different  in  different  races,  and  that  these 
are  not  all  equally  ready  to  devote  themselves  to 
labour  and  the  perfecting  of  its  processes.  Contrast 
the  Australian,  who  will  submit  to  starvation  a  id 
misery  rather  than  cultivate  the  earth,  and  the 
Chinese,  who  seems  to  find  his  happiness  in  relentless 


42  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

and  unceasing  toil.  Even  among  Europeans  all 
nations  do  not  bring  the  same  aptitudes  to  their 
work.  Where  energy  and  perseverance  are  de- 
manded the  English  are  without  rivals.  The  French 
have  more  taste  and  dexterity.  Americans  are  the 
greatest  adepts  in  the  division  of  labour  and  the 
invention  of  machinery.  If  regard  be  had  to  the 
work  done,  the  Belgian  labourer  is  the  least  costly  of 
any.  Further,  every  country  has  its  specialties :  in 
marble,  Italians  are  the  best  workers;  in  zinc, 
the  Belgians ;  in  iron,  the  English,  and  in  silk,  the 
French.  Extreme  cases  excepted,  education,  habits, 
beliefs,  institutions  and  laws — in  a  word,  the  causes 
susceptible  of  modification,  exercise  on  the  product- 
iveness of  labour  a  much  greater  influence  than  do 
flesh  and  blood,  i.e.  than  the  causes  which  are 
hereditary  and  unalterable. 

Man  is  never  sparing  of  his  pains  when  these  are 
properly  rewarded.  Thus  Italians,  though  they  are 
accused  of  idleness,  brave  the  risk  of  fever  in  the 
Roman  Campagna,  and  reap  the  corn  under  the 
terrible  heat  of  June.  Thus,  too,  the  negro  in  the 
United  States,  since  he  has  obtained  his  liberty  and 
the  right  to  hold  property,  takes  care  of  his  hut  and 
his  crop  of  cotton  ;  and  even  in  the  middle  of  Africa 
the  blacks  cultivate  their  fields  well  whenever  they 
are  in  a  state  of  security.  In  former  times,  so- 
called  inferior  races,  as  the  Indians  of  Peru,  and  the 
Aztecs  of  Mexico,  have  constructed  cities,  palaces,  and 
irrigatory  canals,  the  ruins  of  which  excite  astonish- 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       43 

ment,  while  they  maintained  the  highest  system 
of  cultivation  in  countries  which  under  Europeans 
have  become  impoverished  and  depopulated.  This 
affords  the  most  convincing  proof  that  in  favouring 
production,  institutions  and  laws  are  more  effective 
than  blood  and  race. 

Since  man  is  capable  of  perfection,  to  whatever 
race  he  may  belong,  he  can  acquire  by  means  of 
education  the  greater  part  of  the  aptitudes  in  which 
he  may  be  deficient. 

§  6.   Influence    of   Philosophic   and   Religious 
Doctrines  on  the  Productiveness  of  Labour. 

In  proportion  as  a  philosophic  or  religious  doctrine 
is  founded  on  a  just  conception  of  man,  his  destiny 
and  duties,  it  is  favourable  to  abundant  production 
of  wealth,  to  its  fair  distribution  and  rational 
consumption.  Exactly  so  far  as  a  philosophy  or 
creed  is  contrary  to  reason,  it  helps  to  perpetuate 
misery  and  injustice.  If  the  economic  condition  of 
Christians  be  compared  with  that  of  peoples  of  other 
creeds,  the  difference  is  at  once  apparent.  Nor  can 
this  difference  be  attributed  to  the  influence  of  race, 
since  many  Mussulmans  and  Hindoos  are  whites, 
while  the  barbarous  and  Mohammedan  Circassians 
of  the  Caucasus  are  among  the  noblest  branches  of 
our  race,  which  certain  writers  have  even  called 
"Caucasian." 

Christianity  has  been  favourable  to  national 
prosperity,   because  by  it  labour,  simplicity  of  life, 


44  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

and  justice  in  social  relations,  have  been  brought 
into  honour.  Again,  it  has  put  an  end  to  slavery, 
not  by  commanding  its  abolition,  but  by  proclaiming 
to  men  that  they  are  brethren  and  equals.  Even  i 
while  preaching  indifference  to  riches  it  has  opened 
the  sources  from  which  wealth  flows.  The  Christian 
communities  which  have  followed  most  strictly  the 
spirit  of  the  Gospel  have  enjoyed  the  most  widely 
spread  prosperity,  and  among  the  Quakers  in 
England,  as  Voltaire  has  remarked,  and  among  the 
Mennonites  in  Holland,  no  poor  can  be  found. 

Notwithstanding  the  spiritual  elevation  of  his 
monotheism  the  religion  of  Mohammed,  except  among 
the  Moors  of  Spain,  has  everywhere  been  opposed  to 
economic  progress.  Its  fanaticism  has  produced 
indolence  ;  its  polygamy,  the  degradation  of  women ; 
and  the  constant  theocratic  nature  of  its  government 
a  diminution  of  individual  energy. 

The  religion  of  China,  in  which  the  moral  element 
has  longed  gained  the  ascendant  over  the  childish 
theogony  which  it  contains,  has  been  most  favourable 
to  labour  by  making  it  a  duty,  jd,  might  even  be 
said  an  act  of  devotion.  Thus  on  certain  festivals 
the  Emperor  himself  guides  the  plough.  In  Japan, 
again,  agriculture  and  industry  had  reached  the 
highest  pitch  of  perfection,  unaffected  by  any 
European  influences.  The  fields  were  admirably 
cultivated,  and  comfort  widely  diffused.  Shinto,  the 
ancient  religion  of  the  Japanese,  was  a  worship  of 
nature  of  the  simplest  character,  encumbered  with 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       45 

few  rites  and  superstitions,  and  enjoining  simplicity 
and  economy  not  only  on  the  great,  but  on  the 
Emperor  himself,  and  on  all  men  the  duty  of 
work. 

The  aptitude  of  the  Israelites  for  self-enrichment 
is  one  of  the  most  curious  facts  in  economic 
history.  In  former  times  they  converted  the  barren 
hills  of  Palestine  into  a  land  "flowing  with  milk 
and  honey,"  the  comfortable  home  of  a  dense  popu- 
lation. Since  their  dispersion,  by  their  accumulation 
of  capital,  they  have  been  advancing  to  the  conquest 
of  the  world  throughout  which  they  are  scattered. 
With  their  superiority  in  this  respect  race  can  have 
nothing  to  do,  since  their  fellow  Semites,  the  Arabs, 
have  offered  obstinate  resistance  to  all  economic 
progress.  Their  success  is  the  consequence  of  their 
moral  and  religious  ideas,  which  have  created  in 
them  a  second  nature  wholly  devoted  to  the  produc- 
tion and  capitalisation  of  wealth.  In  other  ancient 
countries  labour  was  despised  as  the  lot  of  a  slave ; 
in  Israel,  on  the  contrary,  the  prophets  glorified  it 
as  the  source  of  all  prosperity,  while  they  blamed 
idleness  as  the  mother  of  vice  and  suffering. 
Manual  labour  was  considered  as  a  means  of  im- 
provement, and  even  the  learned  were  obliged  to 
practise  it.  Sages  and  their  disciples  alike  guided 
the  plough,  and  took  as  their  maxim  "  labour  and 
learn."  Here  are  some  extracts  from  the  Proverbs 
of  Solomon : 

"He  becometh   poor  that  dealeth  with   a  slack 


46  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

hand,  but  the  hand  of  the  diligent  maketh  rich" 
(x.  4). 

"  Go  to  the  ant,  thou  sluggard,  consider  her  ways  and 
be  wise ;  which  provideth  her  meat  in  the  summer, 
and  gathereth  her  food  in  the  harvest "  (vi.  6 — 8). 

"  Yet  a  little  sleep,  a  little  slumber,  a  little  folding 
of  the  hands  to  sleep :  so  shall  thy  poverty  come 
as  one  that  travelleth,  and  thy  want  as  an  armed 
man"  (vi.  10,11). 

The  Talmud,  on  the  authority  of  Psalm  cxxviii., 
places  the  man  who  works  above  the  merely 
pious,  and  upholds  the  labour  of  the  hands  as 
equally  honourable  with  that  of  the  intellect 
(Berachot,  17).  On  this  subject  some  sentences  in 
the  Talmud  are  truly  admirable  : 

"  Great  is  labour :  whoso  gives  himself  to  it  is 
nourished,  exalted  and  ennobled." 

"  Only  he  who  serves  the  earth  receives  its  full 
bounty." 

"  Rather  gnaw  carrion  in  the  streets  than  have 
recourse  to  charity." 

"  Whoso  teaches  not  his  son  a  trade  brings  him 
up  to  be  a  thief." 

Here  again  is  a  story  from  the  Talmud :  A  rabbi, 
carrying  a  plank  from  his  field,  was  asked  if  there 
were  no  workmen  to  save  him  the  trouble.  He 
replied,  "  This  I  do  to  show  the  people  that  labour 
is  no  disgrace.  It  is  only  he  who  shuns  it  who  is 
dishonoured."  Hence  the  maxim,  "Love  labour, 
and  hate  excessive  wealth/' 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       47 

The  regions  of  the  Tigris  and  Euphrates,  now  so 
desolate,  once  formed  the  Persian  Empire,  renowned 
in  all  antiquity  for  the  fertility  of  its  fields  and  the 
wealth  of  its  towns.  This  prosperity  was  due  to 
the  blessing  which  Zoroastrism,  a  religion  of  great 
purity  and  elevation,  pronounced  upon  labour. 
Here  are  some  extracts  from  the  Zendavesta  in 
praise  of  toil : 

"  Creator  of  the  corporeal  world,  Pure  One ! 
What  is  the  increase  of  the  Mazdayacnian  law  ? 

"  Then  answered  Ahura  Mazda  (Ormuzd,  God)  : 
When  one  diligently  cultivates  corn,  O  holy 
Zarathustra.  He  who  cultivates  the  fruits  of  the 
field  cultivates  purity"  (Vendidad,  iii.  §  97 — 99. 
Bleek's  translation). 

"  Creator  of  the  corporeal  world,  Pure  One ! 
What  is  in  the  third  place  most  acceptable  to  the 
earth  ? 

"  Then  answered  Ahura  Mazda :  Where  by  cul- 
tivation there  is  produced  most  corn,  provender  and 
fruit-bearing  trees  ;  where  dry  land  is  watered,  or 
the  water  drained  from  too  moist  land." 

"  Creator  of  the  corporeal  world,  Pure  One ! 
What  is  in  the  fourth  place  most  acceptable  to 
the  earth  ? 

"  Then  answered  Ahura  Mazda :  Where  most 
cattle  and  beasts  of  burden  are  born"  (iii.  §  11 — 17). 

"  He  who  cultivates  this  earth  with  the  left  arm 
and  the  right,  with  the  right  arm  and  the  left, 
0    holy   Zarathustra !    to    him    it    brings   wealth. 


48  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

Like  as  a  friend  to  his  beloved,  she  brings  to  him 
issue  or  riches  "  (iii.  §  84 — 86). 

"  He  who  does  not  cultivate  this  earth,  O  holy 
Zarathustra,  then  this  earth  speaks  to  him  :  Man,  thou 
who  dost  not  cultivate  me.  Always  thou  standest 
there,  going  to  the  doors  of  others  to  beg  for  food. 
Always  they  bring  food  to  thee,  thou  who  beggest 
lazily  out  of  doors  "  (iii.  §  91—94). 

If  some  religious  doctrines  have  been  singularly 
favourable  to  economic  progress,  certain  errors  have 
been  productive  of  great  evils.  Such  is  the  case 
with  intolerance,  that  aberration  of  religious  senti- 
ment of  which  it  may  be  said  that  it  is  not  only  a 
crime  but  a  mistake — a  crime  against  the  majesty  of 
man,  and  a  great  mistake  in  economy.  Thus  it  was 
intolerance  which  robbed  Spain  of  the  Moors  with 
their  perfect  system  of  cultivation,  and  of  the  Jews 
who  created  its  commerce  and  procured  its  financial 
credit.  It  was  intolerance,  too,  that  ruined  the 
Belgian  provinces  in  the  sixteenth  century,  and, 
after  the  revocation  of  the  Edict  of  Nantes,  chased 
from  France  its  most  industrious  inhabitants. 
Religious  liberty,  on  the  other  hand,  attracted  to 
Holland  refugees  and  proscribed  persons  from  every 
country,  victims  of  every  kind  of  intolerance ;  it 
thus  contributed  greatly  to  the  prosperity  of  the 
united  provinces. 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       49 


§  7.  The  Influence  of  the  Moral  Sentiments  on 
the  Productiveness  of  Labour. 

There  is  not  a  virtue  which  does  not  lead  to  true 
wealth,  nor  a  vice  which  is  not  an  obstacle  to  well- 
being.  As  has  been  well  said,  "  Moral  progress 
always  brings  with  it  an  increase  of  prosperity. 
But  material  progress,  unless  accompanied  by  an 
equivalent  progress  in  morality,  is  always  the  fore- 
runner of  decline."  The  circumstances  of  the 
downfall  of  every  great  empire  of  antiquity  may 
be  cited  in  support  of  this  truth. 

A  good  conscience  in  a  workman  means  a  good 
piece  of  work.  When  the  conscience  is  bad,  the 
work  will  be  little  and  ill  done.  Prudence  leads  to 
thrift,  thrift  gives  birth  to  capital,  capital  makes 
labour  productive. 

Prudence  is  a  mental  gift ;  it  is  the  seeing  future 
events  as  if  they  were  actually  present.  "Dig 
your  well  before  you  are  thirsty,"  says  the  Japanese 
proverb.  Because  they  foresee  needs  yet  to  come, 
men  save  a  portion  of  what  they  produce,  and  thus 
collect  the  means  of  living  in  greater  comfort  and 
producing  more.  The  spirit  of  economy  enriches, 
not  only  families,  but  states.  Prussia,  which,  in  the 
phrase  of  Voltaire,  was  only  "the  desert  of  the 
Marquis  of  Brandenburg,"  has  become  a  powerful 
state,  thanks  to  the  spirit  of  order,  economy,  and 
intelligent  administration,  which  imbued  its  kings, 
especially   Frederick    II.,   while    during    the    same 

E 


50  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

period  France  was  being  ruined  by  the  extravagance 
of  the  time  of  Louis  XIV.?  the  immorality  of  the 
Regency,  and  all  the  disorders  of  Louis  XV. 

According  to  Montesquieu,  the  Caribbees  break 
down  a  tree  in  order  to  gather  its  fruit.  Here  we 
have  improvidence  personified.  From  improvidence 
spring  drunkenness  and  intemperance ;  these  destroy 
at  once  the  fruits  of  labour  and  the  aptitude  for 
work,  and  in  this  way  misery  is  perpetuated. 

Credit  is  only  another  word  for  confidence,  and 
confidence  depends  on  the  certainty  that  engage- 
ments will  be  faithfully  observed.  Thus  this  power- 
ful lever  of  commerce  rests  on  a  virtue  as  its 
support;  where,  as  in  the  East,  this  virtue  is  not 
present,  credit  also  is  not  to  be  found. 

Perseverance,  another  virtue,  is  also  a  great 
economic  force.  It  is  by  perseverance  that  the  men 
of  Zealand  have  justified  their  assumption  of  the 
proud  motto  Luctor  et  emcrgo  ("I  struggle  and  sur- 
vive ")  by  twice  conquering  their  territory,  the  first 
time  from  the  sea,  the  second,  from  the  tyranny  of 
Spain.  It  was  perseverance,  again,  that  presided 
at  the  birth  of  the  United  States,  when  the  first 
emigrants  had  to  contend  against  the  climate,  disease, 
and  the  savage  tribes. 

Administrative  venality  and  partiality  in  dispensing 
justice  are  great  obstacles  to  progress  in  Russia.  Of 
this  the  Emperor  is  not  ignorant,  but  he  knows  no 
means  of  remedying  the  ill. 

As   M.   Le   Play  remarks   in   his   Etudes  sur  les 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       51 

Ouvriers  Europdens  (p.  4),  "The  social  rank  of  the 
different  classes  of  workmen  is  determined  by  the 
degree  of  development  in  them  of  the  feeling  o/ 
prudence."  If  the  Flemish  communes  were  so  rich 
and  powerful  in  the  Middle  Ages,  it  was  because  all 
the  manly  virtues  of  the  labourer  prevailed  among 
them,  assiduity,  conscientious  workmanship,  the 
spirit  of  economy,  intelligence,  carefulness,  a  feeling 
of  brotherhood  among  the  members  of  the  corpora- 
tion, and,  finally,  courage  to  defend  their  liberties 
and  privileges. 

In  his  Survey  of  Political  Economy  Mr.  Macdonell 
makes  the  following  very  just  remarks  :  "  Wherever 
there  is  a  great  store  of  wealth  there  must  be  a 
people  living  under  moral  restraint  and  possessed  of 
a  code  of  duty,  and  a  land  dotted  with  bursting 
stackyards,  mapped  out  into  well-tilled  fields,  and 
noisy  with  the  hum  of  looms  and  clang  of  hammers, 
is  evidence  that  there  is  at  hand  no  small  portion  of 
the  stuff  out  of  which  martyrs  and  heroes  are 
formed.  Though  fine  names  may  not  be  given  to 
the  qualifications  of  a  busy  people,  skilled  in  many 
crafts  and  trades,  producing  articles  cheaply  and 
well,  it  is  patience  and  sobriety,  and  faithfulness 
and  honesty,  that  have  gained  for  them  eminence " 
(ch.  v.  p.  57). 


E  2 


52  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 


§  8.   The   Influence   of  Justice   on   the 
Productiveness  of  Labour. 

"Seek  first  justice,  and  all  things  else  shall  be 
added  to  you."  The  truth  of  this  quotation  from 
the  Gospel  can  be  clearly  demonstrated. 

Distributive  justice  consists  in  treating  every  man 
according  to  his  deserts,  rewarding  the  well-doer, 
punishing  the  ill.  This  principle,  in  the  economical 
order,  leads  to  the  maxim,  ■  To  every  man  according 
to  his  work."  For  this  maxim  to  be  applied  the  law 
must  assure  to  every  one  the  full  enjoyment  of  the 
fruits  of  his  labour.  Let  him  who  sows,  reap,  and 
let  him  who  plants  the  tree,  eat  of  its  fruit.  You 
have  performed  your  task  with  intelligence,  zeal  and 
care ;  you  are  entitled  to  good  lodgment,  good  food, 
and  a  provision  for  your  old  age.  You  have  been 
idle  and  careless;  want  and  famine  shall  be  your 
punishment.  Such  is  the  will  of  justice.  It  is  the 
fable  of  the  grasshopper  and  the  ant. 

Men  have  not  been  wrong  when,  in  confidence  in 
the  power  of  right,  they  have  pronounced  the 
celebrated  phrase,  Fiat  justitia,  pereat  mundus 
("  Let  justice  be  done,  though  the  world  perish  "),  or 
when  at  the  time  of  the  French  Revolution,  in 
reference  to  the  abolition  of  slavery,  they  exclaimed, 
"  Rather  perish  our  colonies  than  our  principle." 

What  is  absolutely  opposed  to  justice  can  never 
be  favourable  to  the  well-being  even  of  those  who 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       53 

seem  to  profit  by  the  wrong.  Thus  it  was  slavery 
which  was  the  main  cause  of  the  decline  of  the 
Roman  power.  In  the  early  days  of  the  Republic 
the  earth  was  tilled  by  freemen,  and  everywhere 
there  reigned  a  prosperity  which,  if  simple,  was  real 
and  sound.  By  dint  of  constant  war  this  race  of 
well-to-do,  brave,  and  vigorous  peasants,  gradually 
disappeared.  The  aristocracy  invaded  their  little 
homesteads,  as  well  as  the  Ager  puUicus,  or  public 
land,  and  formed  vast  estates,  which  they  cultivated 
by  means  of  slaves.  Livy  records  this  depopulation 
in  an  expressive  sentence :  Innumerabilem  multitu- 
dinem  liberorum  capitum  in  eisfuisse  locis,  quce  nunc, 
vix  seminario  exigno  militum  relido,  servitia  Romana 
ab  solitudine  vindicant.  .  .  .  ("  Vast  numbers  of  free- 
men used  to  live  in  these  regions,  which  now 
remain  a  nursery  for  scarce  a  handful  of  soldiers, 
and  are  only  saved  from  absolute  solitude  by  the 
Roman  slave  gangs.") 

Tiberius  Gracchus,  when  on  his  way  to  Spain, 
saw  with  grief  the  deserted  condition  of  the  fields, 
and  afterwards,  in  his  harangues  to  the  people, 
painted  it  in  flaming  colours :  "  The  wild  beasts  of 
Italy  have  their  lairs  to  which  they  can  retreat,  the 
brave  men  who  shed  their  blood  in  her  cause  have 
nothing  left  but  light  and  the  air  they  breathe ; 
without  houses,  without  any  fixed  abode,  they 
wander  from  place  to  place  with  their  wives  and 
children.  They  fight  and  die  to  advance  the  wealth 
and  luxury  of  the  great.      They  are  called  masters 


54  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

of  the  world,  and  have  not  a  foot  of  ground  in  their 
possession." 

In  spite  of  the  laws  of  Licinius  and  the  Gracchi, 
and  of  all  the  attempts  made  to  re-establish  the  class 
of  small  proprietors,  the  process  of  depopulation 
did  not  stop.  Rome  was  supported  by  the  plunder 
and  ruin  of  the  provinces  by  its  proconsuls,  and  the 
trial  of  Verres  shows  us  the  hateful  brigandage  with 
which  these  were  effected.  It  was  under  the  weight 
of  the  iniquities  by  which  she  lived  that  Rome  fell. 
In  the  words  of  Juvenal :  Scevior  armis  luxuria  in- 
cubuit,  vidumque  ulciscihcr  orbem  (Sat.  vi.  292). 
("A  luxury  more  ruthless  than  the  sword  settled 
upon  Rome  and  avenged  the  world  she  had  enslaved.") 
When  the  barbarians  arrived  they  found  the  empire 
almost  depopulated. 

In  the  United  States  the  curse  of  slavery  was  only 
extirpated  at  the  price  of  the  most  frightful  civil 
war  known  to  history,  the  death  of  half  a  million  of 
men,  and  the  loss  of  five  hundred  millions  (sterling) 
of  money. 

When  the  injustice  of  laws  reaches  such  a  point, 
that  the  hopes  of  most  people  are  set  on  robbery, 
and  the  most  utterly  wretched  are  resorting  to  crime, 
the  society  is  advancing  towards  its  ruin.  The 
greater  the  exactness  with  which  the  economic 
organisation  insures  the  application  of  justice,  the 
more  eagerly  wall  men,  who  naturally  make  well- 
being  their  aim,  betake  themselves  to  labour.  To 
cite  a  single  example  :  it  is  to  insure  this  result  that 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       55 

patents  are  granted  to  inventors,  and  authors  allowed 
the  copyright  of  their  books. 

Besides  just  laws,  there  must  be  just  judges  to 
apply  them.  This  point  is  of  the  first  importance. 
How  often  do  we  read  in  works  of  history  that 
"justice  caused  the  kingdom  to  flourish/ '  " Le 
royaume  multiplie  tellement  par  la  bonne  droiture," 
writes  the  chronicler  Joinville,  a  que  le  domaine, 
c&nsive,  rentes  et  revenus  du  Boy  croissent  tons  les 
ans  de  moiiieT  I  borrow  from  Destutt  de  Tracy 
this  wise  remark :  "  Among  sensitive  beings,  whose 
interests  often  clash,  justice  is  the  greatest  of 
blessings ;  it  alone  can  pacify  them  without  leaving 
to  any  a  cause  of  complaint." 

§  9.  Civil  Laws,  especially  those  as  to  Property, 
in  their  Relation  to  the  Productiveness  of 
Labour. 

Civil  laws  should  be  applications  of  the  principles 
of  justice.  They  must,  therefore,  assure  to  every  one 
the  enjoyment  of  that  which  lawfully  belongs  to  him : 
cuique  suum — "  to  each  man  his  own."  Such  is,  in 
reality,  the  formula  of  justice.  From  this  principle 
by  a  direct  deduction  we  reach  the  most  important 
of  all  civil  institutions,  that  of  property,  which  we 
define  as  the  exclusive  right  to  use  an  article  within 
the  limits  of  reason  and  law,  or,  in  the  admirable 
phrase  of  the  Roman  code,  usque  patitur  ratio  juris. 

Aristotle  (Politics,  i.  3)  well  characterised  property 
as  "  an  external  instrument  necessary  to  man's  exist- 


56  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

ence."  Property  is  necessary  to  man's  accomplish- 
ment of  his  destiny,  because  it  is  the  indispensable 
complement  of  his  individuality.  Property  in  all 
the  fruits  of  his  work  must  be  guaranteed  to  the 
worker.  This  is  the  decree  of  equity,  and  it  is 
also  the  decree  of  the  interests  of  society.  It  is 
only  the  certainty  that  he  will  enjoy  this  legitimate 
reward  of  his  toil  that  will  impel  man  to  work  his  best 
and  his  hardest.  "  Make  proprietors  and  you  make 
good  citizens,"  says  P.  L.  Courier.  "Nothing  can 
be  more  beneficial  than  to  give  the  land  to  the  men 
who  work  it :  the  more  an  estate  is  divided,  the  more 
it  will  prosper  and  improve." 

§  10.  Influence  of  Systems  of  Inheritance  on 
the  Productiveness  of  Labour. 

Differences  in  the  system  of  inheritance  have 
a  considerable  influence  on  men's  activity,  and  on 
the  constitution  and  progress  of  societies.  Tocque- 
ville  {Democratic  en  Ame'iHqtce,  iii.  3)  even  asserts 
that  "  whenever  human  societies  undergo  any  great 
change,  hidden  among  its  causes  is  invariably  found 
the  law  of  inheritance." 

An  analysis  of  the  motives  which  impel  men  to 
production  establishes  the  fact  that  his  daily  needs 
are  sufficient  to  keep  the  workman  to  his  labour, 
and  in  the  case  of  an  exceptionally  prudent  man, 
to  induce  him  to  save  a  little  as  a  provision  for  his 
old  age  :  on  the  other  hand,  to  bring  about  great 
improvements  of  which  the  fruits  will  only  be  reaped 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       57 

after  the  lapse  of  years,  the  interests  of  children 
must  be  introduced  as  an  incentive.  No  one  will 
plant  trees  for  a  stranger  to  gather  their  produce. 
As  La  Fontaine  puts  it,  "  It  is  still  wonh  while  to 
build,  but  to  begin  planting  at  my  age ! "  Thus 
for  the  creation  and  preservation  of  capital  the 
institution  of  inheritance  is  an  essential. 

To  maintain  and  increase  the  productiveness  of 
labour,  is  it  better  that  all  the  real  property  should 
pass  to  one  only  of  the  children,  as  the  English 
law  desires,  or  that  it  should  be  shared  among 
them  all,  as  under  the  French  code  ?  The  division 
of  an  estate  may  sometimes  involve  inconveni- 
ences, but  these  are  as  nothing  compared  to  the 
immense  advantage  of  making  as  many  families 
as  possible  into  proprietors. 

Property  is  the  condition  and  complement  of 
liberty.  Ideally,  every  family  should  have  its  house, 
its  field,  and  its  instruments  of  labour,  or  a  title 
representing  a  share  in  a  common  capital — a  factory, 
for  example,  or  some  other  enterprise.  By  the  regu- 
lation of  inheritances  this  ideal  is  attainable. 

§  ii.  Influence  of  Systems  of  Tenure  on  the 
Productiveness  of  Labour. 

Lands  are  cultivated  sometimes  directly  by  their 
owner,  sometimes  by  other  persons  to  whom  he 
grants  the  occupation  of  them  under  such  differ- 
ent conditions  as  mdtayage,  leasage,  emphyteusis, 
&c.     Modes  of  tenure  are  favourable  to  production 


58  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

in  proportion  to  the  completeness  with  which  they 
assure  to  the  cultivator  both  the  fruits  of  his  labour 
and  the  benefit  of  his  improvements.  Thus  tested, 
no  system  is  equal  to  that  of  absolute  proprietorship. 
Arthur  Young,  an  economist  of  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury well  versed  in  agriculture,  says,  "  Give  a  small 
proprietor  a  strip  of  rock,  and  he  will  make  it  into  a 
garden.  The  magic  of  property  turns  sand  into 
gold/'  In  the  Pyrenees,  in  Tuscany,  on  the  slopes 
of  the  Apennines,  or  at  Capri,  that  shelf  of  cal- 
careous rocks  at  the  entrance  of  the  Gulf  of  Naples, 
famous  as  the  retreat  of  Tiberius — in  all  these  places 
the  traveller  will  see  the  soil  actually  created  by 
man's  labour.  Terraces  of  unmortared  stones  are 
constructed  on  the  hill-sides :  to  these  earth  is 
carried  in  baskets,  and  often  is  carried  afresh  after 
each  violent  storm.  Vines  and  olives  are  then 
planted,  and  at  the  foot  of  these  grow  corn  and 
lupine.  The  proprietor  has  created  his  property 
by  the  sweat  of  his  brow,  and  affords  us  an  example 
of  what  men  will  do  when  they  are  assured  of  the 
exclusive  enjoyment  of  the  fruits  of  their  toil. 
Again,  Arthur  Young  tells  us  that,  "  with  a  yearly 
tenancy  a  farmer  will  ruin  the  finest  soil,"  and  the 
misery  of  the  Irish  and  their  wretched  system  of 
cultivation  are  his  proofs.  The  cultivator  cannot 
be  expected  to  improve  the  soil  if  an  increase  of 
rent  continually  comes  to  rob  him  of  the  results 
of  his  improvements.  As  means  of  forwarding 
agricultural    progress,    hereditary   tenancy,    emphy- 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       59 

teusis,  and  long  leaseholds  compete  the  more  closely 
with  actual  proprietorship  in  exact  proportion  to  the 
greater  security  and  permanence  of  the  tenure.  A 
scale  of  the  different  systems  of  land  tenure  may 
thus  be  formed,  arranged  according  to  the  encourage- 
ment which  they  give  to  labour.  The  order  will 
be,  in  descending  scale  : — 

(1)  Proprietorship  vested  in  the  cultivator. 

(2)  Hereditary  tenancy  or  emphyteusis. 

(3)  Long  Leaseholds. 

(4)  Metayage. 

(5)  Short  leaseholds. 

(6)  Tenure  at  will. 

§  12.  Influence    of     Systems     of     Rewarding 
Labour  on  its   Productiveness. 

Man  will  work  with  so  much  the  more  care 
and  zeal  the  more  exactly  his  reward  is  in  pro- 
portion to  the  quantity  and  quality  of  his  labour. 
Pay  the  industrious  and  the  idle  workman  the 
same  wages  and  it  will  be  to  the  interest  of 
both  to  do  as  little  -as  possible.  Since  activity  in 
labour  is  thus  in  proportion  to  the  strength  of  the 
motives  which  result  in  it,  labourers,  compared  in 
this  respect,  can  be  arranged  in  the  following 
descending  scale : — 

(1)  Those  who  keep  for  themselves  all  they  pro- 
duce. 

(2)  Those  who  have  a  share  in  the  profits. 


60  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

(3)  Those  paid  according  to  the  work  done. 

(4)  Those  paid  according  to  the  time  they  are 
supposed  to  be  working. 

(5)  Slaves,  the  produce  of  whose  labours  belongs 
to  their  masters. 

The  small  proprietor  is  already  in  his  fields  before 
the  dawn,  and  at  sunset  he  is  still  toiling;  the 
harvest,  that  is  to  say  his  welfare,  depends  on  his 
industry.  On  the  other  hand,  the  idleness  of 
government  officials  is  proverbial,  and  it  is  so, 
because  they  are  treated  the  same  whatever  quan- 
tity of  work  they  do.  Lastly,  slavery,  by  taking 
from  man  his  rights  of  property  as  well  as  of  liberty, 
has  blighted  his*  labours  with  barrenness,  and  it  was 
slavery  which  formed  the  principal  obstacle  to 
material  progress  among  the  peoples  of  antiquity. 

§  13.  Influence  of  Systems  of  Government  on 
the  Productiveness  of  Labour. 

"Riches,"  said  J.  B.  Say,  in  1803,  "are  absolutely 
independent  of  political  organisation.' '  In  this 
opinion  he  was  profoundly  mistaken.  Nothing  is 
more  favourable  to  the  production  of  wealth  than 
a  good  government,  nothing  more  fatal  than  a  bad. 
To  this  the  history  of  all  countries  and  of  all  eras 
bears  witness,  and  its  lessons  are  better  understood 
by  Montesquieu  when  he  tells  us  "  countries  are  not 
prosperous  by  reason  of  their  fertility,  but  by  reason 
of  their  liberty ; "  and  by  Tocqueville,  who  writes, 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.      61 

"  I  do  not  know  that  a  single  example  can  be  cited, 
from  the  Syrians  to  the  English,  of  a  manufacturing 
and  commercial  people  which  has  not  also  been  a 
free  one.  There  is  thus  a  close  tie  and  necessary- 
relation  between  these  two  things,  liberty  and 
industry." 

Liberty  is  the  daughter  of  reason  and  the  mother 
of  wealth. 

Despotism  finds  its  ordinary  result  in  decay. 
Never  has  this  been  better  exemplified  than  in  the 
fall  of  the  Roman  Empire.  "  Thanks  to  the  multi- 
plicity of  functionaries,"  says  Lactantius,  "  there 
were  more  tax-consumers  in  the  Empire  than  tax- 
payers, so  that  the  cultivator  was  ruined  by  the 
exactions  to  which  he  was  exposed.  Fields  were 
deserted,  and  lands,  once  tilled,  abandoned,  till  they 
lapsed  again  into  the  forest."  "The  Fiscus"  says 
Salvienus,  writing  in  the  sixth  century,  "was  a 
robbery  which  completed  the  ruin  of  the  Roman 
Empire." 

Order,  security,  liberty,  justice,  above  all,  that 
organisation  of  responsibility  which  assures  to  the 
industrious  the  fruits  of  their  labours — these  are 
necessary  conditions  of  the  development  of  wealth ; 
and  a  government  will  advance  this  development 
in  proportion  as  it  guarantees  these  conditions. 
When,  as  under  the  old  regime,  taxes  fine  the 
workers  and  savers,  without  touching  those  who 
squander  at  court  the  money  torn  from  the  culti- 
vators, under  such  a  government  prudence  is  shown 


62  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

in  doing  nothing  and  living  from  hand  to  mouth. 
When,  as  in  Turkey,  the  arbitrary  exactions  of  the 
treasury  increase  in  proportion  to  the  outward  signs 
of  prosperity,  to  be  or  to  appear  poor  is  the  sole 
guarantee  of  safety. 

To  be  convinced  that  a  bad  government  is  the 
worst  of  scourges  it  is  only  necessary  to  visit  the 
Turkish  provinces,  formerly  the  richest  in  the  Roman 
Empire.  "  The  populations  of  these  provinces,"  says 
a  traveller,  Dr.  Lennep,  "  capable  in  themselves  of 
great  progress,  are  stifled  in  a  general  atmosphere 
of  malversation  and  decay.  Beggars  are  everywhere ; 
from  top  to  bottom  of  the  social  scale  there  is 
mendicity,  theft  and  extortion.  Little  work  is  done 
at  present,  and  there  will  be  less  in  the  future. 
Commerce  is  degenerating  into  peddling,  banking 
into  mere  usury;  every  undertaking  is  a  fraud? 
politics  are  an  intrigue,  and  the  system  of  police 
sheer  brigandage.  The  fields  are  deserted,  the 
forests  devastated,  mineral  riches  neglected,  and  the 
roads,  bridges,  and  all  public  works  falling  into  ruin." 
The  grass  withers  in  the  footprint  of  the  Turk,  not 
because  the  Turk  is  worse  than  his  neighbours,  but 
because  the  Turkish  government  is  detestable. 

In  the  reign  of  Louis  XIV.  the  same  cause  pro- 
duced the  same  effects.  The  Marechal  de  Vauban, 
of  whom  Saint  Simon  said  that  he  was  "  the  most 
honest  man  of  his  time,  with  a  passion  for  the 
public  good  amounting  to  madness,"  wrote,  "  If  any 
one  is  well  off  he  must  hide  what  little  comfort  he 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       63 

has  so  carefully  that  his  neighbours  have  no  know- 
ledge of  it.  He  must  even  push  precaution  so  far 
as  to  deprive  himself  of  necessaries  lest  he  should 
appear  to  be  in  easy  circumstances "  {La  Dime 
royals). 

We  pray  in  the  Litany  to  be  delivered  from 
"  plague,  pestilence,  and  famine,"  and  from  "  battle 
and  sudden  death,"  but  these  are  only  passing  evils, 
soon  repaired  by  the  fruitfulness  alike  of  labour  and 
marriages.  A  bad  government  is  a  permanent  evil, 
and,  so  long  as  it  lasts,  the  ills  it  produces  go  on 
increasing.  Montesquieu  has  expressed  himself  ad- 
mirably on  this  point.  "  There  are  two  kinds  of 
poor  people,"  he  tells  us,  "  the  first  made  so  by  the 
harshness  of  the  government,  and  thus  incapable  of 
almost  any  virtue,  since  their  ^poverty  is  part  of  their 
slavish  lot ;  the  second  only  poor  because  they  have 
despised  or  never  known  the  conveniences  of  life, 
and  capable  of  great  things  since  their  poverty  is 
a  part  of  '  their  freedom "  {Esprit  des  Lois,  xx.  3). 
Elsewhere,  to  explain  how  liberty  enriches  a  people, 
the  same  author  writes,  "  As  a  general  rule  a  nation 
which  is  in  bondage  works  rather  to  preserve  than 
to  acquire,  a  free  nation  rather  to  acquire  than 
preserve." 

§  14.  Influence  of  Democracy  on  the  Produc- 
tiveness of  Labour. 

In  passages  not  easily  forgotten  Tocqueville  has 
shown  the  influence  which  democracy  exercises  on 


64  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

the  production  of  wealth.  "  Every  cause,"  he  writes, 
"  which  gives  force  in  the  human  heart  to  the  love 
of  the  goods  of  this  world,  helps  to  develop  commerce 
and  industry.  One  of  these  causes  is  equality ;  and 
this  favours  commerce,  not  directly  by  giving  men  a 
love  for  business,  but  indirectly  by  strengthening  and 
extending  in  their  minds  the  love  of  comfort." 

Despite  the  turmoils  inseparable  from  freedom, 
the  democratic  communities  of  Greece,  of  Flanders, 
and  of  Italy,  all  enjoyed  exceptional  prosperity  andg 
great  renown.  The  Florentine  historian,  Machiavelli, 
gives  as  the  reason  that  "the  virtue,  morality,  and 
independence  of  the  citizens  were  more  effective  in 
strengthening  the  state  than  their  dissensions  in 
weakening  it.  A  little  agitation  lends  energy  to 
the  mind,  and  the  real  promoter  of  human  prosperity 
is,  not  so  much  peace,  as  freedom." 

Slavery  brings  about  decay  by  diminishing  activity. 
*  When  everything  rests  crushed  beneath  the  yoke," 
says  Kousseau,  "it  is  then  that  everything  perishes 
and  that  the  chiefs  destroy  the  people."  "  Uhi  solitudi- 
nemfaciunty  pacem  appellant — they  make  a  wilderness 
and  call  it  peace  "  (Tacitus). 


§  15.  Influence  of  the  Freedom  of  Labour  upon 
its  Productiveness. 

Guided  by  self-interest,  where  he  has  any  light, 
man  will  devote  himself  to  the  most  profitable  form 
of  labour.     It  follows  that  the  more  labour  is  free 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       65 

the  more  it  will  be  productive.     Freedom  of  labour 
comprises : — 

(1)  Freedom  to  choose  a  trade.  Of  this  mono- 
polies and  guilds  are  the  negation. 

(2)  Freedom  to  labour  wherever  one  pleases:  no 
privileges  for  certain  districts ;  freedom  in  the  choice 
of  a  dwelling. 

(3)  Freedom  of  partnership. 

(4)  Freedom  to  buy  and  sell  to  the  best  advantage : 
freedom  of  trade. 

(5)  Freedom  to  lend  money :  abolition  of  the  laws 
against  usury. 

All  these  liberties,  proclaimed  by  the  French  Revo- 
lution and  adopted  in  England,  have  since  the  end  of 
the  last  century  successively  gained  a  footing  in  the 
different  civilised  countries.  Hence  has  resulted  an 
extraordinary  increase  in  the  activity  and  productive- 
ness of  labour. 

Nothing  contributes  so  much  to  render  labour 
productive  as  the  free  competition  of  the  labourers. 
It  is  a  pacific  contest  to  see  who  will  sell  the  most 
and  with  the  greatest  profit.  Every  one  is  on  the 
alert,  racks  his  brains,  and  tries  to  devise  some 
saving,  some  improvement,  or  some  new  piece  of 
machinery.  The  punishment  of  those  who  fail  is 
embarrassment  or  misery  ;  the  reward  of  the 
successful  comfort  and  wealth. 

Among  animals  the  struggle  for  existence  is 
decided   by  strength   of   claws   and   teeth  ;    among 


66  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

barbarians  by  the  sharpness  of  hatchet  and  javelin ; 
among  civilised  men  by  superiority  in  labour, '  in 
invention,  and  in  capital. 

§  16.  Influence  of  Association  and  Co-operation 
on  the  Productiveness  of  Labour. 

To  extinguish  a  fire  twenty  or  thirty  men  stand 
in  a  line,  forming  a  chain  from  the  water  to  the 
place  of  the  conflagration ;  with  one  hand  they 
quickly  pass  along  full  buckets,  and  with  the  other 
return  the  empty  ones.  In  this  way  they  convey 
twenty  times  the  amount  of  water  that  could  be 
brought  by  each  man  running  between  the  foun- 
tain and  the  burning  building ;  and  here  we  have  an 
illustration  of  the  advantages  offered  by  association. 

If  a  boat  has  to  be  launched  ten  men  successively 
pushing  will  never  stir  it ;  if  they  all  push  together 
she  is  floated  at  once.  Here  we  have  an  illustration 
of  the  advantages  of  co-operation. 

When  arranged  in  an  intelligent  and  orderly 
fashion  men  succeed  in  doing  what  a  hundred  times 
the  number  of  isolated  individuals  would  never 
accomplish.  This  important  truth  is  symbolised  by 
the  Roman  emblem  of  a  fascis  or  bundle,  and  by 
the  Austrian  device  Viribus  unitis,  "  By  united 
strength/' 

The  division  of  labour  is  based  upon  spontaneous 
co-operation.  The  baker  who  supplies  the  teacher 
with  bread,  and  the  teacher  who  instructs  the  baker's 
children,  are  co-operating  in  a  common  worki— the 


Production  and  Productive  Labour,       67 

furnishing  man  with  the  food  of  the  body  and  the 
food  of  the  mind.  Although  they  neither  know  nor 
intend  it,  in  reality  they  are  partners. 

§  17.  Influence   of  the  Division    of  Labour  on 
its  Productiveness. 

The  division  of  labour  consists  in  parcelling  out  a 
piece  of  work  among  those  who  have  to  execute  it,  in 
such  a  manner  that  each  workman  shall  always  do  the 
game  work,  or  even  only  a  part  of  the  work.  A  black- 
smith forges  nails  all  the  year,  and  with  these  nails 
procures,  by  means  of  exchange,  everything  he  needs. 
This  is  the  first  form  of  the  division  of  labour. 

Again,  eighteen  different  operations  are  needed 
to  make  a  single  pin,  and  each  of  these  is  intrusted 
to  a  special  workman.  This  is  the  second  form  of 
the  division  of  labour. 

The  principle  of  the  specialisation  of  functions  is 
of  sp  ontaneous  application.  Every  one  is  disposed  to 
do  the  work  for  which  he  has  an  aptitude,  and  every- 
body else  profits  by  his  doing  it.  In  the  simplest 
form  of  life,  as  seen  among  savages,  the  man  devotes 
himself  to  hunting,  the  woman  prepares  the  food 
and  clothing. 

As  human  industry  progresses,  though  most  of  the 
work  continues  to  be  done  in  the  bosom  of  the  family, 
certain  separate  occupations  make  their  appearance, 
such  as  those  of  the  blacksmith,  the  worker  in 
copper,  and  the  potter.  Still  later,  speciality  of 
occupation,  when  combined  with  hereditary    succes 

F  2 


68  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

sion,  as  in  Egypt,  gives  rise  to  caste ;  when,  as  in 
the  Middle  Ages,  with  privileges,  to  craft  guilds. 

The  division  of  labour  greatly  increases  its  pro- 
ductiveness, and  thus  proportionately  diminishes  the 
price  of  produce.  Pins  at  from  sixpence  to  ninepence 
a  thousand,  playing  cards  for  sixpence  a  pack,  watches 
for  from  twelve  shillings  apiece,  are  all  examples  of 
this  cheapness,  which  will  seem  wonderful  on  reflec- 
tion. These  advantages  of  the  division  of  labour 
proceed  from  different  causes,  of  which  the  following 
are  the  chief : — 

(1)  Increase  of  skill  in  the  workman  from  repeat- 
ing the  same  process. 

(2)  Saving  of  the  time  lost  in  getting  to  work, 
whenever  the  occupation  and  tools  have  to  be 
changed. 

(3)  Economy  effected  in  the  use  of  tools,  since 
each  workman  now  only  requires  one,  whereas,  when 
there  is  no  division  he  needs  a  different  tool  for 
each  several  operation. 

(4)  More  advantageous  employment  of  the  dif- 
ferent aptitudes  of  the  workmen,  since  each  is 
constantly  employed  on  what  he  does  best ;  and  a 
notable  saving  in  the  cost  of  labour,  inasmuch  as 
where  all  payments  are  in  proportion  to  the  diffi- 
culty of  the  work,  the  simpler  processes  can  be 
intrusted  to  weaker  or  less  skilful  hands,  often 
unhappily  to  those  of  women  and  children,  and  so 
are  less  highly  paid. 

(5)  More  frequent   employment   of  machinery  to 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.        69 

replace  the  workmen,  wherever  any  part  of  the 
work  can  be  reduced  to  an  identical  and  regular 
movement. 

(6)  The  tendency  of  division  of  labour  to  promote 
equality  by  a  balance  of  functions.  If  the  strong 
and  the  weak  are  set  to  the  same  work  the  strong 
will  accomplish  twice  as  much  as  the  weak,  and, 
since  the  fruits  of  labour  are  its  legitimate  reward, 
will  be  twice  as  well  off.  On  the  other  hand,  if 
they  agree  to  divide  their  labours  between  them, 
the  strong  man  will  cultivate  the  earth  for  both, 
the  weak  will  prepare  the  food  and  clothing,  also 
for  both.  In  this  way,  in  the  first  place,  both  will 
be  better  fed  and  better  clothed,  and,  in  the  second, 
since  the  services  each  renders  to  the  association 
balance,  they  can  be  equally  rewarded.  Where  ad- 
vantage is  taken  of  the  diversity  of  men's  aptitudes, 
these  can  be  made  to  contribute  equally  to  the 
general  production. 

The  division  of  labour  can  be  applied  with  the 
greater  completeness  according  to  the  greater  extent 
of  the  market  for  the  produce,  the  facility  of  ex- 
change, and  the  perfection  of  the  means  of  com- 
munication. In  a  village  where  the  customers  are 
few  the  farrier  will  do  all  kinds  of  work  in  which 
iron  is  employed.  In  a  large  town,  work  in  iron 
will  be  divided  among  the  farrier,  the  stove-maker, 
the  locksmith,  and  the  makers  of  tools  and  safes. 

When  roads  are  bad  and  ill-protected,  exchanges 
are    infrequent   and   difficult,   and    every   group   of 


70  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

men  has  to  produce  on  the  spot  everything  which 
it  consumes.  In  the  villas  of  Charlemagne  the 
estate  provided  food,  the  women  spun  and  wove 
the  wool  and  flax  for  clothes,  and  men  made  their 
own  tools  and  agricultural  implements.  Nowadays, 
thanks  to  railways,  steamers,  and  the  good  under- 
standing that  prevails  among  nations,  the  whole  globe 
forms  a  single  market,  and  in  the  workshop  of  the 
world  every  nation  has  to  apply  itself  to  furnish  the 
produce  which  the  soil  and  climate  allow  it  to  obtain 
at  the  smallest  cost. 

The  market  for  a  given  class  of  goods,  that  is  to  say 
the  portion  of  the  world  within  which  they  can  be 
sold,  is  of  less  or  greater  extent  according  to  the 
bulk  and  weight  of  the  goods  when  compared  with 
their  value.  The  market  for  coal  is  limited  because 
the  cost  of  transport  is  great.  The  market  for 
watches  and  silks  embraces  the  whole  world. 

Men  have  not  all  the  same  aptitudes,  and,  in 
harmony  with  this,  different  aptitudes  are  required 
by  different  tasks.  In  each  kind  of  labour,  then, 
a  workman  should  be  employed  endowed  with  the 
faculties  this  labour  requires.  Iron  should  be  forged 
by  strong  arms;  a  watch  spring  be  constructed 
by  a  workman  with  delicate  fingers;  carving  in 
wood  be  done  by  a  man  with  taste;  the  direction 
of  an  enterprise  be  intrusted  to  the  thoughtful 
and  educated ;  in  this  way  labour  will  attain  a 
maximum  of  productiveness.  According  to  our 
English  maxim  we  shall  have   "the  right  man  in 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       71 

the  right  place,"  or,  as  Cicero  long  ago  perfectly 
expressed  it :  Ad  quas  res  aptissimi  erimus,  in  Us 
potissimum  elabordbimus — "  We  shall  be  choosing  for 
our  occupation  the  employments  for  which  we  are 
best  fitted.' ' 

In  order  to  attain  to  division  of  labour  between 
geographical  regions,  we  must  apply  free  trade  be- 
tween the  different  countries.  From  each  of  these 
we  should  demand  the  products  for  which  nature  has 
given  it  special  advantages :  tea  from  China,  coffee 
from  Brazil  and  Java,  iron  from  England,  wine  from 
France,  wheat  from  the  black  lands  of  the  Danube 
and  of  Russia,  from  the  United  States  cotton,  from 
India  rice.  In  this  way  mankind  in  general  will 
obtain  the  most  abundant  satisfaction  of  its  needs 
in  exchange  for  the  smallest  amount  of  effort. 
Division  of  labour  when  applied  to  the  whole  globe 
makes  all  men  partners  in  the  universal  workshop 
from  which  there  issues  the  ever-increasing  welfare 
of  mankind. 

Alarm  has  been  felt  at  the  consequences  of  the 
division  of  the  details  of  labour.  What  is  to  become 
of  the  workman  who  shall  devote  his  whole  life  to 
making  pins'  heads  ?  This  was  the  indignant  question 
evoked  by  Adam  Smith's  now  classic  illustration. 
This  idea  is  elaborated  by  Tocqueville  with  his 
usual  profundity.  "  In  proportion,"  he  writes,  "  as 
the  principle  of  the  division  of  labour  receives  more 
complete  application,  the  workman  will  become  more 
and  more  feeble,  limited,  and  dependent.      If   art 


72  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

progress,  the  artisan  will  retrograde.  The  employer 
will  approach  ever  more  nearly  to  the  administrator 
of  a  great  empire,  the  workman  to  the  condition  of 
a  brute.  The  difference  between  them  will  increase 
every  day "  [La  Vdmocratie  en  Ame'rique,  vol.  ii. 
p.  20).  Happily  the  fears  Tocqueville  expresses 
have  not  been  realised. 

The  division  of  labour  cannot  be  carried  very 
far  in  agriculture,  inasmuch  as  the  tasks  to  be 
performed,  the  sowing  and  reaping,  succeed  one 
another.  Yet  the  agricultural  labourer  is  far  from 
being  more  intelligent  than  the  manufacturing ;  and 
it  is  in  manufactures  where  the  division  of  details 
is  pushed  to  an  extreme,  in  the  making  of  watches 
and  fire-arms,  for  instance,  that  the  most  intelligent 
workmen  are  to  be  met.  It  is  very  fortunate  that 
this  is  the  case,  since  the  workman  must  never 
be  sacrificed  to  the  perfecting  of  the  work,  inasmuch 
as  the  goal  to  be  attained  is  the  improvement  and 
welfare  of  the  human  race,  and  not  the  mere  increase 
of  wealth. 

Nowadays,  however,  specialisation  seems  carried 
too  far.  He  who  works  with  his  hands  should 
be  left  some  leisure  for  head-work ;  and  he  who 
works  with  his  head  should  have  some  hours  for 
manual  labour.  Thus  Mr.  Gladstone  cuts  down 
trees,  and  Lincoln,  the  President  of  the  limited 
States,  used  to  chop  wood.  To  insure  health  both  of 
body  and  mind,  both  the  one  and  the  other  must 
be  given  proper  food  and  exercise. 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       73 

The  advantages  of  the  division  of  labour  were 
remarked  by  the  ancients.  Plato,  Xenophon,  and 
Dionysius  of  Halicarnassus  all  speak  of  them.  Plato 
praises  the  Egyptians  for  having  always  intrusted 
the  same  kind  of  work  to  the  same  workman, 
thereby  making  him  more  skilful ;  and  we  read  in 
his  Republic  (book  ii.)  :  "  Would  things  go  better 
if  each  man  had  several  crafts,  or  if  each  confined 
himself  to  his  own  ?  Obviously,  if  each  man  confined 
himself  to  his  own." 

The  following  passage  from  the  Cyropcedia  shows 
that  Xenophon  perfectly  understood  the  advantages 
of  the  division,  and  even  of  the  sub-division,  of 
labour,  as  well  as  the  causes  which  occasion  or  re- 
strict it.  "  In  small  cities  the  same  workman  makes 
beds,  doors,  ploughs,  and  furniture ;  and  often  even 
builds  the  houses.  A  workman  occupied  with  so 
many  tasks  cannot  succeed  equally  well  in  all.  In 
a  large  town,  on  the  other  hand,  where  a  number 
of  the  inhabitants  have  the  same  needs,  a  single 
craft  will  suffice  for  an  artisan's  support.  Sometimes 
even  he  will  only  exercise  one  part  of  his  craft,  as 
when  one  shoemaker  makes  soles  for  men  and 
another  for  women ;  or  one  gains  a  livelihood  by 
stitching  them,  another  by  cutting  them  out.  Ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  things  a  man  whose  toil 
is  limited  to  a  single  kind  of  work  will  excel  in 
this  kind." 


74  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

§  18.  Influence  of  Science  Applied  to  Manufac- 
ture on  the  Productiveness  of  Labour. 

Virgil  sang,  Felix  qui  potuit  rerum  cognoscere 
causas — "  Happy  is  he  who  has  knowledge  of  the 
causes  of  things,"  and,  in  very  truth,  the  better  he 
knows  them  the  better  he  will  be  able  to  profit  by 
them  to  his  own  advantage.  In  the  words  of 
Bacon,  "  Knowledge  is  power,"  or  as  the  French 
philosopher,  Victor  Cousin,  expresses  it :  "  In  in- 
telligence we  have  the  primitive  capital  which 
contains  and  produces  all  others." 

Nothing  contributes  more  to  increase  the  pro- 
ductiveness of  labour  than  the  application  to 
it  of  science,  that  is  to  say  of  observation  of 
the  facts  and  laws  of  nature.  Of  this  the  history 
of  economic  progress  furnishes  a  proof  at  every 
step. . 

Primitive  man  observes  that  in  the  forest  two  dry 
branches  when  rubbed  against  each  other  by  the 
wind,  ignite.  Imitating  the  operations  of  nature,  he 
bores  a  hole  in  a  piece  of  light,  dry  wood,  and  in 
this  hole  turns  the  point  of  a  piece  of  very  hard 
wood  rapidly  round  till  a  flame  shoots  up.  Here 
we  have  the  discovery  of  fire,  perhaps  the  greatest 
which  man  has  ever  made,  a  discovery  which  at 
once  raised  him  above  the  level  of  the  animals.  Of 
the  point  of  wood  he  has  made  an  emblem  to 
be  worshipped,  and  of  the  flame  a  supernatural 
power — among    the   Aryans  the    god   Agni.      The 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       75 

Prometheus  of  the  Greeks,  who  stole  fire  from 
heaven,  is  the  Pramatha  of  primitive  India,  the 
point  of  wood,  the  rotation  of  which  creates  the 
flame  (from  the  Sanskrit  root  math,  "  to  nib "). 
At  Rome  the  sacred  fire  was  kept  up  by  the 
vestals,  and  the  same  is  the  case  in  Peru.  It  .may 
only  be  relighted  by  means  of  the  friction  of  sticks 
of  wood. 

A  man  picks  up  a  flint  and  makes  it  into  a 
hatchet.  With  this  tool  in  his  hand  he  sallies 
forth  to  conquer  the  world,  as  do  the  American 
squatters  to  this  day.  Later  on  he  observes  that  a 
bent  branch,  with  its  two  ends  tied  with  a  string, 
possesses  an  elastic  force  which  hurls  a  dart  to  a  long 
distance.  Here  we  have  him  armed  with  a  bow, 
with  which  he  procures  much  more  game  than  with 
the  boomerang — the  sole  weapon  known  to  the 
Australians  and  to  prehistoric  men.  Again,  he  sees 
a  tree  floating  on  the  water,  and  concludes  that  by 
hollowing  it  out  he  can  place  himself  in  it  and  move 
along  the  surface  of  the  waves.  He  does  so,  and 
navigation  is  invented.  Once  more  he  perceives 
that  by  fashioning  the  pieces  of  stone  with  which 
he  meets  into  particular  shapes,  he  can  use  them  to 
hollow  wood  and  to  wound  and  kill  animals ;  he  thus 
makes  himself  knives,  saws,  and  javelin  heads,  either 
in  flint  or  obsidian.  After  a  long  interval  of  time 
he  learns  the  use  of  metals,  and  replaces  these  tools 
and  weapons  of  stone,  at  first  by  copper  and  bronze, 
afterwards  by  iron.   In  this  way,  after  an  incalculable 


76  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

series  of  happy  chances,  observations,  deductions, 
and  trials  of  every  kind,  man  has  arrived  at  the 
possession  of  a  metal  hatchet  or  arrow-head.  It  is 
from  this  point  that  the  industry  of  civilised  aces, 
really  dates.  Starting  from  this,  observations  are 
grouped  together  systematically  till  they  become 
sciences,  and  chemistry,  physics,  mineralogy,  and 
mechanics  multiply  their  discoveries,  and  water, 
wind,  steam,  and  electricity  lend  to  man's  feeble 
arms  the  aid  of  their  colossal  powers. 

Every  process  of  production  in  agriculture,  in 
manufactures,  and  in  the  means  of  transport  is 
continually  being  perfected  by  the  application  of 
new  scientific  discoveries.  The  progress  of  the 
useful  arts  may  be  summed  up  in  the  single 
sentence,  "  every  industry  becomes  a  science."  A 
comparison  of  the  widely  different  degrees  of  welfare 
enjoyed  by  different  races  confirms  the  truth  of 
this  observation.  The  savages  of  Australia  live  in 
the  most  terrible  destitution  in  the  same  country 
in  which  Englishmen  are  overflowing  with  wealth. 
The  former  know  only  how  to  use  their  hands,  the 
latter,  under  the  guidance  of  science,  oblige  the 
forces  of  nature  and  properties  of  matter  to  help 
them  in  production.  The  inhabitants  of  the  United 
States  are  in  every  respect  better  provided  than 
those  of  Brazil.  They  make  greater  use  of  machinery 
and  scientific  processes  than  do  the  Brazilians,  and 
this  because  among  Americans  knowledge  is  much 
more  widely  diffused. 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       77 

Progress  in  the  social  sciences,  philosophy,  morals, 
law,  political  economy,  and  politics,  enables  man 
to  gain  a  better  knowledge  of  himself,  to  fulfil 
his  duties,  to  respect  justice,  and  to  organise  society. 
It  thus  helps  to  favour  the  production  of  wealth 
fully  as  much  as  do  the  natural  sciences.  Hence 
we  may  conclude  that  a  country  desirous  of  in- 
creasing its  prosperity  should  cultivate  all  the 
sciences,  and  shrink  from  no  sacrifice  necessary  to 
forward  their  advance  or  diffuse  the  knowledge  of 
their  discoveries. 


§  19.  Influence  of  Instruction  and  Education  on 
the  Productiveness  of  Labour. 

This  point  has  been  admirably  elucidated  by  an 
Italian  economist,  Luigi  Cossa.  Instruction  and 
education  aid  in  increasing  the  productiveness  of 
labour  by  augmenting,  and,  still  more,  by  giving  a 
better  direction  to  the  employment  of  man's  powers. 
To  this  end  there  is  needed  in  the  first  place  a 
general  and  "  humane "  education ;  in  the  second, 
one  of  a  more  special  and  professional  character. 
In  each  of  these  the  bodily,  mental,  and  moral 
faculties  must  alike  be  exercised  and  cultivated. 

The  bodily  faculties  are  maintained  and  improved 
by  hygienics  and  by  gymnastics,  as  the  Greeks  of 
old  so  admirably  understood.  Thus  in  the  Apologue 
of  Procidus,  Virtue  says  to  Hercules,  "  Do  you  wish 
your  body  to  be  strong  ?      Remember  to  accustom 


78  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

it  to  the  governance  of  the  soul,  and  to  exercise 
it  amid  fatigue  and  sweat." 

Intellectual  culture,  in  so  far  as  it  aims  at 
increasing  the  productiveness  of  labour,  in  the  first 
place,  must  exercise  the  attention,  the  memory,  and, 
above  all,  the  reasoning  powers ;  in  the  second, 
must  instil  a  knowledge  of  the  laws  both  of  the 
physical  and  moral  world,  which  wield  so  great 
an  influence  over  economic  activity.  Lastly,  the 
cultivation  of  the  moral  faculties  should  stimulate 
the  practical  virtues,  such  as  the  love  of  work, 
forethought,  and  the  spirit  of  thrift ;  combat  vicious 
inclinations,  such  as  idleness  and  prodigality,  and 
aim  at  strengthening  the  whole  character  so  as  to 
overcome  the  obstacles  of  every  kind  which  impede 
the  path  of  industrial  progress. 

To  diffuse  professional  education  special  institu- 
tions must  be  organised,  such  as  schools  of  mines, 
colleges  of  agriculture,  and  technical  and  industrial 
schools  of  all  descriptions.  Every  expense  incurred 
with  this  object  will  be  repaid  a  hundred  fold  by  the 
increase  of  wealth.  For  the  vast  majority  of  men, 
however,  as  J.  S.  Mill  remarks,  the  greater  aim  of 
all  mental  cultivation  should  be  the  development  of 
that  common  sense  which  will  teach  a  sound  appre- 
ciation of  the  circumstances  amid  which  they  live, 
and  of  the  consequences  which  wait  upon  their 
actions. 

As  an  illustration  of  the  manner  in  which  the 
ancients   understood   mental   and   bodily  education, 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       79 

we  may  cite  the  example  of  Marcus  Aurelius.  This 
emperor  went  about  his  palace  in  the  robe  of  a 
philosopher,  slept  on  a  skin  stretched  on  the  earth, 
studied  philosophy,  jurisprudence,  rhetoric,  geometry, 
and  music,  and  at  the  same  time  devoted  several 
hours  in  every  day  to  such  bodily  exercise  as  tennis, 
running,  riding,  wrestling,  and  even  boxing. 

§  20.  Obstacles   Opposed  by  Ignorance  to  the 
Productiveness  of  Labour. 

If  it  be  true  that  knowledge  is  the  principal 
source  of  our  welfare,  the  greater  part  of  our  mis- 
fortunes must  be  caused  by  ignorance.  Remember- 
ing how  earnestly  man  pursues  his  good,  it  is  plain 
that  did  he  know  clearly  in  what  it  consists,  and 
above  all  how  it  is  to  be  reached,  he  would  certainly 
attain  all  the  happiness  of  which  life  on  this  earth 
is  capable.  But  amid  the  intricacies  of  social  life, 
man  fails  to  discern  where  his  true  interest  lies,  and, 
too  often,  when  there  are  no  just  laws  to  oppose 
him.  he  is  ready  to  sacrifice  the  good  of  others  to 
his  own  selfishness. 

Among  carnivorous  animals  the  strong  devour 
the  weak.  Among  men,  since  cannibalism  has 
proved  insufficient,  the  strong  have  found  a  more 
profitable  way  of  using  the  weak  than  eating  them, 
this  is,  to  force  them  to  labour,  while  depriving 
them,  by  different  methods,  of  the  fruits  of  their 
toil.     Hence  come  slavery,  war,  revolutions  and  all 


80  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

the  train  of  miseries  which,  wickedness  and  violence 
have  let  loose  upon  mankind. 

In  ancient  times  robbery  was  held  the  most 
honourable  way  of  acquiring  wealth.  This  is  plainly 
shown  by  a  passage  from  an  heroic  song  of  Tyrtseus, 
the  patriot  poet  of  Greece.  u  Everywhere,"  he  sings, 
"we  reign  as  masters.  Wherever  we  approach  all 
things  are  ours.  We  reap  the  vintage  with  our 
lances,  our  labour  is  done  by  our  swords."  Aristotle 
considers  war  and  slave-hunting  as  legitimate 
methods  of  acquiring  wealth.  "The  art  of  war," 
he  writes,  "is  a  natural  method  of  acquisition. 
War  is  a  kind  of  hunt  for  such  beasts  and  men  as 
are  born  to  obey,  and  yet  refuse  to  be  enslaved" 
{Politics,  i.  5).  In  a  phrase,  stamped  with  all  the 
sharpness  of  a  Roman  medal,  Tacitus  shows  us  the 
same  idea  prevailing  among  the  Germans :  Nee  arare 
terram  aut  exspectare  annum  tarn  facile  persuaderis, 
qnam  vocare  hostem  et  vulnera  mereri.  Pigrum  quin 
immo  et  iners  videtur  sudore  acquirers  quod  possis 
sanguine  parare  (Germania,  xiv.). — "  Nor  are  they 
as  easily  persuaded  to  plough  the  earth  and 
to  wait  for  the  year's  produce  as  to  challenge  an 
enemy  and  earn  the  honour  of  wounds.  Nay,  they 
actually  think  it  tame  and  stupid  to  acquire  by  the 
sweat  of  toil  what  they  might  win  by  their  blood." 
Despite  the  high  aptitudes  of  their  race  and  the 
excellence  of  their  political  and  communal  institu- 
tions, the  Germans  remained  barbarians  until  the 
introduction  of  Christianity.      Robbery   maintained 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.      81 

a  perpetual  state  of  war  both  between  peoples 
and  tribes,  just  as  among  the  Redskins  of  North 
America. 

Throughout  antiquity,  and,  despite  the  teaching 
of  the  Gospel,  throughout  the  Middle  Ages,  the 
sword  of  the  warrior  was  glorified,  and  the  labourer's 
hoe  despised.  All  these  fatal  errors  still  linger  in 
men's  minds,  and  from  them  proceed  national 
antagonisms,  war,  and  the  spirit  of  war,  and  that 
curse,  perhaps  the  greatest  of  all,  an  armed  peace. 
This  armed  peace,  it  has  been  calculated,  if  the  loss 
of  the  labour  of  some  three  millions  of  soldiers  and 
sailors  be  included,  costs  the  civilised  countries  some 
four  hundred  millions  sterling  a  year.  What  a 
fruitful  source  of  misery  would  be  dried  up  if  nations 
could  be  led  to  understand  that  they  have  no 
interest  in  ruining  and  enslaving  themselves  in 
order  to  filch  a  province  or  an  estuary !  A  single 
error  expelled  from  the  brains  of  men,  and,  above 
all,  of  sovereigns,  would  suffice  to  transform  the  lot 
of  mankind. 

The  obstacles  to  international  trade,  wars  of 
tariffs,  the  unproductive  and  immoral  expenditure 
of  private  persons,  the  abuses  of  speculation,  the 
misconception  of  charity,  bad  taxes,  the  vicious 
distribution  of  wealth,  the  ill  uses  to  which  it  is 
put  by  states  and  unions — all  these  are  so  many 
impediments  to  welfare  which  find  their  causes 
in  as  many  economic  errors.  Peace,  justice,  and 
brotherhood  are  to  the  interests  of  all :  as  soon  as 

G 


82  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

this  truth  shall  be  more  clearly  perceived,  the 
causes  of  misery  will  diminish.  Whoever  is  anxious 
for  man's  welfare  should  strive  to  dispel  ignorance 
and  root  out  error. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

GROSS  PRODUCT,  NET  PRODUCT,  AND  THE  COST 
OF  PRODUCTION. 

Gross  product  is  the  total  of  all  the  commodities 
produced  by  an  individual  or  nation ;  net  product, 
the  amount  which  remains  available,  when  deduction 
has  been  made  for  the  consumption  necessary  to  create 
fresh  gross  product.  This  deduction,  these  necessary 
advances,  constitute  the  cost  of  production. 

I  harvest  a  hundred  quarters  of  corn — this  is 
my  gross  product.  But  in  order  to  obtain  a  similar 
crop  the  next  year,  I  must  keep  myself  in  food,  and 
pay  for  clothing,  hire  of  tools,  manure  and  other 
articles  I  consume.  These  will  cost  me  the  price 
of  fifty  quarters — here  we  have  my  cost  of  produc- 
tion. Deducting  then  from  my  crop  of  one  hun  Ired 
quarters,  fifty  quarters  for  expenses,  I  shall  have  left 
fifty  quarters,  and  these  constitute  my  net  product. 

The  productiveness  of  an  industry  varies  with  the 
amount  of  its  net  product ;  but,  as  Adam  Smith  has 
remarked,  it  is  the  gross  product  which  is  the  more 
important  for  the  nation,  for  it  is  on  the  mass  of 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.      83 

commodities  destined  for  consumption  that  the 
nation  is  supported.  By  dividing,  in  the  case  of 
any  country,  this  total  mass  by  the  number  of  the 
population,  a  figure  will  be  obtained  which  will  give 
an  idea  of  the  average  of  individual  welfare.  The 
net,  as  distinguished  from  the  gross  product,  is  the 
support  of  all  persons  not  directly  engaged  in  any 
business,  such  as  stockholders,  officers  of  govern- 
ment, doctors,  barristers,  &c.  It  is  in  England  that 
this  net  product  is  greatest,  for  it  is  in  this  country 
that  the  greatest  number  of  people  are  found  outside 
the  occupations  which  have  directly  to  do  with 
matter.  The  net  produce  of  a  nation  is  that  part 
of  the  total  produce  which  is  not  necessary  for 
reproduction.  It  is  this  part  which  economy 
can  capitalise,  i.e.  turn  into  capital  by  using  it 
to  create  fresh  instruments  of  labour:  it  is  this 
part  which  is  so  often  frittered  away  in  foolish 
extravagance. 


CHAPTER  V. 

CAPITAL. 

§  i.  Different  Kinds  of  Capital. 

The  third  factor  in  production  is  capital,  which 
may  be  denned  as  any  product  of  labour  saved  and 
employed  for  fresh  production.  Capital  is  thus,  as 
has  been  said,  accumulated  labour.     A  spade,  a  saw, 

G  2 


84  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

a  plough  are  all  capital :  men's  hands  have  made 
them,  and  now  employ  them  for  the  creation  of 
commodities. 

All  wealth  is  not  capital.  Thus  the  earth,  our 
chief  riches,  cannot  be  reckoned  as  capital,  since  it 
is  not  the  work  of  man.  A  beautiful  hunter  is 
wealth  ;  it  is  not  capital,  since  it  is  not  employed  in 
production.  It  is  the  character  of  the  employment 
which  determines  whether  a  thing  is  or  is  not 
capital.  Thus  the  same  horse,  if  used  for  carrying 
letters,  becomes  capital,  since  it  contributes  to  the 
production  of  commodities. 

Capital  is  not  productive  of  itself.  Labour  is 
the  only  active  force.  But  labour  cannot  produce 
abundantly  without  the  help  of  capital.  If  a  man 
scratched  the  earth  with  his  nails,  he  would  never 
draw  from  it  a  subsistence ;  but  armed  with  the 
spade  or  plough  he  need  want  for  nothing.  The 
qualities,  aptitudes,  and  knowledge  of  the  con- 
tributors to  production  may  be  considered  as 
immaterial  capital,  since  they  are  the  results  of 
past  labour  applied  to  new.  Labour,  which  is  often 
called  "the  poor  man's  capital,"  is  not  really  capital. 
Labour  is  an  act,  capital  the  result  of  an  act. 

Capital  is  divided  into  fixed  and  circulating.  Fixed 
or  sunken  capital  is  capital  not  consumed  in  each 
operation  of  production.  It  subsists,  is  used  for 
successive  operations,  only  renews  itself  slowly, 
and  yields  a  profit  without  changing  owners.  This 
kind  of  capital  comprehends  :  (i.)  buildings  destined 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       85 

for  manufactures ;  (ii.)  machines  and  implements ; 
(iii.)  improvements  absorbed  by  the  soil,  such  as 
inclosures,  hedges,  galleries  in  mines,  &c. 

Circulating  or  floating  capital  is  consumed  at  each 
operation  and  reappears  transformed  into  new  pro- 
ducts. At  each  sale  of  these  products  the  capital 
is  represented  in  cash,  and  it  is  from  its  transfor- 
mations that  profit  is  derived.  Floating  capital 
includes :  (i.)  raw  materials  destined  for  fabrication, 
such  as  wool  and  flax ;  (ii.)  products  in  the  ware- 
houses of  manufacturers  or  merchants,  such  as  cloth 
and  linen  ;  (iii.)  money  for  wages,  and  stores. 

On  a  farm  the  implements  of  husbandry  and 
beasts  of  draught  that  work  them  are  the  fixed 
capital ;  the  cattle  for  sale,  the  crops  and  the  money 
in  the  cash-box,  the  circulating.  The  difference 
between  the  two  forms  of  capital  depends  on  the 
destination  for  which  they  are  intended.  Coin  is 
fixed  capital  for  a  whole  country,  just  as  a  railroad  ; 
for  the  manufacturer  it  is  circulating  capital.  Wages 
to  the  master  who  pays  them  are  circulating  capital, 
to  the  workmen  to  whom  they  are  paid  they  are 
merely  incomings. 

In  each  kind  of  industry  a  normal  proportion 
exists  between  the  two  kinds  of  capital.  A  banker 
or  a  merchant  possesses  only  circulating  capital. 
On  a  railroad  the  capital  is  nearly  all  fixed. 

It  is  unsafe  for  a  manufacturer  to  have  an 
insufficient  floating  capital,  for  this  obliges  him  to 
depend  largely  on  credit,  which  may  be  his  ruin. 


86  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

For  a  country  it  is  unsafe  to  increase  too  rapidly 
the  amount  of  fixed  capital.  If  this  be  done  there 
results  a  crisis  such  as  that  of  1847  in  Europe,  and 
those  of  1856  and  1873  in  America,  all  of  which 
arose  from  the  construction  of  too  many  railways. 

J.  S.  Mill  was  inaccurate  in  his  assertion, 
"  industry  is  limited  by  capital."  On  the  contrary, 
certain  inventions,  and  even  certain  combinations, 
have  the  effect  of  greatly  increasing  the  power  of 
industry  by  diminishing  the  amount  of  capital  it 
need  employ.  Thus,  as  we  have  seen,  the  division 
of  labour  permits  a  great  economy  of  implements. 
A  steam  engine,  again,  for  navigation,  while  obtain- 
ing the  same  motive  power,  costs  and  burns  much 
less  than  thirty  years  ago.  It  is  especially  by  the 
more  scientific  employment  of  the  forces  of  nature 
that  the  power  of  industry  has  been  increased. 

Capital  by  immobilising  the  labour  of  to-day  saves 
that  of  to-morrow.  In  primitive  times  a  Rebecca 
goes  to  the  well  to  fetch  water  which  she  carries 
in  a  pitcher  on  her  head.  Here  the  pitcher  is  the 
only  capital  employed,  but  the  journey  to  and  fro 
consumes  much  time.  Later  on,  a  well  is  dug  and 
a  pump  built.  The  capital  sunk  is  greater,  but  the 
daily  labour  much  less.  At  last,  and  at  considerable 
cost,  waterworks  are  constructed.  The  capital  em- 
ployed in  making  the  conduits,  &c,  is  now  ten  or 
twenty  times  greater ;  but  a  tap  has  only  to  be 
turned,  and  more  water  is  procured  than  Rebecca 
could  have  fetched  if  she  had  run  about  all  day. 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       87 


§  2.  The  Formation  of  Capital. 

Capital  is  the  offspring  of  saving.  If  the  means 
of  subsistence  for  three  days  are  procured  by  the 
labour  of  one,  and  the  two  days  of  leisure  are 
employed  in  making  a  spade,  with  which  more 
produce  can  be  obtained  from  the  earth  and  in  less 
time,  the  amount  of  spare  time  will  be  further 
increased,  and  it  will  be  more  easy  to  construct 
fresh  implements.  Every  step  in  advance  renders 
it  easier  to  make  still  greater  strides.  This  example 
supplies  a  key  to  all  the  mysteries  of  the  creation  of 
capital.  For  the  spade  to  be  made,  the  previous 
labour  must  have  left  a  surplus,  which  is  the  net 
produce,  and  for  this  surplus  to  be  employed,  not  in 
idle  enjoyment,  but  in  the  construction  of  a  useful 
implement,  the  labourer  must  possess  the  virtue 
of  prudence  to  induce  him  to  sacrifice  a  present 
enjoyment  to  a  future  gain. 

To  put  by  wealth  for  the  future  constitutes 
saving,  but  to  consume  this  wealth  in  making  an 
article  which  will  enable  future  commodities  to  be 
produced  with  less  exertion  is  the  best  form  which 
saving  can  take.  To  save  by  creating  capital  is  thus 
no  mere  abstention  from  consumption,  it  is  consump- 
tion so  regulated  as  to  give  birth  to  an  instrument 
which  will  increase  production,  and  consequently 
consumption  also.  During  the  two  days  devoted 
to  making  the  spade  sustenance  is  consumed.  If 
the  time  had  been  passed  in  amusement,  exactly  the 


88  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

same  amount  would  have  been  consumed.  The 
difference  is  that  the  saver,  thanks  to  his  spade, 
is  better  off  for  the  future,  while  the  spendthrift 
must  continue  to  scratch  the  earth  with  his  hands. 
The  error  is  thus  manifest  of  those  who  believe  that 
the  saving  which  creates  capital  is  a  check  on  the 
consumption  and  circulation  of  wealth,  or,  in  the 
popular  phrase,  is  "  bad  for  trade." 

The  crowd  curses  the  avaricious  miser  and  praises 
the  spendthrift  with  its  usual  folly.  Miser  and 
spendthrift  are  alike  foolish,  but  the  first  only- 
wrongs  himself,  the  second  harms  others  also. 

The  creation  of  capital  by  saving  will  increase 
with  every  increase  of  the  productiveness  of  labour 
and  of  men's  inclination  to  thrift.  Where  a  day's 
labour  produces  a  bare  day's  sustenance,  the  creation 
of  capital  by  saving  is  an  impossibility.  As  soon, 
however,  as  labour  becomes  more  productive  so  that 
one  day's  work  produces  enough  sustenance  for  three, 
there  is  a  net  produce  available  of  food  for  two 
days.  This  food  can  be  made  the  means  of  pro- 
ducing instruments  of  labour,  and  it  will  be  used 
for  this  purpose  if  the  owner  of  it  is  disposed  to 
save.  This  disposition  is  the  result  of  habits 
acquired  in  childhood,  at  school  for  instance,  of  the 
customs  of  the  country,  of  public  opinion,  of  the 
safety  and  facility  of  investment,  and  lastly  of  the 
profits  which  investments  can  return. 

Saving  is  permanent  and  really  useful  to  society 
only  when  it  results  in  the  creation  of  fresh  capital. 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       89 

The  greater  the  destitution  of  an  individual  or 
country,  the  greater  are  at  once  the  necessity  and 
the  difficulty  of  saving.  Hence  the  obstacles  a  poor 
nation  has  to  encounter  in  escaping  from  its  des- 
titution. On  the  other  hand,  the  possession  of  a 
capital  to  begin  with,  by  increasing  the  productiveness 
of  labour,  facilitates  the  acquisition  of  fresh  capital. 
Hence  the  increase  of  national  wealth  advances  at 
an  accelerating  speed,  and  "  to  him  who  hath,  more 
is  given." 

It  is  the  spirit  of  economy  shown  in  the  creacion 
of  capital  which  has  successively  raised  Holland, 
England,  and  the  United  States  to  power.  It  is 
an  ignorant  prodigality,  shown  in  the  destruction 
of  capital,  which  completed  the  ruin  of  Spain 
from  the  time  of  Philip  II.  to  the  end  of  the  last 
century. 

§  3.  Tools  and  Machinery. 

Among  the  objects  which  constitute  capital  it 
is  especially  tools  and  machines  that  render  labour 
productive.  Aristotle  speaks  of  man  as  a  "  political 
animal,"  i.e.  as  suited  for  a  social  life.  Adam  Smith 
remarked  that  "  man  is  the  only  animal  that  makes 
exchanges."  Franklin  speaks  of  him  as  "  a  tool- 
making  animal."  Thus  it  is  from  association,  from 
exchange,  and  from  tools  that  mankind  derives  its 
power  over  nature,  or,  in  other  words,  its  welfare 
and  civilisation. 

Everything  over  and  above  man's  teeth  and  nails, 


90  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

that  assists  labour,  is  a  tool.  A  machine  is  a  tool, 
only  it  is  a  tool  set  in  motion,  no  longer  by  human 
muscles,  but  by  the  forces  of  nature,  by  a  "  motor." 
Thus,  as  has  been  shown,  the  history  of  the 
progress  of  tools  is  the  history  of  the  progress 
of  civilisation. 

Industry  has  had  recourse  to  motors  of  ever 
increasing  power,  and  ever  better  adapted  to  its 
needs,  first  to  the  domesticated  animals,  then  to 
water,  then  to  wind,  then  to  steam,  then  to 
electricity,  which  last  is  as  yet  in  its  infancy. 

The  advantages  of  machines  are  many  and 
great.  They  may  be  briefly  enumerated  as 
follows : — 

(i.)  They  bring  into  man's  service  forces  of  almost 
limitless  extent.  It  is  reckoned  that  the  power  of 
the  machinery  worked  by  steam  in  the  civilised 
countries  is  equivalent  to  that  of  fourteen  million 
horses,  or  of  more  than  two  hundred  and  eighty 
million  slaves.  Besides  this  there  are  in  the  world 
locomotives  with  a  total  power  of  twenty  million 
horses,  and  steam  vessels  of  another  four  million. 
The  horse  power  of  these  calculations  is  equal  to 
that  of  at  least  two  real  horses,  and  thus  we  have 
an  equivalent  for  forty-eight  million  horses  working 
at  the  transport  of  men  and  their  goods.  In  fixed 
machinery,  France  possesses  three  million  horse 
power,  and  Belgium  half  a  million.  Reckoning 
this  unit  of  horse  power  as  equal  to  the  power  of 
twenty-one  men,  we  find  that  to  each  French  and 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       91 

Belgian  family  there  are  five  iron  slaves,  always 
ready,  never  tired,  and  amply  nourished  by  a  small 
supply  of  coal. 

In  ancient  times,  slaves,  as  we  may  read  in  the 
Odyssey,  used  to  crush  corn  by  hand  in  stone 
mortars.  Later  on,  like  Plautus,  they  were  set  to 
turn  a  mill.  Towards  the  end  of  the  Roman 
Republic  there  was  introduced  from  Asia  the 
water-mill.  Antiparos,  a  Greek  poet,  celebrates 
as  follows  this  labour  of  nature  in  the  service  of 
man,  the  marvel  from  which  has  issued  every 
improvement  in  production.  "Slaves  who  turn 
the  mill,  spare  your  toil  and  sleep  in  peace.  It 
is  to  no  purpose  that  the  cock's  shrill  tones  herald 
the  dawn ;  take  ye  your  sleep.  By  command  of 
Ceres,  the  task  of  the  young  maidens  is  performed 
by  Naiads,  and  these  are  now  bounding  in  all  their 
agile  brilliancy  upon  the  turning  wheel.  Let  us 
live  the  happy  life  of  our  fathers,  and  enjoy  at 
our  ease  the  bounty  which  the  goddess  showers 
upon  us.w  Machinery  thus  creates  either  leisure, 
or,  if  the  will  exists  to  employ  this  leisure  in  further 
production,  additional  wealth. 

(ii.)  Thanks  to  these  mighty  forces,  men  now 
execute  enormous  works  which  are  the  wonders 
of  our  time — the  tunnels  of  Mont  Cenis  and  the 
Saint  Gothard,  and  those  that  are  in  progress  under 
the  Simplon  and  the  Pyrenees;  canals  across  the 
isthmuses  of  Suez  and  Panama  which  change  the 
constitution    of    continents   and    the    highways    of 


92  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 


commerce ;  the  draining  of  the  lake  of  Harlem, 
working  of  mines  at  three  and  four  thousand  feet 
below  sea  level,  a  telegraph  that  encircles  the  entire 
globe  with  a  network  of  wire  along  which  human 
thoughts  circulate  with  the  swiftness  of  lightning. 

(iii.)  Machinery  releases  man  from  mechanical 
labour.  With  the  foresight  usual  to  genius,  Aristotle 
wrote,  "  If  a  tool  could  anticipate  and  execute  the 
workman's  orders,  if  the  shuttle  could  transverse  the 
woof  of  its  own  accord,  art  would  have  no  more  need 
of  labourers,  or  masters  of  slaves." 

(iv.)  Machinery  multiplies,  sometimes  enormously, 
the  amount  of  produce  which  a  given  number  of 
workmen  can  turn,  out.  In  cotton-spinning  a  single 
workman  in  charge  of  five  hundred  spindles  does  the 
work  of  a  thousand  spinners  by  hand.  In  the  same 
way,  a  knitting  machine  in  a  given  time  makes  six 
thousand  times  as  many  stitches  as  a  good  work- 
woman. 

(v.)  The  rapidity  with  which  work  is  done  spares 
manual  labour,  and,  as  a  result,  cheapens  the  price 
of  all  machine-made  articles.  Lucifer  matches  can 
thus  be  sold  at  a  penny  the  box  of  over  a  hundred, 
and  a  number  of  the  New  York  Herald,  containing 
as  much  matter  as  two  volumes  of  500  pages,  8vo, 
for  five  cents,  or  about  twopence-halfpenny. 

(vi.)  Machinery  does  its  work  with  perfect  regularity 
and  mathematical  precision,  witness  its  division  of  a 
metre  into  thousandth  parts. 

(vii.)  Machinery    makes    the    best    use    of   raw 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       93 

materials ;  thus  a  steam  saw  can  cut  up  the  thinnest 
planks. 

(viii.)  Machinery  brings  within  a  workman's  means 
a  whole  host  of  useful  and  agreeable  articles,  once 
the  exclusive  property  of  the  rich ;  for  instance, 
printed  cottons,  which  are  no  longer  luxuries. 

(ix.)  The  tendency  of  machinery  is  thus  to  promote 
equality  among  men,  and  it  is  consequently  the 
cause  and  the  ally  of  all  democratic  progress. 
Books  and  travelling  are  nowadays  accessible 
to  all. 

Certain  kinds  of  machinery  are  open  to  the 
reproach  of  sometimes  imposing  on  workmen  labours 
which  exhaust  and  emaciate  them,  or  give  rise  to 
special  diseases.  On  the  other  hand,  however,  the 
old  low,  ill- ventilated  rooms  are  now  replaced  by  large 
workshops,  in  which  the  rules  of  hygiene  are  usually 
observed.  It  is  the  duty  of  employers,  and  failing 
these,  of  the  state,  to  obviate  the  evils  which  may 
sometimes  accompany  the  use  of  machinery.  The 
science  which  invents  the  machines,  provides  the 
means  for  their  safe  employment. 

§  4.  Does  Machinery  diminish  the  Employment 
and  Wages  of  Workmen  ? 

This  is  the  present  state  of  affairs  in  Europe.  The 
country  in  which  industry  employs  most  machines 
is  England,  and  England  is  also  the  country  in, 
which  industry  employs  most  workmen.  The  country 
in    which    industry    employs    fewest    machines    is 


94  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

Russia,  and  Russia  is  also  the  country  in  which 
industry  employs  fewest  workmen.  Thus,  far  from 
diminishing  employment, machinery  actually  increases 
the  number  of  workmen.  The  explanation  of  this 
may  be  stated  as  follows. 

A  great  proprietor  maintains  on  his  estate  a 
hundred  workmen  who  labour  for  him.  He  invents 
sundry  machines,  which  enable  him  to  save  one-half 
of  the  manual  labour,  so  that  for  the  future  fifty  men 
are  sufficient  to  do  all  his  work.  Will  he  then  leave 
the  other  fifty,  whose  labour  is  no  longer  necessary, 
unemployed,  and  cast  into  the  sea,  as  useless,  the  food 
with  which  they  were  nourished  ?  Certainly  not. 
He  will  continue  to  support  them,  and  will  employ 
them  to  do  him  fresh  services.  The  same  number 
of  workmen  will  be  employed,  but  more  commodities 
will  be  produced,  and  more  wants  satisfied. 

Take  another  case  :  the  proprietor  may  content 
himself  with  the  old  amount  of  produce,  and  reduce 
by  a  half  the  number  of  hours  he  requires  his  hundred 
retainers  to  work.  If  he  does  this,  the  machines  will 
have  created  additional  leisure,  instead  of  additional 
products.  If  all  his  rational  wants  were  already 
satisfied,  the  second  course  will  be  the  wiser ;  if  this 
was  not  so,  it  is  the  first  that  will  prevail.  A  country, 
viewed  as  one  great  consumer,  is  in  exactly  the 
position  of  this  proprietor. 

What  happens  is  really  this.  Machinery  shortens 
labour,  and  saves  hand-work.  The  economy  of  hand- 
work lowers  the  prices  of  all  fabrics,  and  with  the 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       95 

fall  in  price  of  these  articles,  the  consumers  have 
money  available,  with  which  they  purchase  other 
commodities.  Workmen,  whom  the  new  machinery 
has  temporarily  thrown  out  of  employment,  are  again 
taken  on  to  make  the  articles  which  are  the  objects 
of  the  new  demand.  Since  the  employment  of  work- 
men remains  the  same,  while  the  means  of  subsist- 
ence does  not  diminish,  there  will  be  no  reduction  of 
wages.  On  the  contrary,  the  working  classes  will  be 
benefited,  since  with  the  same  wages  they  will  be 
able  to  purchase  a  greater  amount  of  the  com- 
modities whose  prices  have  been  lowered  by  the 
use  of  machinery. 

§  5.  How  Machinery  may  compel  Workmen  to 
change  their  Occupation. 

If  consumers  employ  the  money  which  machinery 
enables  them  to  save,  in  purchasing  a  greater  amount 
of  the  goods  thus  cheapened,  all  the  workmen  may 
continue  to  work  at  this  industry,  employed  in 
producing  greater  quantities  to  meet  the  increased 
demand.  In  this  case  the  only  difference  will  be 
that  wants  will  be  more  largely  satisfied. 

If,  however,  the  consumers  prefer  to  purchase  new 
products,  workmen  will  be  obliged  to  take  to  new 
industiies.  Often  they  will  only  be  able  to  do  this 
slowly  and  with  difficulty ;  sometimes  they  will  be 
unable  to  do  it  at  all,  will  suffer,  perhaps  even 
succumb.  They  will  have  to  endure  a  crisis.  This 
crisis  will  be  of  greater  severity,  if  the  new  industry 


96  Elemnets  of  Political  Economy. 

is  situated  in  another  province,  and  worse  still  if  it 
is  transferred  to  another  country.  As  soon,  however, 
as  it  is  passed,  the  same  number  of  workmen  will  be 
employed,  only  there  will  have  been  a  displacement 
which  will  leave  more  workmen  in  one  place  and 
fewer  in  another.  A  crisis  of  this  sort  was  suffered 
in  Flanders,  when  spinning  machines  broke  the 
spindle  in  the  hands  of  the  country  spinning  women, 
and  summoned  a  new  class  of  workwomen  to  the 
factories  at  Ghent. 

In  these  instances,  happily  of  rare  occurrence,  it  is 
the  duty  of  employers  of  labour  and  of  public  bodies 
to  come  to  the  aid  of  the  dispossessed  workmen  by 
instructing  them,  by  facilitating  their  migration,  and 
even  by  giving  them  actual  help,  as  was  done  in 
Flanders  in  1847.  The  new  machinery  benefits 
society  at  large,  it  is,  therefore,  intolerable  that  the 
workman,  who  is  not  responsible  for  the  modifications 
introduced  into  industry,  should  be  made  their 
victim.  Since  he  is  deprived  of  his  livelihood  in 
the  interests  of  the  public  good,  he  has  a  right, 
should  he  need  it,  to  an  indemnity,  and  the  machinery 
which  has  increased  production,  affords  the  means 
of  paying  it. 

§  6.  How  Machinery  increases  the  Employment 
of  Workmen. 

Thanks  to  machinery,  the  earth  produces  more 
new  sources  of  wealth  are  being  discovered,  and 
works  are  multiplying  on  every  side.     In  this  way 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       97 

more  workmen  are  employed,  and  at  the  same  time 
there  are  more  commodities  to  satisfy  their  hunger, 
their  need  of  clothing,  and  their  other  wants.  The 
number  is  incalculable  of  the  workmen  employed 
in  industries  which  machinery  has  created,  such  as 
railroads,  post  offices,  telegraphs,  steamships,  mines, 
great  manufactories,  and  the  construction  of  machines 
themselves.  Printing  employs  twenty  times  more 
workmen  than  there  were  ever  copyists  transcribing 
manuscripts.  Transport,  again,  demands  the  services 
of  a  hundred  times  the  number  of  people  it  used  to 
employ  when  people  and  produce  grew  up  side  by 
side. 

J.  S.  Mill  has  remarked  with  profound  sadness, 
that  it  is  doubtful  if  hitherto  all  the  machines  that 
have  been  invented  have  decreased  the  sum  of  human 
labour  by  a  single  hour.  Far  from  the  hours  of 
labour  being  decreased,  far  more  men  work  at  present 
and  work  for  a  longer  time.  Formerly  the  night 
brought  sleep  to  all,  and  the  Sabbath,  rest.  Now 
numbers  are  kept  at  work  all  night,  on  railroads,  on 
ships,  in  the  depths  of  coal  mines,  in  blast  furnaces, 
in  sugar  refineries,  at  offices,  and  even  in  the  laboratory 
or  library  of  the  student,  everywhere  in  fact  where 
industrial  process  may  not  be  interrupted,  and  the 
activity  of  modern  life  forbids  delay.  Man  is  harassed 
and  consumed  by  these  indefatigable  iron  slaves 
which  he  commands,  but  which  he  has  also  to  serve, 
and  whose  activity  "  doth  make  the  night  joint- 
labourer  to  the  day." 

H 


98  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

The  immediate  remedy  for  this  excess  of  toil  is 
to  preserve  with  all  possible  scrupulousness,  at  least 
one  day  out  of  the  seven  to  be  spent  in  complete 
rest  by  those  who  are  incessantly  occupied  with 
daily  toil.  Hereafter,  when  all  rational  wants  are 
satisfied,  machines  will  be  required  to  cease  the 
incessant  increase  of  productions,  and  create  more 
leisure  for  that  true  life,  which,  as  the  Greeks  so  well 
understood,  is  the  life  of  the  soul. 


CHAPTEK  VI. 

THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  AN   EQUILIBRIUM   BETWEEN 
PRODUCTION   AND  CONSUMPTION. 

When  so  many  and  such  powerful  machines  are 
seen  at  work  on  every  side,  the  question  arises  as  to 
how  this  enormous  and  ever-increasing  quantity  of 
products  will  find  purchasers  and  consumers.  Will 
not  the  lack  of  an  outlet  some  day  produce  a 
glut? 

Economists  reply  that  a  general  glut  is  impossible, 
since  it  is  a  fundamental  principle  that  "products 
exchange  for  products,"  and  thus  if  everybody  who 
may  wish  to  exchange  offers  twice  as  much  as 
heretofore,  the  exchange  will  be  effected  exactly  the 
same,  the  equation  will  be  maintained,  and  the  sole 
difference  will  be  that  every  one  will  give  and  receive 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.       99 

twice  as  much.  A  partial  glut,  however,  is  perfectly 
possible,  if  some  one  industry  greatly  increases  its 
production  while  its  customers  have  neither  the  wish 
nor  the  means  to  buy  the  surplus  thus  created.  In 
the  first  of  the  cases  they  contemplate,  economists 
have  made  an  unfair  use  of  mathematical  formulas. 
Even  if  we  suppose  a  general  and  identical  increase 
of  production  a  glut  might  arise,  since  the  consump- 
tion of  the  various  commodities  could  not  possibly 
increase  at  a  uniform  rate.  If  twice  the  number  of 
hats  were  made  it  is  very  unlikely  that  they  would 
all  be  sold. 

The  true  answer  to  our  problem  is  that  when  there 
is  a  lack  of  equilibrium  between  production  and 
consumption  certain  influences  come  into  play  which 
tend  to  restore  this  in  the  following  way. 

First  Case. — Too  few  shoes  are  made.  Those 
desirous  of  them  will  bid  against  each  other  for 
their  possession.  The  price  will  rise,  and  shoemakers, 
gaining  a  greater  profit,  will  make  a  greater  number 
of  shoes  till  the  equilibrium  is  established. 

Second  Case. — Too  many  shoes  are  made.  To  sell  the 
surplus  shoemakers  will  lower  their  prices.  This  will 
have  two  results :  first,  the  fall  of  prices  will  increase 
the  number  of  consumers ;  secondly,  shoemakers, 
finding  themselves  at  a  loss,  will  make  fewer  shoes, 
until  the  equilibrium  is  here  again  established. 

In  this  way,  by  the  fluctuation  between  the  rise 
and  fall  of  prices  a  certain  equilibrium,  though 
always  an  unstable   one,  tends    to   be   established 

H  2 


100         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

about    the    point    at    which     production     satisfies 
consumption. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

CLASSIFICATION    OF  USEFUL    OCCUPATIONS. 

The  time-honoured  classification  of  the  different 
branches  of  production,  and  the  one  usually  illustrated 
in  sculpture  and  painting  on  public  monuments,  is 
that  which  distinguishes  them  into  agriculture, 
manufacture,  and  commerce. 

In  international  exhibitions  the  order  followed  is 
often  that  of  the  completion  of  the  products  and 
according  to  the  wants  which  these  supply.  Raw 
materials  and  articles  of  food,  building,  furniture, 
clothing,  artistic  manufactures,  and  the  fine  arts. 

The  following  is  an  expansion  of  a  classification 
based  on  the  actual  nature  of  the  labour,  proposed 
by  M.  Dunoyer.     This  distinguishes — 

I.  Labours  which  have  to  do  with  men,  and  consist 
in  the  rendering  of  services. 

II.  Labours  which  have  to  do  with  things,  and 
produce  material  commodities. 

These  may  be  subdivided  into — 

(i.)  Extractive  industries,  which  demand  from 
nature  useful  substances  without  either  modifying 
these  or  preserving  the  sources  from  which  they  are 
obtained.     Such   are  the  gathering   of  wild  fruits, 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     101 

fishing,  hunting,  and  the  working  of  virgin  forests, 
mines  and  quarries. 

(ii.)  Agriculture,  which  also  extracts  commodities 
from  the  soil,  but  preserves  in  good  condition  the 
sources  of  their  production ;  and  above  all  sets  in 
motion  the  organic  force  called  life,  which  multiplies 
both  vegetation  and  animals. 

(iii.)  Manufactures,  which  receive  the  materials 
obtained  by  the  two  preceding  kinds  of  labour,  and 
by  the  help  of  physical  and  chemical  forces  so 
fashion  them  that  the  made-up  articles  are  able  to 
satisfy  the  different  human  wants.  Thus  out  of  wool 
is  made  cloth,  and  out  of  flax,  linen. 

(iv.)  Commerce,  which  summons  goods  to  where 
they  are  wanted,  and  preserves,  unites,  and  divides 
them  to  suit  the  convenience  of  consumers. 

(v.)  Transport,  which  conveys  men  and  articles  to 
the  places  where  they  are  of  the  greatest  use. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

OCCUPATIONS  WHICH  HAVE  TO  DO  WITH  MEN. 

It  has  been  maintained  that  such  occupations  as 
those  of  the  physician  or  the  magistrate,  although 
useful  and  even  necessary,  are  not  productive,  since 
they  do  not  produce  any  of  those  material  objects 
with  which  political  economy  is  alone  concerned.     A 


102         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

more  careful  analysis  would  have  made  it  plain  that 
any  useful  labour  is  necessarily  productive,  since  in 
this  case  the  two  adjectives  have  nearly  the  same 
meaning.  Those  who  render  services  to  their  fellows 
by  procuring  them  greater  security,  health,  or  instruc- 
tion, ought  to  be  regarded  as  the  partners  of  the 
labourers  who  work  upon  material  objects.  In  the 
social  workshop  they  are  indirect  producers,  and  we 
have  here  an  application  of  the  division  of  labour. 

If  a  farmer  could  not  rely  on  the  services  of  the 
policeman,  the  magistrate  and  the  schoolmaster,  he 
would  have  to  spend  his  time  in  teaching  his 
children,  guarding  his  stacks,  and  judging  crimes 
and  suits.  Thanks  to  the  help  of  the  members  of 
special  professions  he  is  able  to  devote  all  his  time  to 
his  farm.  In  this  way  more  products  are  obtained, 
and  every  article  is  better  made. 

Once  more,  the  labours  which  aim  at  giving 
society  security,  justice,  health,  and  instruction  are 
by  far  the  most  productive  of  any,  since  without 
these  the  work  of  production  languishes  or  dies 
outright.  Capital  is  secreted  or  never  amassed, 
manufacture  dares  not  spread  its  wings,  credit  hardly 
exists,  commerce  is  timid,  or  a  nonentity.  Of  all 
this  the  East  furnishes  an  example. 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     103 


CHAPTER  IX. 

OCCUPATIONS  CONCERNED  WITH  THINGS. 

§  i.  Extractive   Industries. 

In  prehistoric  times,  as  among  the  populations 
which  still  remain  in  savagery,  the  gathering  wild 
fruits,  fishing,  and  the  chase  supply  man  with  all  he 
consumes,  the  food  he  eats,  and  the  skins  with  which 
he  is  clothed.  In  the  Europe  of  to-day  gathering 
wild  fruits  is  little  more  than  a  memorial  of  the 
golden  age,  and  hunting  a  pleasure  which  costs  more 
than  it  returns.  Only  fishing  has  preserved  any 
importance.  This  still  everywhere  furnishes  a  notable 
amount  of  a  light  and  nutritious  food.  In  Norway 
it  is  estimated  to  produce  as  much  as  agriculture. 
Moreover,  it  has  played  a  great  part  in  history  by 
furnishing  ships  of  war  with  their  best  sailors,  a 
service  which  in  some  countries  has  rendered  it  the 
object  of  sometimes  undue  encouragement.  The 
process  of  barrelling  herrings,  invented  by  Willem 
Benkels,  of  Biervliet,  created  the  large  fisheries  of 
Holland,  and  these  were  the  training  school  of  those 
'*  sea-beggars "  who  beat  the  Spaniards,  and  of  the 
fearless  sailors  who  carried  the  flag  of  the  Nether- 
lands on  every  sea. 

The  working  of  mines  in  our  own  days  has  made 
an  immense  stride.     Besides  the  precious  metals  the 


104         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

ancients  extracted  from  the  soil  copper,  tin,  and  iron, 
but  all  in  small  quantities.  To-day  the  mining 
industry  is  the  basis  of  every  other,  since  it  supplies 
the  coal  which  has  been  well  called  "  the  bread  of 
industries." 

Iron,  again,  is  of  such  importance  that  it  is  said 
that  the  material  prosperity  of  a  country  may  be 
measured  by  the  amount  of  this  metal  which  it 
consumes.  The  statistics  of  a  single  one  of  its 
branches  will  suffice  to  give  an  idea  of  the  present 
importance  of  the  mining  industry.  In  1880  there 
were  produced  three  hundred  and  forty-three  million 
tons  of  coal,  the  value  of  which,  at  the  very  low  price 
of  eight  shillings  a  ton,  would  be  137,200,000/. 

All  the  extractive  industries  have  the  unfortunate 
characteristic  of  exhausting  the  sources  of  their 
production,  'which  they  are  powerless  either  to  create 
or  in  any  sensible  degree  reconstitute.  Pisciculture 
may  transform  fishing  into  an  "agriculture  of  the 
rivers  and  sea,"  and  on  this  account  deserves  the 
utmost  consideration,  both  of  the  State  and  of 
individuals. 

But  what  are  men  to  do  when  they  once  have 
burnt  the  layers  of  combustible  matter  which  repre- 
sent the  accumulated  forests  of  the  geological  eras 
and  the  warmth  of  the  sun  stored  in  the  secondary 
strata  ?  It  is  calculated  that  in  Europe  there  is 
coal  enough  to  last  for  three  or  four  centuries,  but 
scarcity  will  make  itself  felt  long  before  the  complete 
exhaustion  of  the  supply.     Already  in  many  countries 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     105 

iron,  lead,  zinc,  and  copper  are  becoming  rare.  Every 
store  that  cannot  be  renewed  must  end  by  being 
exhausted. 

To  whom,  in  the  interests  of  production,  should 
mines  belong  ?  In  England  they  are  the  property 
of  the  owners  of  the  surface.  In  France  and 
Belgium  by  the  law  of  1810  they  are  assigned  to 
the  State,  which  concedes  the  right  of  working  them 
to  individuals,  reserving  to  itself  a  rent  and  general 
supervision.  The  French  system  appears  the  better 
of  the  two,  since  it  avoids  subdivision,  and  allows  of 
concessions  being  granted  such  extension  as  may 
be  most  adapted  to  a  wise  system  of  working. 

§  2.  Agriculture. 

The  ancients  held,  and  rightly,  that  no  other 
labour  is  at  once  as  good  for  mind  and  body,  and  so 
worthy  of  a  free  man  as  agriculture.  In  the  fine 
words  of  Cicero  :  "  Omnium  rerum  ex  quibus  aliquid 
acquiritur,  nihil  est  agricultura  melius :  nihil  nberius, 
nihil  dulcius,  nihil  homine  libero  dignius  (De  Officiis,  i. 
42).  Elsewhere  he  again  remarks  that  the  pleasures 
of  those  who  till  the  soil  are  almost  as  elevated  as 
those  of  the  philosophic  life.  Voluptates  agricolarum 
mihi  ad  sapientis  vitam  proxime  videntur  accedere. 
Cato  the  Elder  pronounces  this  fine  eulogy  on 
agriculture :  Pius  qucestus,  stdbilissimus,  minimeque 
invidiosus.  Minimeque  male  cogitantes  sunt  qui  in  eo 
studio  occupati  sunt  {Cato  Major,  15,  §  51).  "Holy 
calling,  most  steadfast  and  most  free  from  envy  :  they 


106         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

who  engage  in  this  pursuit  have  their  thoughts  least 
set  on  evil."  Xenophon  in  the  Country  Economy  of 
Ischomachos  paints  the  life  of  a  Greek  farmer  in  all 
its  happiness  and  social  usefulness.  Horace  is  never 
tired  of  vaunting  the  felicity  of  the  country  life : 
Beatus  Me  qui  .  .  .  paterna  rura  bobus  exercet  suis, 
solutus  omni  fcenore  (Epode  ii).  The  type  of  those 
brave  peasants  who  used  the  same  hand  to  guide  the 
plough  and  wield  the  spear,  like  Cincinnatus,  was 
always  admired  by  the  Romans,  especially  in  the 
days  of  the  decline. 

At  the  present  time  attention  and  encouragement 
are  exclusively  given  to  the  manufacturing  industries. 
This  is  a  mistake.  If  it  be  more  important  to  make 
men  healthy  and  happy,  than  to  incessantly  increase 
production,  it  is  agriculture  that  deserves  every 
advantage.  Sully's  saying  will  always  be  right : 
"  Tillage  and  pasturage  are  the  two  breasts  of  the 
State." 

Quesnay  and  his  disciples,  who,  from  their  desire 
to  regulate  societies  by  the  order  of  nature,  were 
called  physiocrates,  maintained  that  the  labour  of  the 
farmer  is  the  only  one  which  leaves  a  surplus  on 
which  the  other  professions  can  live.  On  the  other 
hand,  Destutt  de  Tracy  asserts  that  a  farm  is  only  a 
factory  like  any  other. 

As  to  the  essence  of  the  matter  in  dispute,  the 
physiocrates  were  in  the  right.  Undoubtedly,  despite 
their  arguments,  the  other  industries  are  productive, 
since  they  increase  the  utility  of  things  by  rendering 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     107 

them  fit  for  our  use  ;  but  the  farmer  sets  at  work 
not  only  physical  and  chemical  but  also  vital  forces, 
and  thus  multiplies  commodities.  He  sows  one 
grain  of  corn  and  reaps  twenty ;  this  year  he  has  a 
couple  of  sheep,  in  a  few  years  he  will  have  a  flock. 
Agriculture  is  the  first  of  industries,  because  it  is 
the  foundation  of  all  the  others.  These  can  only 
increase  the  number  of  persons  they  employ,  if  the 
farms  supply  them  with  more  food. 

Real  civilisation  dates  from  the  day  when  man 
first  intrusted  a  grain  of  corn  to  the  soil ;  from  that 
day  forward  it  has  been  his  interest  to  live  at  peace 
with  his  fellows.  So  long  as  he  was  supported  by 
the  chase  or  even  by  cattle-farming,  disputes  might 
arise  as  to  the  run  of  the  game  or  the  pastures  of 
the  flocks.  It  was  at  this  time  that  Hobbe's  atrocious 
phrase,  Homo  homini  lupus,  man  a  wolf  to  his  fellow, 
was  really  true.  As  soon  as  he  drew  his  subsistence 
from  the  soil,  a  subsistence  extracted  by  the  sweat  of 
his  brow,  man  was  forced  to  desire  that  justice  should 
take  the  place  of  violence,  in  order  that  he  might 
gather  in  security  the  fruits  of  his  toil. 

§  3.  The  Progress  of  Agriculture. 

The  domestication  of  animals  preceded  agriculture, 
and  was  a  great  step  in  the  progress  of  primitive 
man,  whose  meal  no  longer  depended  on  a  chance 
javelin  shot,  but  was  always  ready  at  hand.  The 
pastoral  system  has  lasted  unaltered  in  certain 
countries  adapted  to  it,  such  as  Arabia  and  Tartary. 


108  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

It  is  still  the  most  advantageous  in  countries  where 
at  the  outset  population  is  scarce  and  pasture  lands 
extensive,  as  in  Australia,  Natal,  and  the  pampas  of 
La  Plata. 

Agricultural  progress  has  consisted  in  obtaining 
from  the  same  space  a  larger  amount  of  produce  by 
the  employment  of  better  processes  and  larger 
capital.  From  being  extensive  cultivation  has 
become  intensive.  This  truth  has  been  well  ex- 
pressed by  Palladius,  a  Latin  agriculturist  of  the 
fourth  century,  who  summed  up  the  works  of  his 
three  illustrious  predecessors,  Cato,  Varro,  and 
Columella.  His  words  are  :  Fecundior  est  culta  exi- 
guitas  quam  magnitude*  neglecta.  "  A  little  field  well 
tilled  is  more  productive  than  a  large  one  neglected/' 

At  the  outset  cultivation  was  intermittent  and  at 
times  even  nomadic.  The  surface  soil  was  burnt 
and  a  crop  obtained  from  the  ashes ;  eighteen  or 
twenty  years  had  then  to  elapse  for  spontaneous 
vegetation  to  restore  to  the  soil  its  elements  of 
fertility. 

At  a  later  date,  by  the  side  of  the  large  tracts 
reserved  as  pasturesy  the  arable  land  lies  fallow  every 
other  year  in  biennial  rotation,  or  one  year  in  three 
in  triennial.  Still  later,  the  earth  is  given  no  rest  at 
all,  but  by  alternating  cereals  with  fodder  and  roots 
is  made  to  yield  a  harvest  every  year.  Finally,  by 
continually  increasing  the  amount  of  manure,  by  the 
system  of  "stolen  crops,"  two  harvests  may  be 
obtained  in  a  single  year.     Thus,  the  fundamental 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.      109 

principle  of  agriculture  is  to  restore  to  the  soil  as 
much  as  is  taken  from  it,  and  even  to  add  fresh 
fertilizing  matter  such  as  lime,  chalk,  Peruvian 
guano,  phosphates,  ditch  mud,  and  the  sewage  of 
towns.  Thievish  cultivation,  Baubcullur,  as  the  great 
chemist  Liebig  well  called  it,  sterilises  the  most 
productive  regions,  such  as  those  of  Sicily  and 
Algeria,  once  the  granaries  of  ancient  Rome. 

The  forms  of  property  have  passed  through  a 
similar  development  to  those  of  cultivation.  Origi- 
nally collective  and  communal,  it  came,  later  on,  to 
belong  to  the  family  and  finally  to  the  individual. 

In  Belgium  the  different  agricultural  regions  still 
present  a  picture  of  the  successive  stages  of  agri- 
cultural progress,  and  the  most  primitive  methods  of 
cultivation  are  to  be  found  in  the  districts  geologically 
the  most  ancient  and  the  most  elevated.  On  the 
plateau  of  the  Ardennes,  the  first  schists  which 
emerged  from  the  primitive  ocean,  the  collective 
lands  of  the  commune  are  prepared  by  fire,  every 
fifteen  or  twenty  years  to  give  a  crop  of  rye.  The  soil 
of  Condroz,  built  upon  limestone  or  on  schists  more 
recent  than  those  of  the  Ardennes,  is  cultivated  by  a 
triennial  rotation.  The  biennial  system  is  dominant  on 
the  clay  of  the  herbage  ;  finally,  on  the  modern  and 
well  cultivated  sands  of  Flanders  prevails  the  inten- 
sive system  of  high  farming  and  double  crops.  Thus 
in  ascending,  stage  by  stage,  from  the  cea  board  to 
Luxembourg  the  traveller  ascends  at  once  the  scale 
of  altitudes,  epochs  of  agriculture,  and  geological  eras. 


110         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

§  4.  Large  and  Small  Farming. 

It  is  often  discussed  whether  preference  should  be 
given  to  large  or  small  farming.  Large  farming  may 
be  taken  as  cultivating  an  extent  of  more  than  a 
hundred  acres,  small  farming  as  working  less  than 
twenty-five. 

If  it  is  above  all  things  advantageous  to  a  country 
to  be  inhabited  by  a  vigorous  race  of  proud  and  inde- 
pendent peasant  proprietors,  like  that  of  Rome  in  the 
early  days  of  the  republic,  or  those  of  Switzerland, 
France,  and  Norway  in  our.  own  times,  small  farming, 
united  with  peasant  proprietorship,  is  far  superior  to 
large.  It  may  be  added  that,  except  in  England, 
small  farming  everywhere  yields  a  larger  gross,  and 
even  a  larger  net  product.  To  be  convinced  of  this 
it  is  only  necessary  to  compare  districts  respectively 
of  large  and  small  farming  in  the  different  countries 
of  Europe  ;  in  Italy,  the  small  poderi  of  Tuscany 
with  the  latifundia  of  the  Roman  States  and  Sicily ; 
in  Spain,  the  bare  plains  of  Castille  with  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Barcelona  or  Valentia ;  in  Portugal,  the 
desert  wastes  of  Alementego  with  the  smiling  afora- 
mentos  of  the  northern  provinces;  in  France,  the 
departments  of  the  centre  with  those  of  the  north ; 
in  Prussia,  the  provinces  of  the  East  with  those 
of  the  Rhine ;  and  in  Belgium,  Flanders  with 
Condroz. 

In  England  large  farming  and  large  properties 
have  killed  this  class  of  free  and  brave  peasant  pro- 


Manufactures. 

Comn 

.    .    .      43 

.    . 

.       15 

.    .    •     26 

.      11 

.    .    .      30 

.    . 

6 

.    .    .      21 

.    . 

9 

.    .    .      30 

.    . 

.        7 

Production  and  Productive  Labour.     Ill 

prietors,  the  yeomen  who  won  the  battles  of  Poitiers, 
Crecy,  and  Agincourt.  The  following  table  shows 
how  small  is  the  rural  population  in  England  : — 


DIVISION  OF  THE  POPULATION  AMONG  THE 
DIFFERENT   OCCUPATIONS. 

Agriculture 

England 26 

France 53 

Prussia 54 

United  States    ...      48 
Belgium 31 

Never  to  be  forgotten  is  Pliny's  cry  of  grief  which 
echoes  like  a  warning  voice  through  economic  his- 
tory: Latifundia  perdidere  Italiam  et  provincias. 
"  Overgrown  estates  ruined  Italy  and  the  provinces." 
Large  properties  everywhere  produce  excessive  in- 
equality, depopulation,  class  divisions,  and  decay. 
Countries  inhabited  by  peasant  proprietors  have 
withstood  all  these  crises.  The  farmer  who  is  his 
own  landlord,  who  sees  on  his  field  the  fruits  of  his 
toil,  who  pays  neither  rent  nor  wages,  can  brave 
without  fear  both  foreign  competition  and  the 
variations  of  prices. 

§  5.  Manufacturing  Industries. 

The  manufacturing  industries  receive  from  the 
extractive  and  agricultural  their  raw  materials  and 
give  them  the  final  form  demanded  by  consumption 
In  primitive  times  the  labour  of  the  manufacturer 


112         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

was  closely  connected  with  that  of  the  husbandman. 
In  the  home  of  the  Greek  or  Roman,  who  lived  by 
the  produce  of  their  fields,  the  women  spun  the 
flax  and  made  the  clothes.  The  same  organisation 
of  labour  is  found  on  the  estates  of  Charlemagne 
and  at  the  present  day  there  are  examples  of  it  in 
India,  in  Russia,  and  amongst  the  Slavs  ot  the 
Danube. 

Whenever  the  ease  of  communication  makes  it 
possible,  the  division  of  labour  calls  into  being  the 
workmen  with  a  special  craft.  Industry  can  then 
make  a  great  advance,  as  has  been  seen  in  antiquity 
in  Phoenicia  and  Egypt,  and  in  the  middle  ages  in 
the  Italian  republics,  and  the  Flemish  communes. 
It  continues,  however,  to  preserve  its  domestic 
character,  and  still  remains  manufacture  on  a  small 
scale. 

Manufacture  on  a  large  scale  comes  into  being 
with  mechanical  motive  powers.  The  contrast  be- 
tween these  two  forms  of  production  is  very  striking. 
Even  when  the  weavers  of  Bruges  or  Florence  were 
sending  their  clothes  to  all  the  markets  of  Europe, 
the  work  was  carried  on  by  the  domestic  hearth,  as 
one  sees  in  the  illustrations  of  manuscripts.  The 
children  cleaned  the  wool,  the  wife  spun  it,  and  the 
husband,  helped  by  some  journeymen,  worked  at  the 
loom.  The  capital  employed  is  small;  the  circle 
of  workpeople  limited.  Equality  prevails  between 
the  master-workman  and  the  hands  he  employs ; 
they  have  the  same  labours,  the  same  kind  of  life 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.      113 

and  the  same  mental  culture.     The  market  for  which 
they  work  is  known  and  assured. 

Nowadays  a  large  capital  unites  in  a  large  work- 
shop, around  the  engine  which  supplies  the  power, 
a  perfect  crowd  of  workmen,  separated  from  their 
hearths,  and  working  for  a  market  which  sometimes 
expands  and  sometimes  contracts  or  closes.  The 
head  of  this  army  of  industry  is  wealthy  or  largely 
paid,  for  his  position  demands  varied  and  unusual 
aptitudes,  the  power  of  governing,  technical  know- 
ledge, an  acquaintance  with  the  markets,  the  spirit 
of  order  in  administration,  and,  above  all,  good  sense 
in  business  matters.  Ways  of  life  and  mental  culti- 
vation have  thus  opened  a  great  gulf  between  the 
employers  who  furnish  the  capital  and  the  labourers 
who  lend  their  strength.  Hence  results  what  is 
called  "the  conflict  of  labour  and  capital,"  and 
all  the  novel  phenomena  of  the  existing  economic 
order. 

Even  in  the  manufacturing  countries  of  the  West, 
industries  on  a  small  scale  employ  more  workmen 
than  those  on  a  large.  For  instance,  in  France,  at 
the  census  of  1872,  there  were  reckoned  to  be 
950,000  men  employed  in  the  first  as  against  909,000 
in  the  second.  It  is  plain,  however,  that  manufacture 
on  a  large  scale  is  everywhere  gaining  ground.  It  is 
even  invading  what  might  have  seemed  the  special 
field  of  bespoken  labour,  the  making  of  clothes  and 
shoes.  This  is  explained  by  the  advantages  it 
possesses,  which  are  as  follows : 

I 


114         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

(1)  Application  on  a  large  scale  of  the  principle 
of  the  division  of  labour.  Over  each  duty  is  set  a 
man  specially  suited  for  it ;  thus,  on  a  great  railroad 
there  will  be  "specialties"  for  the  maintenance  of 
the  line,  for  the  rolling-stock,  for  the  traction,  for 
the  combustibles,  for  the  tariffs,  for  the  commercial 
details,  and  for  litigation. 

(2)  Relative  diminution  of  the  general  expenses. 
Among  the  expenses  of  production  there  are  some 
which  arise  from  the  very  nature  of  the  enterprise, 
and,  like  patent  fees,  scarcely  vary;  others,  again, 
vary  in  proportion  to  the  activity  of  production,  like 
the  fuel  in  a  steam  engine.  The  first  expenses  are 
called  "  general,  or  fixed,"  the  second  "  variable,  or 
proportional."  From  this  very  definition  it  follows 
that  the  first  expenses  must  become  relatively  smaller 
with  every  increase  in  the  total  produced  by  the 
enterprise. 

(3)  Less  capital  is  required  to  create  the  same 
produce.  A  furnace  casting  ten  thousand  tons  of 
iron  a  year  will  cost  less  than  two  furnaces  each 
casting  five  thousand. 

(4)  Employment  of  machines  of  exceptional  power, 
sometimes  carrying  with  them  a  monopoly,  like  the 
famous  Krupp  hammer,  which  cost  200,000Z. 

(5)  Purchase  of  raw  material  on  a  large  scale  and 
consequently  at  cheaper  prices,  and  a  greater  profit 
made  on  waste. 

(6)  Greater  means  for  finding  markets,  agencies, 
foreign  travellers,  world-wide  reputation,  &c. 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     115 

(7)  Coalitions  effecting  economies,  as  does  an 
amalgamation  of  the  systems  of  different  railways. 

(8)  The  expenses  of  the  original  model  reduced 
with  every  increase  of  production ;  for  example, 
where  50,000  copies  of  a  paper  are  printed  the 
cost  per  copy  of  setting  up  the  type  becomes 
insignificant. 

The  inconveniences  of  industry  on  a  large  scale 
are  as  follows  : — 

(1)  It  removes  the  workman  from  his  family 
life.  This  evil  is  aggravated  when  wives  also  are 
employed. 

(2)  It  diminishes  the  power  of  personal  interest 
and  the  efficaciousness  of  what  is  called  "  the  master's 
eye." 

(3)  By  working  for  an  unknown  and  very  variable 
market  it  is  exposed  to  frequent  crises. 

(4)  It  crowds  workmen  together  in  certain  locali- 
ties which  are  thus  made  unhealthy.  This  last 
defect,  however,  can  be  obviated  by  building  work- 
men's houses. 

§  6.    Necessary  Conditions  of  Industries  on  a 
large  Scale. 

Industry  on  a  large  scale  can  only  be  developed 
when  certain  conditions  occur  together. 

(1)  Cheap  means  of  transport — the  sea,  canals,  or 
railroads — to  bring  vast  amounts  of  raw  materials 
and  carry  away  vast  amounts  of  fabrics. 

(2)  A  good  political,  civil,  and  judicial  organisation, 

T  2 


116         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

assuring  the  security  necessary  to  the  employment  of 
large  capitals. 

(3)  A  capable  staff,  especially  for  the  management, 
as  the  success  of  an  enterprise  mainly  depends  on 
the  skill  of  its  directors. 

It  is  often  strangers  who  introduce  a  new  industry 
into  a  country ;  thus  the  first  railroads  were  almost 
everywhere  constructed  by  Englishmen.  These 
foreigners  should  not  be  regarded  with  jealousy  ; 
they  come  to  open  up  fresh  sources  of  wealth.  The 
first  care,  however,  of  a  government  should  be  to 
create  institutions  that  will  serve  as  training  schools 
for  good  industrial  managers. 

§  7.  Industries  of  Transport. 

Industries  of  transport  contribute  to  the  produc- 
tion of  wealth  by  carrying  articles  to  the  places 
where  they  are  most  wanted  and  will  be  propor- 
tionately most  useful.  Transport  is  thus  the  ally 
and  instrument  of  commerce.  Sometimes  it  even 
creates  the  whole  value  of  .certain  products  which, 
useless  in  one  place,  so  soon  as  they  are  conveyed 
elsewhere  acquire  great  utility.  Transport  in  this 
acts  in  the  same  way  as  the  extractive  industries 
which  obtain  minerals  from  the  bosom  of  the  earth 
in  which  they  were  lying  useless.  Again,  by  con- 
veying men  and  commodities  transport  disseminates 
the  benefits  of  new  discoveries,  multiplies  the  rela- 
tions between  nations,  indistinguishably  intertwines 
their  interests,  softens  or  destroys  their  antipathies, 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     117 

and  finally  makes  their  fraternity  and  co-operation 
something  more  than  a  word  or  a  dream.  It  is  thus 
a  powerful  agent  of  civilisation  throughout  the  whole 
world. 

The  progress  made  in  the  means  of  transport  is 
truly  astonishing.  A  horse  can  carry  on  his  back  and 
on  a  footpath  2  cwt.  at  most ;  in  a  cart  and  on  a 
macadamized  road  2  tons ;  on  the  rails  of  a  tramway 
10  tons;  on  a  canal  or  by  sea  100  tons;  lastly,  by 
river,  that  walking  road,  as  Pascal  calls  it,  the  bulk 
of  the  burden  makes  no  difference,  as  is  seen  in  the 
case  of  the  huge  timber  rafts. 

The  Romans  were  the  first  who  knew  how  to  con- 
struct the  splendid  roads,  whose  huge  polygonal 
slabs  resting  on  a  foundation  of  mortar,  may  still  be 
seen  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Rome.  These  strategic 
roads,  linking  the  most  distant  provinces  with  the 
centre  of  the  Empire,  served  also  the  ends  of  com- 
merce, and  caused  Roman  civilisation  to  penetrate 
everywhere. 

The  advantages  of  improved  channels  of  com- 
munication are  numerous. 

(1)  By  diminishing  the  expenses  of  transport  they 
enable  goods  to  be  sold  to  producers  at  higher  profits, 
and  at  the  same  time  allow  of  these  buying  more 
cheaply  what  they  have  to  procure  for  their  manu- 
factures. As  a  result  there  is  an  increase  in  the 
value  of  the  sources  of  production,  lands,  forests, 
mines,  and  quarries,  and  an  immense  aggrandise- 
ment of  the  national  wealth. 


118        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

(2)  Merchandise  is  sent  to  market  in  greater 
quantities  and,  consequently,  consumers  obtain  it  at 
cheaper  rates. 

(3)  Rise  of  prices  at  the  place  of  output ;  fall  of 
prices  at  the  place  of  consumption;  tendency  of 
prices  towards  uniformity. 

(4)  Aggrandisement  of  the  large  towns,  especially 
capitals.  The  attraction  which  these  exercise  on  the 
seekers  after  employment,  instruction,  pleasure, 
seclusion  or  society,  is  no  longer  counterbalanced  by 
the  dearness  of  living.  When,  however,  this  aggran- 
disement of  cities  is  favoured  by  an  excess  oi  political 
and  administrative  centralization  it  becomes  a  great 
evil. 

§  8.    Should    Roads  be   made,   and   Means  of 
Transport  provided  from  Public  Funds  ? 

Should  the  State,  the  county,  the  union,  construct 
highways,  ports,  canals,  and  railroads  ?  If  indi- 
viduals undertake  these  tasks,  so  much  the  better; 
if  not,  it  lies  with  the  public  authorities  to  take 
action ;  and  for  two  reasons.  In  the  first  place, 
after  public  instruction  there  is  no  more  powerful 
cause  of  progress  than  an  improvement  in  the  means 
of  communication.  In  the  second,  since  the  nation 
profits  by  any  increase  in  the  revenue  of  taxes,  or  in 
the  value  of  all  the  sources  of  production,  it  follows 
that  the  construction  of  railroads,  &c,  even  though 
they  yield  no  direct  profit,  is  yet  a  most  advan- 
tageous investment  of  the  public  funds.     This  can 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     119 

be  shown  by  keeping  a  strict  account  of  debit  and 
credit.  To  debit  put  down  the  cost  of  construction, 
to  credit  the  increased  value  of  lands,  forests,  mines, 
and  quarries,  the  new  industries  which  spring  up, 
and  the  improvements  in  agriculture ;  the  credit  side 
of  the  account  will  be  by  far  the  larger. 

The  much  discussed  question  as  to  whether  the 
State  ought  also  to  take  upon  itself  the  working  of 
railways  is  of  the  most  complex  character.  Perhaps 
it  should  be  answered  by  the  economist  in  the 
affirmative,  by  the  politician  in  the  negative.  Pos- 
sibly both  parties  might  be  satisfied  if  all  the  lines 
were  concentrated  in  the  hands  of  the  State,  which 
should  then  entrust  their  working  to  a  company 
acting  under  Government  control. 

§  9.   Commerce. 

In  the  clear  and  simple  manner  taught  him  by 
Socrates,  Xenophon  explains  the  cause  and  the 
advantages  of  commerce.  "No  town,"  he  says, 
"  possesses  at  the  same  time  both  wood  and  flax,  for 
wherever  flax  is  plentiful  the  country  is  flat  and 
without  wood.  One  country  has  one  commodity, 
another  another.  It  follows  that  every  state  is 
obliged  both  to  export  and  import.  Commerce  thus 
enriches  the  city  by  substituting  useful  commodities 
for  articles  which,  by  their  excessive  abundance,  had 
lost  all  value." 

In  the  words  of  Montesquieu — "  The  natural  effect 
of  commerce  is  a  tendency  towards  peace."     How, 


120         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

indeed,  is  it  possible  to  inflict  harm  upon  an  enemy 
without  either  ruining  a  debtor  or  killing  a  cus- 
tomer? Commerce,  again,  applies  between  nation 
and  nation  the  fertile  principle  of  the  division  of 
labour.  This  is  admirably  expressed  in  a  sentence 
of  President  Garfield — "  Commerce  makes  all  man- 
kind a  family  of  brothers,  in  which  the  welfare  of 
each  member  depends  on  that  of  the  others.  It  thus 
creates  that  unity  of  our  race  which  causes  the 
resources  of  the  whole  world  to  be  at  the  disposal  of 
each  individual." 

The  maxim  of  commerce  is  to  buy  cheap  and  sell 
dear.  Stimulated  by  sell-interest,  the  merchant  is 
ceaselessly  summoning  commodities  from  where  they 
are  over  abundant  and  consequently  cheap,  to  sell 
them  where  they  are  scarce  and  therefore  dear; 
and  in  doing  this  he  is  serving  the  general 
interest.  Retail  traders  choose  goods  with  discrimi- 
nation, buy  them  under  the  best  conditions,  class 
them  in  assortments,  preserve  and  sell  them  in  small 
quantities  in  such  a  way  as  to  suit  the  resources  and 
needs  of  the  consumers.  Were  it  possible  to  abolish 
these  middlemen  and  bring  customers  face  to  face 
with  producers,  nothing  could  be  better.  Mean- 
while, however,  the  middlemen  render  very  real 
services 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     121 


CHAPTER  X. 

COLONIES. 

In  speaking  of  commerce,  a  few  words  must  be  said 
on  the  subject  of  colonies,  since  it  is  imagined  now- 
adays, very  wrongly,  that  a  state  must  have  colonies 
if  it  is  to  have  a  flourishing  trade  and  large  navy. 

The  commercial  city  of  Tyre  and,  later  on,  Carthage, 
established  factories  for  trading  purposes,  and  these 
developed  into  colonies  and  flourishing  towns.  The 
Greek  cities  founded  colonies  as  outlets  for  the 
surplus  population  deprived  by  the  slaves  of  the 
resource  of  manual  labour.  Despite  the  diminishing 
population  of  Italy,  Rome  founded  colonies  by  estab- 
lishing veteran  soldiers  and  the  poorer  burgesses  on 
lands  wrested  from  the  conquered  nations.  The 
object  was  to  "  romanise "  the  provinces  and  con- 
solidate the  imperial  rule,  and  it  was  completely 
attained.  In  modern  times  the  Spaniards  and 
Portuguese  founded  colonies  as  a  means  of  obtain- 
ing what  was  believed  to  be  the  most  real  kind  of 
wealth,  the  precious  metals.  The  Dutch  and  English 
afterwards  followed  their  example  in  order  to  develop 
their  trade  and  gain  a  monopoly  of  the  sale  of  certain 
products  much  sought  after  in  Europe. 

Little  by  little  from  out  a  mass  of  restrictive  regu- 
lations was  born  the  "  colonial  system/'     This  system 


122        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

rested  on  two  monopolies.  The  mother  country- 
reserved  to  itself  the  exclusive  right  of  purchasing 
the  products  of  the  colonies  and  selling  them  in 
Europe.  It  thus  reckoned,  in  the  absence  of  all 
competition,  to  buy  cheaply  and  sell  dear.  This  was 
the  first  monopoly.  Again,  it  reserved  to  itself  the 
exclusive  right  of  selling  in  the  colonies  its  made  up 
goods,  once  more  reckoning,  in  the  absence  of  com- 
petition, to  obtain  extremely  high  prices.  This  was 
the  second  monopoly.  Both  hopes  were  deceived, 
and  the  violation  of  freedom  produced,  as  usual 
nothing  but  bitter  fruits.  On  the  one  side,  the 
colonies,  crushed  beneath  so  many  obstacles,  con- 
tinued poor  and  purchased  little;  on  the  other 
the  inhabitants  of  the  parent  country  paid  high 
prices  for  the  products  of  their  colonies,  which  free 
trade  would  have  brought  to  them  at  cheaper  rates. 
Their  slender  profits  were  thus  more  than  counter- 
balanced by  the  disguised  tax  they  had  imposed  on 
themselves.  To  this  must  be  added  the  cruel  work- 
ing of  the  Indians,  the  slavery  of  the  blacks,  the 
frightful  amount  of  blood  and  money  which  their 
enfranchisement  has  cost  in  the  colonies  of  England, 
France,  and  recently  of  the  United  States,  the 
destruction  of  the  ancient  civilisations  of  Mexico  and 
Peru,  the  ruinous  cost  of  maintaining  armies  and 
fleets,  and,  lastly,  half  a  century  of  barbarous  wars 
between  European  states  rising  out  of  colonial  rela- 
tions. If  all  these  be  taken  into  consideration  the 
total  loss  will  far  outweigh  the  total  profit. 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     123 

Undoubtedly  the  discovery  of  America  and  the 
trade  with  Asia  have  enlarged  the  dominion  of  the 
human  race,  and  procured  it  the  enjoyment  of  a  large 
number  of  useful  and  agreeable  products.  But 
trade  would  have  supplied  the  world  with  the  same 
goods  without  making  it  pay  so  cruel  a  price.  There 
is  not  a  colony  to-day  which  does  not  cost  the  inhabit- 
ants of  the  mother  country  more  than  it  brings  in. 

No  more  magnificent  possession  can  be  imagined 
than  India.  An  immense  empire,  peopled  by 
300,000,000  laborious  and  submissive  inhabitants, 
and  on  the  plains  which  descend  in  a  gentle  slope 
from  the  heights  of  the  Himalayas  to  the  sea,  yield- 
ing every  kind  of  product,  because  every  kind  of 
soil  and  climate  is  successively  represented ;  an 
empire,  again,  which  is  the  theatre  of  one  of  the 
most  ancient  civilisations  of  the  world  !  Yet,  if  we 
look  at  its  balance  sheet,  we  find  a  permanent  annual 
deficit,  continual  disquietudes,  and,  what  is  worse, 
smouldering  jealousy  or  expensive  wars  with  one 
or  another  of  the  European  states  ;  lastly,  the  whole 
foreign  policy  dominated  by  a  single  interest.  The 
English  economists  have  adjusted  the  balance,  and 
it  does  not  incline  in  their  favour.  The  younger 
sons  of  well-to-do  families  are  employed  by  the 
Indian  treasury,  but,  in  reality,  it  is  the  English 
people  that  pays  them.  The  imperial  crown  which 
the  Queen  has  recently  placed  on  her  forehead,  has 
cost,  and  will  cost  again,  many  a  million  of  her 
subjects'  money. 


124         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

For  modern  states  the  possession  of  colonies  is  an 
anachronism.  That  it  is  so  may  be  easily  proved 
against  objectors  as  follows  : — 

At  the  present  day  there  are  three  kinds  of 
colonies.  The  first,  countries  in  which  the  emigrants 
from  the  parent  state  can  live,  work,  and  beget 
children,  as  Australia,  Canada,  and  South  Africa. 
The  second  are  military  and  victualling  stations, 
such  as  Gibraltar,  Malta,  Aden,  Singapore,  Hong- 
kong. The  last  are  tropical  regions,  inhabited  by 
races  adapted  to  the  climate,  such  as  India  and  Java. 
Of  these  three  kinds  only  the  third  need  be  con- 
sidered, because  the  first  will  soon  emancipate  them- 
selves like  the  New  England,  which  has  now 
developed  into  the  United  States ;  the  second  are 
only  powerful  fortresses  scattered  over  the  surface 
of  the  oceans  for  the  protection  of  trade. 

To  govern  colonies  there  is  needed  that  spirit 
of  continuity  and  authority  which  may  be  expected 
from  an  absolute  power,  but  not  from  parliamentary 
ministers,  who  change  at  each  election,  and  bring 
to  the  task  of  government  views  different  if  not 
opposed.  A  parliament  elected  to  regulate  the 
affairs  of  the  mother  country  has  neither  inclination 
nor  capacity  to  concern  itself  with  those  of  the 
colonies.  In  England,  when  the  Indian  budget  is 
discussed  in  Parliament,  hardly  fifty  members  stay 
in  the  House.  Again,  colonial  affairs  become  com- 
plicated with  those  of  the  home  country — themselves 
sufficiently    intricate  —  and     still    further    increase 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     125 

the  difficulties  and  instability  of  parliamentary 
government.  An  example  of  this  may  be  found 
in  Holland. 

White  men,  who  cannot  work  under  a  tropical 
sun,  live  of  necessity  from  the  tax  exacted  on  the 
labour  of  the  old  inhabitants.  This  system  was 
formerly  considered  a  natural  one;  to-day  it  is 
attacked  by  those  who  defend  the  rights  of  humanity, 
and  cannot  last  much  longer.  As  soon  as  the 
equality  of  the  different  races  is  accepted  as  a  dogma, 
equal  rights  are  demanded  for  the  aborigines ;  but 
these  rights  cannot  be  granted  while  the  aborigines 
are  kept  in  a  state  of  subjection. 

What  an  impulse  would  be  given  to  education  and 
every  kind  of  civilisation  if  to  their  promotion  were 
devoted  the  money  devoured  in  maintaining  the 
military  and  naval  forces  and  in  the  frontier  wars 
occasioned  by  colonies. 

The  greatest  evil  of  all  is  that  the  possession  of 
colonies  multiplies,  between  people  and  people,  points 
of  contact,  and  causes  of  dissension.  To  this  the 
differences  perpetually  arising  between  England  and 
the  United  States  are  a  standing  witness. 

In  the  present  state  of  the  world  peace  is  such 
an  inestimable  blessing  that  all  the  colonies  together 
both  past  and  present,  are  not  worth  a  single  year 
of  war.  England,  the  greatest  colonial  power  that 
has  ever  existed,  understands  this.  She  cedes  the 
Ionian  Islands  to  Greece,  and  sets  an  example  of 
prudence  which  cannot  be  too  much  admired.     She 


126         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

laments  the  acquisition  of  Cyprus;  she  counts  the 
cost  of  her  possession  of  India;  she  is  paving  the 
way  for  the  complete  emancipation  of  Australia, 
Canada,  and  South  Africa.  If  a  country  has  more 
money  than  it  knows  what  to  do  with  it  should 
colonise  its  own  waste  lands  :  in  France,  Sologne ;  in 
Italy,  Calabria ;  in  Belgium,  Campine.  States 
which  have  no  colonies  may  console  themselves,  and 
states  which  have  colonies  should  prepare  to  lose 
them,  for  in  this  loss  they  will  find  a  gain. 


CHAPTER  XL 

ASSOCIATIONS  FOR  THE  COMBINATION   OF  CAPITAL. 

Industries  on  a  large  scale  need  a  large  capital. 
Who  is  to  furnish  it  ?  Formerly  the  employer  con- 
tributed all  the  capital  necessary,  which  was  either 
wholly  his  own  or  borrowed  on  his  credit.  To-day 
this  capital  is  usually  formed  by  a  combination  of 
the  capitals  of  a  large  number  of  persons.  In  this 
way  the  risk  is  shared  in  fractions.  Each  share- 
holder only  ventures  a  small  part  of  his  property,  and 
remembers  the  useful  proverb :  "  All  the  eggs  should 
not  be  carried  in  the  same  basket."  The  telegraph 
cable  across  the  Atlantic  was  estimated  to  cost 
1,200,000/.,  and  the  experts  asserted  that,  the  electric 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.    127 

spark  could  not  traverse  the  ocean.  Baron  Roths- 
child himself  would  not  have  ventured  the  whole 
sum  needed.  But  when  the  capital  was  divided,  a 
share  of  the  risk  was  no  longer  appalling;  millions 
of  persons  subscribed  for  shares ;  the  electric  cable 
was  a  success,  and  to-day  links  together  all  the 
continents  across  the  seas.  In  this  way  a  financial 
combination — the  association  of  capitals — came  to 
the  assistance  of  science  and  enabled  it  to  realise 
its  wonders.  Thanks  to  this  principle  of  association, 
isthmuses  are  cut,  mountains  pierced,  and  every 
country  in  succession  endowed  with  railroads, 
factories,  banks,  and  all  the  enterprises  which  aim 
at  turning  the  gifts  of  nature  to  advantage. 

Associations  of  capitals  have  taken  certain  definite 
forms :  these  are  the  commercial  companies.  Of  these 
the  laws  of  civilised  countries  recognise  five  distinct 
kinds : — 

(1)  Companies  Trading  under  a  Common  Name. — 
These  rest  on  no  legal  fiction.  The  shareholders 
have  all  a  certain  control  over  the  management. 
They  divide  the  profits  in  proportion  to  their  con- 
tributions, but  are  indefinitely  liable  for  all  debts. 
This  form  of  association  is  suitable  only  to  enter- 
prises which  present  few  risks.  It  was  already 
known  in  Roman  times ;  thus  Livy  relates  that  the 
provisions  for  Scipio's  army  fighting  against  the 
Carthaginians  in  Spain  were  supplied  by  a  com- 
pany. The  jurist,  Ulpian,  again  speaks  of  banking 
companies  (societates  argcntariai). 


128         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

(2)  Companies  with  Mixed  Liability  (socieUs  en 
commandite^). — In  these  some  of  the  shareholders  (les 
commandite)  are  active  partners  and  have  unlimited 
liability,  others  (les  commanditaires)  are  sleeping 
partners  who  supply  capital,  but  only  venture  the 
amount  of  their  shares  so  long  as  they  refrain  from 
any  participation  in  the  management.  This  kind 
of  company,  which  is  more  frequent  in  France  than 
in  England,  is  very  convenient  for  supplying  a 
person  of  special  aptitude — an  inventor  for  instance 
— with  the  funds  that  are  indispensable  for  profiting 
by  his  exceptional  qualities  or  invention.  It  was 
first  used  in  the  middle  ages  in  the  Italian  republics 
as  a  means  of  evading  the  canon  law  which  forbade, 
under  the  name  of  usury,  any  fixed  remuneration  for 
a  loan  of  money.  The  possessors  of  capital  entrusted 
it  to  traders,  and  stipulated  to  receive  a  share  of  the 
profits  in  the  place  of  a  fixed  rate  of  interest. 

(3)  Joint  Stock  Companies. — In  these  no  one,  not 
even  the  manager  or  director,  is  responsible  for  more 
than  the  amount  of  his  share,  on  condition  that  the 
laws  are  respected.  This  kind  of  company  resembles 
a  republic.  All  its  authorities  emanate  from  the 
body  of  shareholders.  These  nominate  at  a  general 
meeting  the  chief  of  the  executive,  or  manager,  and 
the  senate,  or  board  of  directors. 

T~int.  stock  companies  first  arose  in  the  Low 
Countries  in  the  seventeenth  century,  when  they 
were  formed  for  the  purpose  of  organising  those 
powerful  associations  which  engaged  in  distant  trade. 


Production  and  Productive  Labour.     129 

(4.)  Companies  with  limited  liability  resemble  the 
preceding,  with  the  exception  that  no  previous 
authorisation  is  necessary  for  their  constitution.  It 
is  sufficient  to  comply  with  the  rules  laid  down  by 
the  law. 

The  contributions  of  the  members  in  these  differ- 
ent forms  of  association  can  be,  and  usually  are, 
represented  by  documents  called  bonds. 

(5.)  Co-operative  societies  differ  from  others  in  the 
number  of  shareholders  being  variable,  as  also  in  the 
amount  of  their  shares.  They  take  as  their  aim  the 
forming  associations  of  workmen  and  artisans.  The 
subscription,  which  is  usually  very  small,  can  be  paid 
in  instalments  to  suit  the  convenience  of  small  savers. 
The  combination  of  these  petty  savings,  which  in 
isolation  would  have  been  powerless,  constitutes  a 
capital  sufficiently  large  to  obtain  credit  or  to  form 
the  funds  of  an  industrial  enterprise. 

The  multiplication  of  joint  stock  companies  is 
incredible.  They  are  daily  being  started  in  every 
quarter  and  for  every  purpose.  All  new  enterprises 
and  most  old  ones  are  constituted  in  this  form,  and 
methods  of  possession  have  been  really  transformed. 
Of  the  causes  of  this  astonishing  success  we  have 
already  indicated  the  first  in  the  ease  with  which 
a  great  capital  may  be  formed  by  the  combination  of 
small  capitals  and  a  division  of  risks.  But,  in  the 
second  place,  joint  stock  companies  obtain  the  most 
capable  men  to  direct  their  affairs,  and  their 
managers,  instead  of  being  appointed  by  the  chance 

K 


130         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

of  birth,  are  chosen  by  election  from  among  the 
most  capable  administrators.  Again,  these  com- 
panies give  to  industrial  property  that  democratic 
form  which  our  era  demands.  The  manufacturing 
industries,  as  they  develop,  take  the  form  of  immense 
enterprises,  which  oust  the  smaller  workshops  and 
artisans  from  the  market.  Of  themselves  they  thus 
tend  to  constitute  a  kind  of  industrial  feudalism. 
But  joint  stock  companies,  by  dividing  and  partition- 
ing the  proprietorship  of  large  enterprises  into  a 
vast  number  of  shares,  each  of  a  small  amount, 
enable  even  working  men  to  participate  in  their 
success.  Since  property  is  the  necessary  comple- 
ment of  freedom,  the  aim  of  civilisation  should  be 
to  render  the  head  of  each  household  the  proprietor 
of  the  instrument  of  his  labour — the  farmer  of  his 
field,  the  workman  of  his  tool,  or  a  share  of  the 
colossal  machine  into  which  the  tool  is  often  trans- 
formed. If  a  labourer  purchase  a  share  in  the 
industrial  company  which  employs  him,  the  problem 
is  at  once  solved;  the  conflict  between  labour  and 
capital  comes  to  an  end. 

By  one  of  those  frequent  and  natural  harmonies 
between  the  changes  introduced  in  the  methods  of 
production  and  the  methods  of  possession,  the  joint 
stock  company  has  become  common  at  the  moment 
of  the  development  of  industry  on  a  large  scale. 
It  thus  favours  a  subdivision  of  property  increasingly 
democratic. 


BOOK  III. 

DISTRIBUTION  AND  CIRCULATION. 

Part  I.— DISTRIBUTION. 

CHAPTER  I. 

DISTRIBUTION  :  RENT,  WAGES,  INTEREST. 

Three  factors  contribute  to  the  production  of 
commodities — nature,  labour  and  capital.  Each 
must  have  a  share  of  the  product  as  its  reward,  and 
this  share,  if  it  is  to  be  just,  must  be  proportionate 
to  the  several  contributions. 

The  share  of  the  natural  agents  is  Rent.  The 
share  of  labour,  Wages.  The  share  of  capital, 
Interest. 

The  clerk  receives  a  salary ;  the  lawyer  and  doctor, 
fees ;  the  manufacturer,  profits :  salary,  fees,  and 
profits  are  so  many  forms  of  wages  for  services 
rendered. 

K  2 


132         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

As  soon  as  the  contributors  have  been  rewarded 
with  their  several  shares,  they  are  able  to  make 
exchanges,  and  exchanges  constitute  the  circulation 
of  wealth.  Distribution,  therefore,  precedes  cir- 
culation. 


CHAPTER  II. 

HOW  DISTRIBUTION    IS  ACCOMPLISHED. 

In  primitive  societies  such  as  existed  before  the 
rise  of  Rome,  among  the  Italian  tribes,  and  are  still 
found  in  Norway  and  among  the  Slavs  on  the  Danube, 
each  father  of  a  family  cultivates  his  own  patrimony, 
and  produces  all  he  consumes.  Here  there  is  no 
place  for  distribution  ;  labour,  capital,  and  natural 
materials  are  all  in  the  same  hands.  Remuneration 
is  always  fair.  Each  man  gathers  that  which  he 
sowed.     Energy  is  rewarded,  and  indolence  punished. 

When,  however,  the  three  factors  are  in  the  hands 
of  different  persons,  and,  in  consequence  of  the 
division  of  labour,  each  depends  on  a  process  of 
exchange  for  obtaining  what  he  consumes,  distribution 
is  no  longer  an  easy  matter,  and  no  longer  in  such 
strict  proportion  to  the  several  contributions.  It  is 
now  brought  about  by  the  agency  of  an  "  employer," 
who  pays  each  "  factor  of  production  "  just  as  much 
as  competition  forces  him  to  give,  retaining  the 
surplus  as  his  own  profit. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  133 

— — — — ^— — j  — < —  * 

Let  us  follow  the  fortunes  of  a  loaf  of  bread.  The 
farmer  pays  rent  to  his  landlord,  wages  to  his 
labourers,  interest  to  the  banker  fiom  whom  he 
borrows ;  the  surplus  left  when  all  payments  have 
been  made  is  his  profit.  The  corn  arrives  at  the 
miller's.  He,  in  his  turn,  makes  a  similar  distribution 
to  reward  the  labour  used  in  grinding  it.  The  baker, 
who  turns  the  flour  into  bread,  does  the  same.  Last 
of  all,  the  consumer  who  buys  the  loaf  pays  a  price 
sufficient  to  replace  the  advances  which  farmer, 
miller,  and  baker  have  successively  made  by  way 
of  rewarding  the  three  factors. 

Obviously,  if  the  employer  owns  either  the  natural 
materials  or  the  capital,  he  pays  himself  in  the  one 
case  the  rent,  in  the  other  the  interest,  or  reckons  it 
among  his  expenses. 


CHAPTER  III. 

PRINCIPLES  REGULATING   DISTRIBUTION. 

Distribution  is  determined  firstly  by  the  civil 
institutions  fixing  the  rights  of  individuals  and  the 
acquisition  and  inheritance  of  wealth ;  secondly,  and 
subordinately  to  these,  by  authority,  by  custom,  or  by 
free  contract  regulated  by  competition. 

The  influence  of  the  institutions  of  the  state  is 
plain.     As  in  Egypt,  the  land,  the  great  factories  and, 


134         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

the  railways  may  all  belong  to  the  sovereign.  The 
soil  of  each  parish  may  be  owned  in  common  by  all 
the  families  of  the  village,  as  is  the  case  in  Great 
Russia.  Again,  as  in  France  and  Belgium,  landed 
estates  on  the  death  of  the  proprietor  may  be  equally 
divided  among  his  children.  In  each  of  these  cases, 
distribution  will  be  very  different  from  what  it  is  in 
England,  where  landed  property  is  held  by  a  small 
number  of  rich  proprietors,  and  descends,  as  a  rule,  to 
the  eldest  son. 

Subserviently  to  the  influence  of  institutions,  the 
share  of  one  or  another  of  the  factors  of  production 
may  be  regulated  by  custom,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
fees  of  the  lawyer  or  physician ;  by  authority,  as  in 
that  of  the  salary  of  civil  servants ;  or  by  contract  and 
competition,  as  with  wages  and  rent. 

Formerly  distribution  was  regulated,  to  a  very 
considerable  extent,  by  custom  and  authority.  Thus 
in  ancient  Egypt  and  India,  in  the  same  way  as  in 
our  own  western  countries  during  the  middle  ages, 
wages,  payments  in  kind,  and  rentals  were  all  fixed 
by  use  and  tradition.  The  metayer  system,  which 
shares  the  produce  equally  between  landlord  and 
tenant,  has  not  changed  since  the  days  of  antiquity. 
On  the  other  hand,  in  our  own  times,  distribution 
is  almost  entirely  governed  by  contract  and 
competition. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  135 


CHAPTER  IV. 

REWARD  OF  THE  NATURAL  AGENTS. 

§  i.  Rent. 

If  I  fish  in  a  well-stocked  lake,  hunt  in  a  forest 
where  game  abounds,  or  cultivate  a  fertile  soil,  I 
obtain  enough  to  live  on  and  something  over.  Nature 
lends  me  her  aid  j  and  the  greater  her  fertility,  the 
greater  will  be  the  surplus  which  my  labour,  if  well 
directed,  will  leave  me  over  and  above  my  necessary 
expenses. 

This  surplus,  due  to  the  happy  direction  of  my 
labour  and  the  productiveness  of  the  natural  agents, 
is  natural  rent.  Whether  I  am  obliged  to  pay  it  to 
the  proprietors  of  these  agents  depends  not  on  nature, 
nor  on  my  industry,  but  on  social  conditions.  If  the 
extent  of  fertile  land  is  unlimited,  as  in  new  countries 
I  shall  pay  nothing  for  the  possession  of  a  holding,  as 
I  can  have  one  almost  for  the  asking.  In  this  case, 
then,  I  shall  keep  the  natural  rent,  or  surplus  of 
produce  over  cost  of  production,  for  myself.  If, 
however,  the  natural  agents  are  already  appropriated, 
I  shall  have  to  give  up  all  or  part  of  this  surplus  to 
the  landlord  to  gain  the  right  to  work  his  lands.  The 
proportion  I  shall  have  to  pay  will  depend  on  the 
competition  among  landless  farmers,  bidding  against 


136         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

each  other  for  the  holdings  from  which  to  gain  a 
livelihood.  If  these  are  few  in  number  I  shall  have 
little  to  pay ;  if,  on  the  contrary,  there  are  more 
would-be  farmers  than  farms,  I  shall  be  reduced  to 
surrender  all  the  produce,  save  what  is  absolutely 
needful  for  my  maintenance. 

Anything  that  produces  useful  commodities  and  is 
limited  in  quantity  may  yield  a  rent,  just  as  well  as 
arable  land,  a  waterfall  which  turns  a  mill,  a  river 
or  lake  containing  fish,  a  quarry  or  mine,  building 
ground,  or  an  exceptionally  fine  voice.  The  posses- 
sion of  these  things  constitutes  a  monopoly,  and  their 
owners  can  therefore  exact  a  rent  from  those  who 
wish  to  enjoy  them. 

Labour  expended  on  good  land  is  more  productive 
than  the  same  amount  spent  on  bad.  To  obtain  the 
right  to  cultivate  good  land  it  is,  therefore,  worth 
while  to  pay  a  sum  equivalent  to  the  advantage 
obtained  by  its  greater  fertility.  The  excess  of  the 
produce  over  the  cost  of  production  constitutes  the 
natural  rent.  The  portion  of  this  excess  which 
circumstances  force  the  farmer  to  pay  to  the  proprietor 
ia  the  effective  rent. 

it  is  often  said  that  rent  arises  from  the  difference 
of  fertility  in  different  soils.  This  difference,  however, 
is  the  cause  of  the  different  rates  of  rent,  not  of  rent 
itself.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  if  all  lands  were  of  the 
same  quality  they  might  all  pay  a  rent,  so  long  as 
they  yielded  a  surplus,  and  so  long  as  there  were  no 
waste  lands  to  be  appropriated.     In  Egypt  the  whole 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  137 

soil  formed  by  the  muddy  deposit  of  the  Nile  is 
of  an  almost  uniform  quality,  yet  it  all  yields  a  very 
high  rent. 

A  good  situation,  such  as  one  near  a  market,  a 
river,  a  railroad  or  the  sea,  increases  the  utility  of 
land,  and  has  the  same  effect  as  fertility  in  giving 
rise  to  a  rent.  Land  in  the  centre  of  a  large  town 
is  often  worth  £100  the  square  yard,  and  is  let 
at  a  proportionately  high  rate. 

Rent  obeys  the  law  which  regulates  value.  It 
depends  on  utility  and  scarceness.  The  rent  which 
a  property  yields  increases  in  proportion  firstly  to 
the  usefulness,  and  secondly  to  the  rarity  of  its 
products. 

§  2.  Theory  of  Rent  held  by  Ricardo  and  Mill. 

Ricardo,  a  disciple  of  Adam  Smith,  formulated  a 
theory  of  rent  which  bears  his  name.  According  to 
this  theory  the  most  fertile  lands  are  the  first 
cultivated,  and  as  long  as  any  of  these  are  available, 
rent  has  no  existence.  But,  in  time,  population 
increases  and  the  free  lands  are  all  occupied; 
agricultural  produce  is  in  greater  demand,  and  prices 
rise.  This  rise  in  prices  makes  it  profitable  to 
cultivate  land  of  inferior  quality.  But  in  the  land 
market,  as  in  any  other,  articles  of  the  same  quality 
cannot  sell  for  different  prices,  nor  the  same  prices  be 
obtained  for  articles  of  different  quality.  In  this 
way  the  greater  surplus  which  the  better  lands  yield 
brings  rent  into  existence. 


138         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

If  population  and  prices  continue  to  increase, 
recourse  must  be  had  to  land  of  the  third  quality,  and 
the  rents  of  the  other  lands  again  rise. 

It  follows  that  the  rent  of  any  given  land  is  the 
difference  which  exists  between  the  produce  of  this 
land  and  that  of  the  worst  in  cultivation ;  or,  with 
greater  exactness,  where  there  is  competition  for  the 
tenancy  the  rent  is  equal  to  the  whole  of  the  produce 
less  the  working  expenses.  It  is  the  surplus,  great 
or  small,  which  labour  yields  when  aided  by  the 
greater  or  less  fertility  of  the  natural  agents. 

From  what  precedes  we  may  draw  two  very  im- 
portant conclusions.  The  first  of  these  is  that  a 
rise  in  the  price  of  agricultural  produce  is  not,  as  is 
generally  believed,  the  consequence  of  the  rise  of 
rents,  but  has  this  as  its  result.  It  is  only  when 
the  farmer  sells  his  corn  and  cattle  dearer  that  he 
can  pay  a  higher  rental.  Secondly,  we  may  say 
that  in  all  societies  where  wealth  and  population 
are  developing,  rents  also  tend  to  increase.  In 
France  and  Belgium  the  average  rent  of  land  has 
almost  doubled  in  the  last  fifty  years.  In  England, 
also,  the  same  tendency  has  shown  itself,  although 
during  the  last  ten  years  it  has  been  held  in  abeyance. 

A  rise  in  prices  favours  the  increase  of  rent  in 
two  ways ;  firstly,  the  cultivator  need  sell  less  of 
his  produce  to  cover  his  expenses  ;  secondly,  each 
article  of  produce  sells  more  dearly.  The  fall  of 
prices  naturally  acts  in  the  contrary  way. 

Increase  of  rent  is  stopped,  in  the  first  place,  by 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  139 

all  agricultural  improvements  whose  effect  is  to 
increase  production,  and,  secondly,  by  the  facilities 
for  foreign  importation.  These  two  causes  lead  to 
the  same  result — a  greater  abundance  of  produce — 
and  from  this  comes  a  fall  of  prices,  and  a  con- 
sequent fall  of  rents.  At  the  same  time  it  is  quite 
possible  that  an  increased  quantity  of  produces, 
even  when  sold  at  a  lower  price,  will  yield  an  equal 
or  greater  total.  In  this  case  rents  will  not  fall, 
and  may  even  rise. 

Agricultural  improvements,  such  as  better  ploughs 
and  reaping  machines,  new  highways,  &c,  which 
diminish  the  cost  of  production  without  increasing 
the  total  amount  of  products  brought  into  the 
market,  have  a  uniform  tendency  to  raise  rents. 
It  is  to  this,  together  with  the  increase  in  the 
prices  of  meat  and  butter,  that  recently  the  rise  of 
rent  has  generally  been  due. 

§  3.  Arguments  of  Economists  who  Deny  the 
Existence  of  Rent. 

Certain  economists,  disciples  of  Bastiat  and  Carey, 
deny  the  existence  of  rent.  The  share  of  nature  in 
production,  says  Bastiat,  is  always  given  gratuitously. 
If  a  rental  is  paid  it  is  as  a  return  for  the  labour 
and  capital  which  have  been  sunk  in  the  earth, 
and  not  for  its  natural  fertility.  Carey  adds, 
contrary  to  the  theory  of  Ricardo,  it  is  the  light 
land  of  the  hills  that  are  first  cultivated,  and  only 
afterwards  the  more  fertile  districts  of  the  valley. 


140         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

Bastiat's  statement  is  opposed  to  facts.  The  lands 
which  yield  the  highest  rent  in  virtue  of  returning 
the  largest  amount  of  produce  with  the  least  ex- 
pense are  often  those  in  which  the  least  human 
labour  has  been  sunk.  Such  are  the  rich  pasture- 
lands  of  Normandy,  the  soil  of  Egypt,  and  the  "  black 
lands"  of  Russia  and  Roumania.  You  have  only 
to  ask  a  farmer  to  be  told  that  one  field  in  a  farm 
can  often  pay  twice  the  rent  of  another.  The 
Clos-Vougeot,  the  Chateau-Lafitte,  the  Johannisberg, 
yield  a  rent  ten  times  as  high  as  that  of  neighbour- 
ing vineyards  which  have  required  the  same  amount 
of  labour.  The  European  rivers  in  which  salmon 
is  caught  pay  a  very  considerable  rent.  There  are 
many  sources  of  utilities  which  bear  a  price  which 
owe  their  value  entirely  to  nature. 

The  remark  of  Carey,  on  the  other  hand,  has 
some  foundation,  but  it  does  not  weaken  the 
principle  of  Ricardo's  theory.  Men  have  cultivated 
the  most  fertile  or  best  situated  lands  first  among 
those  within  their  reach.  For  them  other  lands  had 
no  existence.  When,  later  on,  these  other  lands 
came  into  the  market,  they  had  the  effect  of  an 
agricultural  improvement.  By  yielding  more  abun- 
dant produce  they  momentarily  arrested  the  rise 
of  rents  ;  but  where  they  were  of  exceptional  fertility 
they  must  themselves  have  paid  a  heavy  rent  from 
the  first.  Soon,  wealth  and  population  continuing 
to  increase,  the  rents  of  all  the  lands  increase  also. 
On  this  point  Ricardo  is  in  the  right. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  141 


CHAPTER  V. 

WAGES. 

Wages  are  the  reward  of  labour. 

Wages  reckoned  in  money  must  not  be  confounded 
with  wages  calculated  by  the  amount  of  commodities 
this  money  will  procure.  A  workman  can  barely 
live  in  London  on  half-a-crown  a  day,  because  board 
and  lodging  are  both  very  dear.  In  China  or  Japan 
with  a  third  of  this  sum  he  need  want  for  nothing, 
because  everything  is  cheap. 

What  is  important  to  the  labourer  is  the  amount 
of  commodities,  such  as  bread,  meat,  and  clothing, 
which  his  wage  will  allow  him  to  consume.  A 
decrease  in  the  cost  of  production,  causing  a  fall 
in  the  price  of  products,  tends  indirectly  to  increase 
wages.  The  labourer  does  not  receive  more  money, 
but  for  the  same  money  gets  more  commodities. 

ft 
§  i.  Systems  of  Remuneration. 

Labourers  are  usually  paid  in  money,  but  some- 
times in  kind,  as  in  countries  where  the  farm  hands 
are  still  boarded  by  their  master. 

Labour  may  be  paid  according  to  time — by  the 
day  or  hour ;  or  according  to  the  work  done — by 
the  job  or  piece,  as  when  painters  are  paid  by  the 
square  yard,  or  masons  by  the  cubic  foot.     Payment 


142         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

by  the  piece  is  preferable  for  many  reasons.  In 
the  first  place  it  is  fairer ;  every  one  is  paid  according 
to  his  skill  and  his  industry.  Again,  it  stimulates 
activity  by  bringing  home  the  feeling  of  responsibility 
— the  mainspring  of  the  economic  world.  Thus  the 
total  production  is  increased,  and  the  cost  of  super- 
vision abolished.  If  the  workman  is  not  tied  down 
to  a  machine  piecework  enables  him  to  choose  his 
own  hours,  and  to  become,  in  a  small  way,  a  con- 
tractor himself,  since  all  piecework  is  of  the  nature 
of  a  contract.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  of  great 
advantage  to  the  master,  who  has  only  to  pay  for 
what  he  actually  receives. 

In  spite  of  these  advantages  workmen  dislike  the 
introduction  of  piecework.  In  England  they  have 
often  struck  against  it.  In  France,  after  the 
Revolution  of  1848,  they  even  demanded  that  it 
should  be  forbidden  by  law.  They  contend  that 
the  price  of  piecework  is  reckoned  by  what  a  "  crack  " 
workman  can  do,  and  that,  consequently,  an 
ordinary  workman  cannot  earn  a  living.  In  reality 
work  %y  the  piece  is,  as  a  rule,  better  paid  than 
work  by  the  day,  except  when  employers  are  com- 
pelled by  competition  either  to  reduce  the  rate  or 
stop  work  altogether.  It  is  to  be  wished  that  the 
system  of  piecework  should  prevail  as  widely  as 
possible,  inasmuch  as  by  considerably  increasing 
production  it  must  indirectly  promote  the  prosperity 
of  the  working  classes. 

A    still  greater    stimulus  to    work    and    to  the 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  143 

improvement  of  the  labourer's  condition  is  afforded 
by  adding  to  wages  a  certain  share  in  the  profits.  It 
is  now  very  usual  to  grant  such  a  share  to  the 
manager  and  head- workmen  in  a  commercial  com- 
pany in  order  to  interest  them  in  its  success,  and 
thus  increase  their  zeal.  The  best  results  would 
follow  if  this  system  could  be  extended  to  all  the 
workmen. 

In  France,  Germany,  Holland,  and  Switzerland, 
by  a  happy  idea,  some  employers,  instead  of  im- 
mediately handing  over  to  their  workmen  this 
addition  to  their  pay,  save  it  so  as  to  provide  them 
with  a  fund  for  their  old  age. 

§  2.  The  Iron  Law. 

"  In  all  kinds  of  work,"  says  Turgot,  "  it  must,  and 
does,  come  to  pass  that  a  workman's  wages  are 
limited  to  what  is  needful  for  his  subsistence." 
Later  on  Ricardo  reproduced  this  idea,  and  believed 
that  he  had  demonstrated  its  truth  beyond  con- 
tradiction. The  wages  of  a  workman,  he  says, 
naturally  reduce  themselves  to  what  is  indispensable 
if  he  is  to  live  and  support  a  family.  He  cannot 
be  content  with  less,  for  excess  of  destitution 
diminishes  the  number  of  workmen,  and  the  fewer 
the  hands  the  higher  the  wages.  Neither  can  he 
for  any  length  of  time  obtain  more;  for  easier 
circumstances  increases  the  number  of  marriages 
and  births,  so  that  there  are  soon  more  hands  in  the 


144         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

market,  and  wages  return  to  the  necessary  or  natural 
minimum. 

Lassalle,  a  leader  among  the  German  socialists, 
appealing  to  Kicardo  and  the  majority  of  economists, 
exclaims,  "  Here  is  the  iron  law,  formulated  by  the 
masters  of  political  economy,  a  law  which  condemns 
workmen  to  irremediable  misery.  A  society  which 
culminates  in  such  an  iniquity  must  be  profoundly 
modified  !  " 

Happily  the  observation  of  facts  does  not  confirm 
the  truth  of  Ricardo's  supposed  law.  It  has  been 
abundantly  proved  that  throughout  Europe  the 
condition  of  the  working  classes  has  considerably 
improved  during  the  last  century.  Far  from  pro- 
ducing an  excessive  increase  of  population,  easier 
circumstances  tend  to  moderate  it  by  the  effect  of 
prudence.  Misery,  on  the  other  hand,  has  ever  been 
prolific,  as  has  been  proved  in  Ireland,  and  a-s  is 
indicated  by  the  ill-omened  word  "proletariate," 
which  means  at  once  the  miserable  class,  and  the 
class  that  is  overburdened  with  children. 

Labour,  prosperity,  and  virtue,  working  together 
under  the  reign  of  justice,  will  effectually  abolish  the 
iron  law. 

§  3.  Causes  of  Different  Rates  of  Wages. 

Wages  are  very  different  in  the  various  occupa- 
tions. A  diamond-cutter  in  Amsterdam  earns  a 
pound  a  day ;  an  agricultural  labourer  in  the  same 
country  little  over  a  shilling. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  145 

Many  causes  give  rise  to  exceptional  wages. 

(1)  Bare  Ability  of  Certain  Kinds. — This  con- 
stitutes a  sort  of  monopoly.  A  great  singer  earns 
more  than  £5,000  a  year,  which  is  too  much.  Again, 
in  a  different  rank,  glass  blowers  who  make  the  large 
panes  of  glass  earn  their  ten  shillings  a  day. 

(2)  Locality. — Nominal  wages  are  dearer  in  town 
because  living  is  dearer. 

(3)  The  Average  Length  of  the  Working  Season. — 
A  workman  who  can  only  ply  his  trade  during  a 
part  of  the  year  must  earn  higher  wages  when  he 
does  work  or  he  could  not  make  both  ends  meet. 
Masons,  in  countries  where  the  work  is  interrupted 
by  frosts,  are  an  example  of  this. 

(4)  The  Repugnant  Element  in  Certain  Occupa- 
tions.— No  one  would  submit  to  this  except  for 
unusually  high  pay.  The  hangman  is  well  paid, 
though  he  works  but  rarely.  In  many  occupations, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  certainty  or  agreeable 
character  of  the  work  compensate  for  the  smallness 
of  the  remuneration.  A  junior  clerk  is  contented 
with  a  slender  salary  because  his  future  is  assured. 
Governesses,  if  one  may  judge  by  advertisements, 
often  ask  only  for  "a  comfortable  home,"  and  no 
salary. 

(5)  The  Length  of  the  Apprenticeship. — This  insures 
a  high  salary  in  certain  occupations,  for  part  of  the 
salary  goes  towards  repaying  the  expenses  which 
have  been  incurred. 

The   old  economists   thought   that,  taking  these 

L 


146         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

differences  into  consideration,  wages  might  be  said 
to  tend  towards  a  uniform  rate.  Certainly,  other 
things  being  equal,  an  exceptionally  high  salary  must 
attract  workers  in  such  numbers  as  to  cause  a 
reduction ;  whereas  an  exceptionally  low  salary  will 
make  the  workmen  seek  trades  where  the  pay 
is  better.  Nevertheless,  as  Mr.  Cliffe  Leslie  has 
shown  by  numerous  examples,  wages  in  the  same 
country  and  for  the  same  trade  will  vary  considerably 
according  to  the  locality.  Love  of  home,  habit,  the 
difficulty  of  moving  and  finding  houseroom,  and 
sometimes  differences  of  dialect,  are  all  obstacles 
to  a  uniform  rate  of  wages.  In  France,  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Paris,  a  journeyman  can  earn  twice  as 
much  as  in  the  midlands,  and  in  Belgium,  out  of 
two  country  districts,  in  one,  the  Campine,  he  gains 
a  shilling  a  day,  in  the  other,  the  Ardennes, 
nearly  half-a-crown ! 

§  4.  Low  Wages  not  a  Cause  of  Cheap  Work. 

The  great  railway  contractor,  Mr.  Brassey,  after 
having  employed  labourers  in  every  country  in  the 
world,  has  written  a  book,  called  Work  and  Wages, 
to  prove  that  cheapness  of  work  is  obtained  by 
paying  good  wages.  An  ill-paid  workman  is  weak 
and  indolent ;  the  work  hangs  fire  and  ends  by 
costing  dear.  Mr.  Brassey 's  advice  is  to  insist  on 
energy  and  industry,  and  pay  well.  Every  one  will 
benefit  by  this  system,  workman,  employer,  and 
society  at  large. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  147 

§  5.  The  Wages  Fund. 

Many  economists  have  believed  that  in  every 
country,  at  any  given  moment,  there  exists  a  fund 
specially  devoted  to  the  reward  of  labour.  In  this 
way  an  average  rate  of  wages  is  imposed  upon  all 
alike,  and  this  of  necessity,  since  when  each  work- 
man takes  his  share  of  the  fund,  the  value  of  the 
share  is  the  result  of  the  amount  of  the  fund  divided 
by  the  number  of  the  workmen.  Neither  the 
resistance  of .  the  workmen  nor  the  watchfulness  of 
the  master  can  modify  this  mathematical  law.  If 
you  give  more  to  one,  there  will  be  less  for  the 
others.  The  average  rate  of  wages  will  only  in- 
crease, if  the  wages  fund  increase  more  rapidly  than 
the  number  of  the  workmen. 

The  truth  of  the  matter  is  as  follows.  The  nation 
lives  on  the  sum  total  of  the  useful  articles  which  it 
produces.  It  cannot  consume  more  than  this,  but 
the  manner  in  which  this  fund  is  divided  between 
rent,  interest,  wages  and  profits,  depends  on  contracts, 
custom,  and  the  will  of  the  parties  concerned.  The 
one  thing  true  is  that  if  one  of  these  parties  obtains 
more,  one  or  all  of  the  others  will  have  less. 

In  this  way  since  1870,  the  extraordinary  activity 
of  industries  in  Europe  has  occasioned  a  general  rise 
of  wages.  It  is  rent  which  since  this  date  has  been 
diminished. 

The  problem  may  be  presented  in  the  following 
form  : 

Product  =  Rent  +  Interest  +  Wages  -f  Profits. 

L  2 


148         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

If  the  share  assigned  to  wages  is  increased,  the 
balance  which  is  divided  among  the  other  participators 
must  diminish,  for  Product  —  Wages = Rent + Interest 
+  Profits.  To  take  a  more  simple  proof :  a  market  gar- 
dener who  pays  two  shillings  a  day  to  the  labourer  he 
employs  on  a  garden  which  brings  in  four  shillings  a 
day  will  have  two  shillings  to  keep  for  himself.  If 
he  is  obliged  to  pay  his  labourer  three  shillings, 
plainly  he  himself  will  only  have  one. 

§  6.  Is  there  a  Natural  or  Normal  Wage  ? 

Economists  of  the  school  of  Eicardo  maintain  that 
there  is  a  natural  rate  of  wages,  which  is  determined, 
like  the  price  of  any  other  commodity,  by  the  cost 
of  production  of  labour. 

The  cost  of  production  of  the  commodity  labour  is 
the  sum  which  is  absolutely  necessary  to  enable  the 
labourer  to  live  and  work. 

Undoubtedly  wages  have  often  been  as  low  as  this, 
and  history  teaches  us  that  frequently  they  have  not 
even  sufficed  to  support  the  labourer,  since  whole 
populations  were  decimated  by  famine,  as  in  the 
reigns  of  Louis  XIV.  and  Louis  XV.  But  this  was 
the  effect  of  detestable  institutions  and  of  human 
ignorance,  not  of  any  so-called  natural  laws. 

The  normal  rate  of  wages  is  that  which,  at  the 
least,  supplies  the  labourer  and  his  family  with  the 
means  of  subsistence,  and  of  the  normal  development 
of  the  faculties  of  body  and  mind. 

If  it  be   asked  "  Who  shall  determine  the  sum 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  149 

which  this  subsistence  and  the  normal  development 
of  the  faculties  demand  ? "  I  answer  "  The  science  of 
health."  This  problem,  so  often  declared  insoluble, 
is  solved  every  day  in  the  administration  of  the  army 
in  the  different  countries.  This  administration  fixes 
the  amount  of  nourishment  and  the  quality  of  the 
clothes  necessary  to  keep  the  soldier's  powers  in  good 
condition.  Ought  not  the  labourer  to  be  able  to 
earn  by  his  work  at  least  the  rations  of  a  soldier  ? 

§  7.  The  Causes  which  fix  the  Rate  of  Wages. 

Are  wages,  as  some  economists  assert,  in  proportion 
to  the  productiveness  of  labour?  It  would  seem 
that  they  ought  to  be  so.  If  labour  produced  twice 
the  amount  of  useful  articles,  surely  the  labourer 
ought  to  be  twice  as  well  off.  This,  however,  is  not 
the  case,  except  when  he  is  also  the  possessor  of  the 
capital,  as  in  the  instance  of  the  peasant  proprietor. 

The  pay  given  simply  as  wages  is  determined  by 
other  causes.  The  increase  of  production  profits,  in 
the  first  place,  the  manufacturer,  and  subsequently, 
by  the  fall  of  prices,  the  general  public.  A  manu- 
facturer sets  up  in  his  factory  a  machine  which 
enables  the  workman  to  produce  each  day  ten  times 
as  much  as  he  could  do  by  hand ;  if  no  greater 
dexterity  is  required  from  him  his  wages  will  not  be 
increased.  All  the  advantage  of  the  machine  will 
go  to  the  manufacturer,  until  there  comes  a  fall  of 
prices  consequent  upon  the  increased  ease  and 
abundance   of    production.      Again,  by   giving    his 


150         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

orchard  a  double  layer  of  manure  a  market  gardener 
may  double  his  crop  of  apples.  He  will  not  make 
this  a  reason  for  paying  high  wages  to  the  labourers 
who  gather  them,  though  their  real  wages  may  in- 
cidentally be  increased  by  the  fall  in  the  price  of  apples. 

It  is  plain  that  the  productiveness  of  labour  only 
acts  indirectly  on  its  market  value  by  multiplying 
useful  objects,  and  thus  enabling  the  wage  earners  to 
buy  more  of  them. 

What  regulates  wages  is  the  competition  between 
the  labourers  offering  their  work  and  the  masters  in 
need  of  it.  As  Cobden  said  with  great  force,  when 
two  workmen  are  running  after  one  master,  wages 
fall ;  when  two  masters  are  running  after  one  work- 
man, wages  rise.  In  other  words,  wages  are  subject 
to  the  great  law  of  supply  and  demand  which  will 
be  explained  later  on. 

To  this  rise  and  fall  of  wages,  however,  there  are 
certain  limits.  They  cannot  fall  below  what  is  ab- 
solutely necessary  for  the  labourer  to  subsist ;  in  that 
case  he  would  disappear  altogether.  On  the  other 
hand,  they  cannot  rise  beyond  the  total  of  the  value 
added  to  the  object.  As  has  been  well  observed,  the 
piece  of  work  which  is  only  just  worth  doing  brings 
in  very  little,  and  if  the  wages  to  be  paid  exceed 
this  little,  the  work  will  never  be  ordered  or  bought. 

A  journeyman  shoemaker  makes  a  pair  of  shoes 
worth  eight  shillings  with  leather  worth  three; 
under  no  circumstances  can  his  pay  exceed  five 
shillings.     From  the   increase  of  value   created   by 


Distribution  and  Circulation-  151 

the  wage-earner,  something  must  be  deducted  to 
reward  the  employer  and  the  capitalist,  or  the  one 
would  cease  to  employ  workmen,  and  the  other  to 
advance  money. 

With  the  reward  of  his  labour,  say  Proudhon  and 
Karl  Marx,  the  workman  cannot  buy  back  the 
product  of  his  labour ;  he  is  therefore  robbed  by  the 
capitalist.  The  socialists  who  talk  thus  make  an 
error  of  calculation.  The  object  has  not  been  pro- 
duced solely  by  the  exertion  of  the  workman,  but  by 
his  exertions  aided  by  tools  and  employed  on  raw 
materials.  It  is  true  that  labour  alone  is  active,  but 
it  only  becomes  productive  by  the  cooperation  of 
capital  and  nature.  This  cooperation  has  an  equal 
right  to  reward.  If  the  workman  can  make  himself 
the  proprietor  of  the  tools  and  materials  he  requires 
in  his  work,  he  will  be  able  to  keep  the  whole  of  the 
product.  The  aim  of  the  wage-earner  must  therefore 
be  to  become  a  proprietor. 

Wages  rise  when  a  large  number  of  workmen  are 
required,  and  this  is  the  case  when  industrious  and 
enterprising  persons  abound,  and  there  is  plenty  of 
capital.  The  way,  therefore,  to  improve  the  condition 
of  the  working  classes  is  to  encourage  the  creation  of 
capital  by  thrift  and  the  development  of  education 
and  the  spirit  of  enterprise.  On  the  other  hand, 
wages  diminish  when  the  numbers  of  the  workmen 
are  increasing  more  rapidly  than  the  undertakings 
and  capital  which  can  employ  them.  Here  we  touch 
on  what  is  called  the  population  question. 


152         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

The  competition  between  masters  requiring  work- 
men, on  the  one  side,  and  workmen  requiring 
masters,  on  the  other,  only  influences  each  branch  of 
labour  separately.  A  demand  for  a  number  of  tailors 
will  raise  the  wages  of  tailors  but  not  those  of  other 
trades.  Nevertheless  if  several  industries  are  simul- 
taneously so  prosperous  as  to  require  a  large  number 
of  workmen,  for  a  time  the  rise  of  wages  will  spread 
by  degrees  up  to  a  certain  point,  inasmuch  as  the 
rush  of  workmen  to  these  trades  will  cause  a 
deficiency  in  others. 

§  8.  Has  the  Condition  of  the  Working  Classes 
Improved  ? 

No  one  will  maintain  that  the  condition  of  those 
who  work  with  their  hands  is  all  that  it  should  be, 
but  it  is  certain  that  it  has  improved  and  is  still 
improving  every  day.  Let  any  one  who  has  doubts 
on  this  subject  enter  the  cottage  of  the  worst  paid 
agricultural  labourer,  and  examine  his  food  and 
clothing,  utensils  and  furniture,  and  then  let  him 
read  the  famous  passage  in  which  La  Bruyere 
described  the  French  peasantry  of  the  reign  of 
Louis  XIV. 

"  Spread  over  the  country  are  to  be  seen  certain 
wild  animals,  of  either  sex,  black,  livid  and  sun- 
scorched,  chained  to  the  earth  which  they  dig  and 
turn  with  unyielding  persistency.  They  have  what 
may  be  called  an  articulate  voice  ;  when  standing 
erect  they  show  a  human  face  ;  in  fact  they  are  men. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  153 

At  night  they  retire  to  their  dens,  where  they  live 
on  black  bread,  water,  and  roots.  They  spare  other 
men  the  trouble  of  sowing,  digging  and  reaping  for 
their  food,  and  so  ought  not  to  lack  this  bread  which 
they  have  sown." 

In  1740  Massillon,  Bishop  of  Clermont-Ferrand, 
wrote  to  Cardinal  Fleury,  Prime  Minister  of  Louis  XV: 
"The  country  people  live  in  frightful  misery, 
without  beds,  without  furniture;  one  half  of  the 
year,  the  greater  part  of  them  eat  hay  and  barley- 
bread,  their  only  food,  and  this  they  are  obliged  to 
snatch  from  their  children's  mouths,  to  pay  the  taxes." 

When  we  think  of  the  time  when  men  died  of 
hunger  in  crowds  along  the  high  roads,  we  shall  see 
no  reason  to  despair  of  our  own  days,  while  we  hope 
still  better  things  for  the  next  century. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

MEANS    OF    IMPROVING    THE    CONDITION    OF    WAGE 
EARNERS. 

In  past  centuries  the  rich  and  powerful  always 
sought  to  reduce  the  share  of  the  labourers  in  order 
to  increase  their  own.  Our  own  century,  however, 
appears  to  have  undertaken  the  duty  pointed  out 
by  the  famous  reformer,  Saint-Simon,  of  improving 
the  material,  intellectual,  and  moral  condition  of  the 


154        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

working  class.  The  means  of  arriving  at  this  result 
is  nothing  less  than  the  social  problem  of  the  day. 
Let  us  examine  some  of  the  solutions  proposed. 

§  i.  Charity. 

Formerly  benevolence  knew  but  one  way  of  assist- 
ing those  who  were  called  "the  poor,"  namely,  by 
almsgiving,  and  in  their  sublime  enthusiasm  the 
charitable  would  sometimes  go  the  length  of  aban- 
doning all  they  had  to  embrace  voluntary  poverty. 
But  economic  analysis  has  demonstrated  that  alms- 
giving mulcts  labour  for  the  support  of  needy  idleness. 
It  diminishes  responsibility  and  self-respect,  weakens 
the  incentive  to  activity,  and  thus  only  fosters  misery. 
Of  this  the  effect  of  the  daily  distributions  of  food 
made  by  the  convents  under  the  old  system  furnishes 
an  ample  proof. 

There  will  always  be  involuntary  misfortunates  to 
relieve,  but  it  is  not  to  charity  that  we  must  look  for 
the  final  improvement  of  the  lot  of  the  majority. 

§  2.  Communism. 

Communism  has  alternately  been  the  war-cry  of 
the  oppressed,  as  in  the  insurrections  of  Spartacus, 
Wat  Tyler,  the  Jacquerie,  and  the  peasants  in  the 
time  of  Luther,  or  the  dream  of  some  great  mind,  as 
with  Plato  in  the  Republic,  Sir  Thomas  More  in  the 
Utopia  (1516),  Campenella  in  the  Givitas  Solis  (1620), 
and  Fenelon  in  the  Salente  of  the  Telemaque. 

The  Essen es  in  Judaea,  the  disciples  of  Pythagoras 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  155 

in  Magna  Graecia,  the  first  Christians  in  Jerusalem, 
were  alike  in  having  all  things  in  common,  and  in 
our  own  day  monastic  societies  multiply  on  the  Con- 
tinent with  their  vows  to  annul  the  distinction 
between  "  mine  "  and  "  thine."  We  have  here  the 
application  of  the  saying  of  J.  J.  Rousseau,  "  Beware 
of  forgetting  that  the  fruits  of  the  earth  are  every 
one's,  and  the  earth  itself  no  one's." 

In  this  system  the  means  of  production  are  the 
property  of  the  society.  The  principle  which  governs 
the  division  of  the  produce  is  the  rule,  "  From  each 
according  to  his  strength,  and  to  each  according  to 
his  needs."  The  society  constituted  on  this  basis 
would  be  the  copy  of  the  family  economy,  in  which 
each  member  does  actually  labour  as  much  as  he  can, 
and  consume  as  much  as  he  wants. 

Communism,  however,  will  never  attain  perma- 
nence, since  it  violates  justice  and  despises  the 
deepest  instincts  of  man's  nature.  The  formula  of 
justice  is  Cuiqiie  situm,  "  to  every  man  his  own,"  or 
"  to  each  according  to  his  works."  Communism,  on 
the  contrary,  takes  no  account  of  works,  and  recog- 
nises no  "  his  own."  The  industrious  are  made  the 
dupes  of  the  sluggards  who  trade  upon  them. 

The  spring  of  human  activity  is  always  and  every- 
where self-interest.  In  communism  self-interest  is 
continually  sacrificed ;  if  it  acts  at  all  it  is  to  impel 
men  to  sloth  and  gluttony,  for  where  needs  are  the 
,  measure  of  rights,  that  man  will  look  out  best  for 
himself  who  shall  eat  the  most  and  work  the  least. 


156        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

If  convents  continue  and  even  increase,  it  is  only  by 
uprooting  from  the  hearts  of  their  inmates  the  deep- 
est of  natural  feelings,  the  craving  for  independence, 
the  love  of  self,  and  family  affections.  It  is  the  hope 
of  heavenly  happiness  that  works  the  miracle. 
Egoism  is  not  really  dead,  for  it  endures  as  long  as 
life;  but  its  aim  has  been  transferred  to  another 
world.  Who  can  believe  that  an  industrial  society 
can  be  organised  on  the  principles  and  the  plan  of  a 
convent  ?  "  Communism,"  said  the  socialist  Proudhon, 
"  means  the  disregard  of  work,  the  weariness  of  life, 
suppression  of  thought,  destruction  of  the  self,  and 
affirmation  of  chaos." 

§  3.  Nihilism. 

A  Russian  revolutionist,  Bakounine,  comes  before  us 
with  the  assertion :  the  labourer  is  robbed,  crushed, 
reduced  to  misery  by  all  those  institutions  which 
take  the  assurance  of  his  welfare  as  their  mission, 
the  state,  royalty,  religion,  the  army,  property,  and 
the  family.  Man  will  only  be  free  and  happy  when 
of  existing  society  not  one  stone  shall  rest  upon 
another.  Everything  must  be  annihilated :  nihil, 
"nothing,"  this  is  the  goal.  Nihilism  will  bring 
salvation. 

If  he  be  asked  what  new  organisation  it  is  proposed 
to  adopt,  Bakounine  replies  that  he  interdicts  both 
himself  and  us  from  seeking  one.  Every  utopist  is 
a  tyrant,  for  he  would  like  to  impose  the  organisation 
which  he  believes  the  best.     The  gospel  of  nihilism 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  157 

is  "  shapelessness,"  that  is  to  say,  the  absence  of  any- 
social  organisation;  the  one  best  adapted  to  en- 
franchised humanity  will  spring  spontaneously  from 
the  people. 

The  ascetics  of  the  first  centuries  of  Christianity, 
and  the  believers  in  the  millennium,  thinking  society 
irretrievably  abandoned  to  wickedness,  expected  its 
renovation  from  a  cosmic  cataclysm.  Out  of  the  fire 
that  consumed  the  world  were  to  issue  "  a  new 
heaven  and  a  new  earth."  Justice  would  triumph, 
and  the  reign  of  Right  begin.  Rousseau,  in  his 
despair  of  remedying  our  vices  and  iniquities,  would 
lead  humanity  back  to  its  primitive  forest.  It  is  the 
same  sentiment,  pushed  to  the  verge  of  madness, 
which  gives  birth  to  nihilism.  Such  a  doctrine  there 
is  no  need  to  combat.  Indeed,  how  is  it  possible  to 
argue  against  and  refute  "  that  which  is  not "  ? 

§  4.  Anarchy. 

Among  existing  socialists  many  call  themselves 
anarchists,  that  is  to  say,  adversaries  of  every  form 
of  government,  from  the  Greek  word,  avapx/a,  which 
means  "  the  absence  of  a  governing  power." 

If  these  socialists  simply  aim  at  reducing  the 
powers  of  the  state  to  a  minimum,  they  are,  in  this, 
in  agreement  with  the  "  non-interference  "  school  of 
economists.  If  they  really  take  the  suppression  of 
the  state  as  their  aim,  they  must  wish  to  lead  us 
back  to  a  condition  of  prehistoric  savagery,  in  which, 
in  the  absence  of  all  law  and   authority,  violence 


158         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 


carries  the  day,  and  the  weak,  as  among  animals,  are 
devoured  by  the  strong. 

§  5.  Collectivism  and  the  Organisation  of 
Labour. 

Existing  socialists  reject  communism,  but  preach 
the  gospel  of  collectivism.  Like  communism,  col- 
lectivism assigns  to  society  the  possession  of  the 
materials  of  production,  and  the  instruments  of 
labour,  that  is  to  say,  land,  mines,  railways,  and  tools 
of  all  sorts.  In  the  division,  however,  of  the  produce, 
they  admit  the  principle  of  a  reward  proportionate 
to  the  work  done,  and  in  this  way  do  not  suppress 
responsibility  or  the  stimulus  of  private  interest. 
But  who  is  to  be  the  proprietor  of  the  means  of 
production,  the  state,  the  commune,  or  the  corpora- 
tion of  workmen  ?  The  system  is  so  imperfectly 
formulated  that  it  is  difficult  to  discuss. 

In  his  famous  book,  IS  Organisation  du  Travail,  M. 
Louis  Blanc  proposed  that  all  industries  should  be 
functions  of  the  state,  as  is  the  case  at  present  with 
the  working  of  the  railways  in  Belgium,  and  this  is, 
roughly  speaking,  the  proposal  of  the  collectivists  of 
to-day.  If  it  were  adopted  it  would  follow  that 
every  one  would  be  a  Civil  servant,  and  that  the 
whole  society  would  be  organised  like  an  army.. 
At  present  the  workman  who  does  not  work  is 
dismissed.  If  all  industries  were  in  the  hand  of  the 
state,  dismissal  would  be  no  longer  possible.  It 
would  have  to  be  replaced  by  the  police-cell  or  the 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  159 

prison.  The  spring  of  productive  activity  would  no 
longer  be  the  initiative  of  the  individual,  but  passive 
obedience  and  compulsion. 

Industrial  progress  is  attained  under  the  present 
system,  because  every  manufacturer  endeavours  to 
make  cheaply  and  sell  largely,  so  as  to  make  larger 
profits.  But  who  would  find  it  his  interest  to 
improve  its  processes  of  production,  if  every  one  were 
paid  by  a  salary  ? 

The  cessation  of  progress  and  a  universal  despotism 
regulating  every  action  of  the  economic  life,  that  is 
what  would  be  the  world's  condition ! 

§  6.  Cooperative  Societies. 

In  a  cooperative  society  for  production  the  workmen 
supply  at  once  the  capital  and  labour,  and  the  union 
of  these  two  factors  in  the  same  hands  brings  the 
antagonism  between  capitalist  and  labourer  to  a 
natural  end.  It  has  been  thought  to  find  in  this 
union  the  solution  of  the  social  conflict.  Unfortu- 
nately the  management  of  an  industrial  undertaking 
is  a  difficult  task.  The  majority  of  workmen  are  as 
yet  incapable  of  it,  and  any'  adequate  remuneration 
to  the  managers  and  head  employes  appears  to  them 
a  violation  of  the  piinciple  of  equality.  Cooperative 
societies  have  generally  failed  owing  to  the  incapacity 
or  dishonesty  of  the  managers.  A  joint-stock  com- 
pany with  the  workmen  as  shareholders,  would  offer 
the  same  advantages,  and  probably  succeed  better. 

It   must  not  be  forgotten  that  in  the  economic 


160         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

world,  just  as  in  the  political,  authority  is  indispen- 
sable. In  a  manufactory,  as  on  board  ship  or  in  the 
state,  there  must  be  a  master  in  command,  and 
subordinates  to  obey  him ;  if  not,  we  have  a  condition 
of  anarchy,  disorder  and  ruin.  Up  to  the  present 
workmen  who  choose  their  masters  show  themselves 
as  ignorant  of  how  to  obey  them  as  soldiers  who 
elect  their  captain. 

§  7.  Emigration. 

Emigration  only  brings  about  a  rise  of  wages 
when  it  abruptly  carries  off  a  large  part  of  the  popu- 
lation without  disturbing  industry,  as  in  the  "  exodus  " 
which,  after  the  famine  of  1847,  carried  off  from 
Ireland  three  of  its  eight  millions  of  inhabitants. 
Slow  emigration,  like  that  which  ships  from  Germany 
its  one  to  two  hundred  thousands  a  year,  has  no  effect 
on  wages  beyond  preventing  their  decrease.  The  births 
fill  up  the  void  ;  and  in  the  absence  of  any  diminu- 
tion in  the  supply  of  hands,  wages  do  not  increase. 

§  8.  Corporations  and  Trades  Unions. 

Formerly  the  workmen  of  any  given  trade  formed 
a  close  corporation,  admission  to  which  could  only 
be  obtained  after  a  long  apprenticeship  and  severe 
tests.  In  this  way  no  one  not  a  member  of  the 
corporation  of  locksmiths  might  make  a  lock.  The 
performance  of  certain  kinds  of  work  was  a  monopoly. 
A  man  was  permitted  to  starve,  but  not  to  earn  a 
livelihood  by  his  skill.     In  the  edict  of  1776  Turgot 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  161 

affirmed,  "The  right  to  labour  is  the  possession 
of  all,  and  the  first  and  most  inalienable  of  all 
possessions." 

Nowadays  the  old  corporations  have  disappeared, 
but  the  enfranchised  workmen  finding  themselves 
weak  in  their  individual  isolation,  have  once  more 
banded  themselves  together  according  to  their  crafts, 
though  in  no  case  with  any  exclusive  privileges. 
These  "  Trade  Unions  "  reckon  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  members  in  England  and  America.  By 
means  of  a  weekly  payment  they  form  a  relief-fund, 
and  assemble  for  deliberation  and  common  action 
towards  raising  wages.  Their  weapons  are  coalitions 
and  strikes. 

§  9.  Coalitions  and  Strikes. 

Workmen  from  time  to  time  endeavour  to  obtain 
an  increase  of  wages  by  coalescing  to  exact  it  and 
refusing  to  labour,  that  is  to  say  by  going  out  on 
strike  if  their  demands  are  not  satisfied.  Strikes 
are  of  common  occurrence  in  England — 2,352  in  the 
ten  years  1870-1879 — inasmuch  as  the  workmen 
associated  in  the  trades  unions,  by  means  of  weekly 
contributions  form  a  fund  which  is  employed,  at 
need,  for  the  support  of  the  men  on  strike. 

The  strike  is  organised  in  one  manufactory,  in 
the  others  the  workmen  continue  to  labour  and  pay 
wages  to  those  out  of  employ.  In  the  end  the 
employer  is  compelled  to  yield.  In  order  to  avoid 
being  thus  one  by  one  beset  and  reduced  to  terms 

M 


162         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

the  masters  reply  to  the  strike  by  the  lock-out,  that 
is  to  say  by  a  complete  stoppage  of  work,  a  step 
which  forces  the  workmen  to  speedy  submission,  for 
want  of  funds  to  maintain  the  struggle. 

These  strikes*  are  the  cause  of  great  suffering, 
especially  to  the  workmen.  Mr.  Bevan,  a  statistician, 
has  calculated  that  one  hundred  and  twelve  strikes 
have  cost  as  many  millions  by  loss  of  wages.  Some- 
times, in  certain  localities,  they  have  destroyed  an 
industry  altogether. 

Strikes  can  only  raise  wages  when  economic  laws 
permit,  that  is  to  say,  when  profits  are  high  ;  on  the 
Continent  they  more  often  only  take  place  when  the 
manufacturers  are  reduced  to  extremity  and  cannot 
pay  labour  better  without  ruining  themselves,  and, 
as  a  result,  rendering  the  lot  of  their  workmen 
still  worse. 

To  avoid  strikes  recourse  is  now  had  in  England 
to  two  expedients. 

(1)  Arbitration,  in  which  masters  and  workmen 
lay  their  arguments  before  a  competent  judge,  who 
is  chosen  by  agreement  to  decide  the  dispute. 

(2)  The  fixing  of  wages  according  to  the  selling 
price  of  the  produce,  by  what  is  called  the  sliding 
scale.  Example  :  a  rise  or  fall  in  the  price  of  iron 
effects  a  proportionate  rise  or  fall  in  the  wages  of 
the  workmen  who  produce  it. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  163 

§  10.  Increase  of  Capital  and  Diffusion  of 
Property. 

Economists  assert  that  the  only  means  to  improve 
the  condition  of  the  labourer  is  to  increase  capital. 
The  increase  of  capital,  if  not  accompanied  by  an 
increase  in  the  number  of  workmen,  will  have  as  its 
effect  a  rise  of  wages.  "Nothing  can  be  more  exact 
than  this  statement ;  but  the  means  it  describes  are 
insufficient.  The  growth  of  capital  has  a  limit,  and 
this  limit  is  conceivably  attainable.  We  can  already 
catch  a  glimpse  of  it,  though  the  reward  of  labour 
has  none  the  less  failed  to  become  sufficient.  What 
is  needed  is  that  the  increment  of  capital  should  pass 
in  a  great  part,  into  the  hands  of  the  labourers  them- 
selves by  the  help  of  good  laws  and  thrift. 

Thus  to  preach  thrift  to  those  who,  it  is  owned, 
have  not  even  enough  for  necessities,  may  seem  at 
first  a  cruel  mockery.  It  is  true  that  they  lack 
necessaries ;  yet  how  much  money  they  spend  on 
such,  to  them,  deadly  superfluities  as  alcohol  and 
tobacco !  If  workmen  would  save  only  the  vast 
sums  which  they  devote  to  the  alcoholic  beverages 
which  brutalise  them,  in  twenty  years  they  could 
buy  every  factory  at  which  they  work.  It  is  thus 
from  the  practice  of  certain  virtues  such  as  prudence, 
continence,  and  sobriety,  that  help  can  alone  arrive. 


M  2 


164         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

§  ii..  The  Relation  Between  the  Rise  of  Wages 
and  the  Increase  of  Population. 

If  population  increase  more  rapidly  than  capital, 
and  above  all,  than  the  means  of  subsistence,  no 
reform  can  permanently  improve  the  lot  of  the 
poorest  classes,  for  the  fairest  division  of  the  pro- 
duce will  only  yield  to  each  of  them  an  insufficient 
reward. 

J.  S.  Mill  is  therefore  right  in  his  assertion  that 
in  political  economy  the  question  of  population 
dominates  every  other. 


CHAPTER  VIL 

ON  THE  INCREASE  OF  POPULATION. 

Is  the  increase  of  population  to  be  dreaded  ?  Two 
opposite  opinions  have  long  existed  on  this  subject. 
In  the  cities  of  ancient  Greece,  where  space  was 
limited,  philosophers,  politicians,  and  legislators,  be- 
lieved that  the  increase  of  the  number  of  citizens 
was  an  evil  which  had  to  be  remedied,  even  by 
means  which  make  us  shudder.  In  Rome,  on  the 
other  hand,  where  the  want  of  men  was  felt,  large 
families  were  honoured  and  celibates  punished.  So 
too  in  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries 
when  the  country  was  nearly  everywhere  de- 
populated by  despotic  governments,  it  was  thought 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  165 

necessary  to  favour  in  every  way  the  multiplication 
of  the  human  race.  Thus  we  find  Montesquieu 
saying  that,  "  population  is  always  a  gain,"  and 
Rousseau  that,  "there  is  no  worse  dearth  for  a 
nation  than  that  of  men." 

Most  economists,  however,  agree  with  the  opinion 
that  "  it  is  more  necessary  to  multiply  the  means  of 
subsistence  than  men,"  and  are  concerned  at  too 
prolific  marriages,  because  they  increase  the  number 
of  mouths  to  fill,  while  politicians  and  conquest- 
loving  kings  lejoice  at  .  them,  as  swelliDg  the 
numbers  of  their  soldiers. 

Malthus,  whose  name  is  inseparably  connected 
with  this  question,  has  expounded  in  two  thick 
volumes  the  following  theory.  The  human  race 
tends  to  increase  more  rapidly  than  the  means  of 
subsistence.  It  advances  in  a  geometrical  progression 
by  continuous  multiplication,  like  the  numbers — 

2x2  =  4x2  =  8x2  =  16  x2  =  32  x2  =  64. 

The  means  of  subsistence,  on  the  contrary,  increase 
in  an  arithmetical  progression  by  continuous  addition, 
like  the  numbers — 

2  +  2  =  4  +  2  =  6  +  2  =  8  +  2  =  10  +  2  =  12, 
and  thus  equilibrium  soon  ceases  to  exist  between 
the  number  of  mouths  to  fill  and  the  amount  of 
nourishment  available  to  fill  them.  If  these  two 
laws  of  progression  are  not  in  reality  observed,  it 
is  because  the  increase  of  population  is  stopped  by 
certain  repressive  forces.     But  these  forces  are  the 


166         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

very  scourges  under  which  humanity  groans,  such  as 
disease,  famine,  war,  and,  above  all,  misery.  To 
escape  these  the  only  way  is  to  arrest  the  excessive 
multiplication  of  the  race  by  moral  constraint. 

While  abandoning  the  mathematical  formulas  of 
Malthus,  J.  S.  Mill  has  re-stated  his  theory  in  the 
following  propositions,  which  appear  unassailable. 
The  human  race,  when  not  odiously  ill-governed, 
tends  to  increase.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  doubles 
its  numbers  within  a  period  which  varies  in  each 
country.  This  period  is  of  about  30  years  for  the 
United  States  and  Java,  and  from  125  to  150  for 
France;  the  annual  increase  per  10,000  inhabitants 
being  26  for  France,  98  for  Belgium,  101  for 
England,  115  for  Germany,  and  260  for  the  United 
States.  On  the  other  hand,  the  number  of  acres 
of  arable  land  is  limited  in  each  country,  and  in  the 
earth  as  a  whole,  and  the  quantity  of  food  which 
each  acre  is  capable  of  producing  can  only  increase 
in  a  certain  measure.  Thus  a  want  of  equilibrium 
must  sooner  or  later  occur  between  the  increase  of 
the  race,  which  is  unlimited,  and  the  increase  of 
food,  which  is  limited.  The  time  when  this  want  of 
equilibrium  will  produce  a  famine  is  doubtless 
distant;  out  long  before  this  last  extremity  is 
reached,  the  increasing  demand  for  the  agricultural 
produce  won  from  the  limited  soil  will  cause  a  rise  of 
prices  and  a  greater  difficulty  in  living  which  will 
only  be  diminished,  even  momentarily,  by  improve- 
ments in  the  art  of  agriculture. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  167 

Many  writers  have  rejected  these  gloomy  fore- 
bodings.    Here  are  some  of  their  objections. 

(1)  Matter,  says  Carey,  takes  the  form  of  lower 
organisms  more  easily  than  that  of  higher.  There- 
fore there  will  always  be  more  herbs  and  roots  than 
bullocks  and  sheep,  and  more  bullocks  and  sheep 
than  men.  A  manifest  error,  for  already  in  densely 
populated  countries,  there  is  not  enough  meat 
produced  for  every  one  to  have  the  quantity  necessary 
for  health. 

(2)  The  density  of  population  increases  the  pro- 
ductiveness of  labour,  by  rinding  employment  for 
more  capital.  This  is  true,  but  the  question  is  not 
one  of  industrial  products  in  general,  but  solely  of 
food ;  and  a  hundred  bales  of  cloth  will  not  feed  a 
single  child. 

(3)  It  is  said  that  if  we  restore  to  the  soil  as  much 
as  is  taken  from  it,  a  circidus  is  created,  i.e.  a  circle 
of  life  from  which  humanity  can  always  draw  the 
means  of  maintaining  its  own.  Here  the  advice  is 
excellent.  Let  us  restore  to  the  earth  even  more 
than  it  gives  us,  and  enrich  it  with  elements  of  fer- 
tility extracted  from  inorganic  substances.  Never- 
theless with  too  much  manure  the  corn  lies  and  rots ; 
and  here  we  find  our  limit. 

(4)  The  world  has  innumerable  fertile  plains  unoc- 
cupied, to  which  the  inhabitants  of  countries  where 
the  population  is  too  dense  can  emigrate.  It  has 
been  calculated  that  there  is  abundant  space  on  our 
planet  for  twelve  thousand  million  human  beings, 


168         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

and  there  are  not  as  many  as  fifteen  hundred  millions 
in  existence.  Moreover  commerce,  in  its  ever-de- 
veloping freedom  and  activity,  brings  to  the  countries 
of  our  old  continent  the  products  of  all  the  virgin 
soils  in  increasing  quantities.  All  this  is  true,  but  it 
does  not  upset  the  other  truth,  demonstrated  by  J.  S. 
Mill,  that  if  population  always  continues  to  increase, 
the  time  must  come  when  the  most  perfect  system  of 
agriculture  will  be  unable  to  produce  sufficient  food. 
Such  a  state  of  things  has  been  already  reached  in 
Flanders,  with  its  more  than  two  inhabitants  to  every 
acre,  and  in  Oudh  in  India,  where  the  population  is 
almost  equally  dense. 

Is  there  then  no  loop-hole  ?  Will  men  grow  too 
numerous  and  be  reduced  to  devour  each  other  for 
lack  of  food,  and  shall  our  race  at  the  end  of  this 
progressive  development  of  which  it  is  so  proud,  end, 
as  it  began,  in  simple  cannibalism  ?  Not  so ;  but  it 
will  find  a  refuge  in  that  true  progress  which  may  be 
summed  up  in  the  three  words,  more  light,  more 
virtue,  more  justice. 

Increase  of  light  will  make  the  life  of  the  spirit 
triumph  over  that  of  the  brute  that  is  in  us.  In- 
crease of  virtue  will  lead  us  to  greater  prudence  and 
continence.  Lastly,  increase  of  justice,  by  securing 
to  each  man  the  full  enjoyment  of  the  fruits  of  his 
labour,  will  make  proprietorship  more  general,  and 
so  supply  the  well-attested  antidote  to  the  excessive 
multiplication  of  our  species. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  169 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

PROFIT. 

§  i.  Meaning  and  Reason  of  Profit. 

Profit  is  the  reward  of  the  labour  of  the  employer. 
This  reward  is  uncertain,  variable,  speculative ;  for 
the  employer  disburses  fixed  sums  for  rent,  wages, 
and  interest,  without  knowing  how  much  the  sale  of 
his  productions  will  return  him.  At  the  end  of  the 
year  he  calculates  the  total  cost  of  his  business,  and 
deducts  this  from  the  sum  of  his  receipts.  The  dif- 
ference is  his  profit.  Profit  is,  therefore,  the  surplus 
of  the  price  obtained  for  productions  over  the  costs  of 
all  kinds  which  have  been  incurred  in  creating  them. 

There  are  two  elements  in  profit.  The  first  rewards 
the  skill  and  energy  of  the  proprietor,  and  therefore 
increases  in  proportion  to  the  greater  knowledge  and 
preparation  which,  an  industry  demands,  and  the 
fewer  attractions  it  possesses.  It  varies  greatly  in 
every  industry  according  to  the  qualities  of  the 
individual  proprietors,  for  it  is  on  these  that  success 
principally  depends,  so  that  where  one  man  is  ruined, 
another  makes  a  fortune. 

The  second  element  is  risk.  The  farmer  sows  a  field 
without  any  means  of  knowing  what  the  crop  will  be 
worth,  or  whether  it  will  not  be  destroyed  by  hail. 
The  incidental  risks  must  be  covered  by  a  premium  of 


170         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

insurance  which  goes  to  increase  the  profit ;  the  more 
risky  the  undertaking  the  greater  ought  the  profit 
to  be. 

Profits  will  tend  to  a  uniform  level  in  all  the 
different  industries,  inasmuch  as  enterprising  men  of 
business,  furnished  with  fresh  supplies  of  capital, 
engage  in  such  industries  as  offer  any  unusual  returns. 
This  levelling  process,  however,  is  never  accurately 
effected,  since  the  fluctuations  of  industry  and  trade 
cause  perpetual  variations  in  the  rate  of  profits. 

§  2.  Is  the  rate  of  Interest  in  Inverse  Propor- 
tion to  the  rate  of  Wages  ? 

Considering  the  wealth  produced  as  a  fixed  quan- 
tity, Kicardo  and  his  school  have  deduced  from  this 
that  profits  can  only  increase  at  the  expense  of 
wages.  If  an  employer  can  pay  exceptionally  low 
wages,  it  is  certain  that  the  decrease  in  his  expenses 
will  increase  his  profit.  His  competitors,  however, 
will  soon  obtain  the  some  advantage,  and  the  diminu- 
tion in  the  cost  of  production  will  be  followed  by  a 
fall  of  the  selling  price,  and  profits  return  to  their 
former  rate. 

The  truth  of  the  matter  is  rather  that  profit,  being 
also  the  reward  of  labour,  will  rise  and  fall  simul- 
taneously with  wages.  Where  large  profits  are  made 
the  workmen  can  and  ought  to  be  well  paid.  In  the 
United  States  profit  and  wages  are  high.  In  the 
States  of  Western  Europe  they  are  both  much  lower. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  171 

§  3.  Profits  tend  to  Diminish. 

The  greater  the  productiveness  of  labour,  the  better 
will  both  master  and  workmen  be  rewarded  by  the 
large  products  which  it  creates.  In  a  new  country 
where  the  sources  of  wealth  are  numerous  and  little 
worked,  masters  and  workmen  can  make  large  gains. 
In  an  old  country,  where  every  source  has  already 
been  worked,  persistent  labour  is  needed  for  a  liveli- 
hood, and  skill  or  exceptional  good  fortune  to  make 
a  fortune.  Profits  thus  tend  to  diminish  in  proportion 
as  the  field  of  employment  is  limited  when  compared 
with  the  number  of  those  who  seek  to  employ  their 
faculties,  their  arms,  and  capital. 

The  fall  of  profits  is  arrested  by  every  improvement 
in  the  processes  of  labour  by  which  it  is  enabled 
to  produce  more  at  a  less  cost.  Railroads,  for  ex- 
ample, have  given  many  people  the  opportunity  of 
enriching  themselves.  In  this  may  be  seen  the 
benefits  which  science  confers  alike  upon  master 
and  man. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

THE  REWARD  OF  CAPITAL. 

§  i.  What  Interest  is. 

The  third  factor  which  contributes  to  production 
is  capital,  and  this,  like  the  others,  must  be  rewarded. 
The  reward  which  it  receives  is  called  interest. 


172        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

For  replaceable  and  circulating  capital,  which  is 
consumed  by  the  borrower,  interest  is  usually  reckoned 
at  so  much  per  cent,  the  year,  e.g.  five  pounds  for 
a  years  loan  of  a  hundred.  For  fixed  capital  which 
the  borrower  has  to  return  in  its  original  form,  the 
reward  is  proportionate  to  the  service  rendered  and 
the  probable  depreciation. 

Two  elements  may  be  distinguished  in  the  interest 
which  is  paid  for  the  enjoyment  of  a  capital :  the 
first,  an  insurance  premium  to  cover  the  risk  of  loss ; 
the  second,  simply  the  hire  of  the  capital.  In  a 
country  where  there  are  bad  laws  and  bad  judges,  the 
lender  of  capital  runs  the  risk  of  never  recovering 
it ;  he  will  therefore  stipulate  for  a  premium  at  a 
sufficiently  high  percentage  to  at  least  cover  this  risk. 
It  is  for  this  reason  that  the  rate  of  interest  is  always 
very  high  in  the  East — as  much  as  fifteen  or  twenty 
per  cent.,  or  even  more.  The  only  means  of  reducing 
it  is  to  make  good  laws  and  appoint  upright  judges. 

The  lender  deprives  himself  of  the  use  of  his 
capital  ;  the  borrower  enjoys  and  profits  by  it.  It  is 
therefore  only  natural  that  the  second  should  pay 
the  first  an  idemnity,  or  hire,  for  this  enjoyment. 
This  is  the  second  element  of  interest. 

The  rate  of  this  hire  will  be  high  if  there  are  few 
lenders  compared  to  the  number  of  borrowers,  low  if 
there  are  many  lenders  and  few  borrowers ;  and  this 
in  accordance  with  the  general  law  of  supply  and 
demand.  Lenders  in  search  of  an  investment  will 
be   numerous   when   there   are    many   persons  rich 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  173 

enough  to  be  able  to  save,  and  sufficiently  eco- 
nomical to  wish  to  do  so.  In  Holland  in  the  seven- 
teenth century  interest  had  fallen  to  three  and  even 
two  per  cent.  Every  one  worked  and  traded,  and  no 
one  spent  all  his  income.  Descartes  was  greatly 
struck  at  this  circumstance.  Ibi  nemo  qui  non  exercet 
mercaturam,  was  his  exclamation.  Borrowers,  on  the 
other  hand,  abound  when  the  spirit  of  enterprise  is 
developed,  and  at  the  same  time  nature  offers  numer- 
ous remunerative  employments  to  industry.  In  the 
United  States,  the  majority  of  undertakings,  such  as 
the  cultivation  of  virgin  soils,  the  purchase  of  build- 
ing ground,  construction  of  houses,  mines,  factories 
and  railways,  yield  profits  as  large  as  ten,  twenty,  or 
thirty  per  cent.  Although,  therefore,  there  is  no 
deficiency  of  capital,  enterprising  men  are  ready  to 
pay  six  and  eight  per  cent,  a  year  for  the  use  of  it. 
Great  fortunes  are  quickly  made,  and  several  cases 
might  be  cited  of  twenty  millions  sterling  having 
been  accumulated  in  a  few  years. 

§  2.  Interest  tends  to  Diminish. 

In  countries  like  England  where  there  is  a  dense 
population  and  wealth  has  long  been  abundant,  the 
rate  of  interest  tends  to  diminish  for  two  reasons  ;  in 
the  first  place,  because  the  value  of  capitals  which 
thrift  is  continually  creating  is  reduced  by  their  com- 
petition, and,  in  the  second,  because  the  fields  of 
employment,  i.e.  the  improvable  sources  of  wealth, 
are  ever  diminishing. 


174         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

The  means  of  arresting  this  tendency  of  the  rate 
of  interest  in  rich  countries  to  fall,  would  be  the 
employment  of  capital  in  foreign  investments,  the 
discovery  of  new  sources  of  wealth,  or  the  progress 
of  industry  in  certain  directions,  which,  as  in  the  case 
of  railroads,  require  costly  but  remunerative  advances. 
From  1850  to  1870  the  rate  of  interest  rose  in 
Europe  because  all  over  the  world  electric  telegraphs, 
both  inland  and  submarine,  railroads,  canals  for 
transport  and  irrigation,  new  factories,  banks,  gas 
companies,  and  profitable  enterprises  of  all  sorts 
were  able  to  use  and  richly  reward  all  the  capital  that 
was  amassed. 

When  everywhere  all  the  great  undertakings  shall 
have  been  accomplished,  and  every  industry  have  the 
most  perfect  m  ^ans  of  production  at  its  disposal,  the 
time  will  come  when  new  capital  will  no  longer  find 
remunerative  employment.  This  is  what  J.  S.  Mill 
calls  the  stationaiy  state,  and  he  regards  it  as  a 
happy  one  for  humanity,  which,  he  says,  has  not  been 
created  to  weary  itself  for  ever  in  the  pursuit  of 
wealth ;  and  Mill  is  right.  The  life  truly  worthy  of 
our  high  destinies  is  that  of  the  Athenian  citizen  in 
the  time  of  Socrates,  occupied  in  philosophy,  art  and 
public  affairs,  but  with  the  added  condition  that  the 
one  half  of  the  day  shall  be  devoted  to  some  sort  of 
productive  labour. 

The  extreme  limit  to  the  fall  of  interest  is  the 
point  at  which  the  reward  of  thrift  shall  become 
insufficient  to  cause  the  renunciation  of  the  immediate 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  175 

consumption  of  the  wealth  produced.  When  a 
saving  of  a  hundred  pounds  shall  bring  in  no  more 
than  ten  shillings  the  year,  the  number  of  savers 
will  greatly  diminish,  though  we  should  not  forget 
that  simple  anxiety  for  the  future  is  often  a  sufficient 
inducement  to  cause  money  to  be  hoarded  in  a  chest, 
where  it  will  bear  no  interest  at  all. 

When  the  reward  of  capital  shall  no  longer  be 
sufficient  to  attract  to  new  savings,  the  time  will  also 
have  come  when  humanity  will  have  at  its  disposal 
all  the  necessary  means  of  production,  and  so  long  as 
it  keeps  these  in  good  repair  it  will  be  able  to  devote 
the  whole  product  of  each  year's  labour  to  immediate 
enjoyment.     This  time  is  still  far  distant. 

§  3.  The  Lawfulness  of  Interest,  and  the  Laws 
against  Usury. 

Moral  sentiment  throughout  antiquity,  Aristotle, 
the  Withers  of  the  Church,  and  ecclesiastical  law, 
have  united  in  condemning  all  interest  in  the 
severest  terms  as  a  theft  and  even  a  homicide. 
Cato  remarked  :  Majoresitain  legibus  posuerunt  furem 
dupli  condemnari,  fenatorem  quadrupli — "  The  laws  of 
our  fathers  condemned  the  thief  to  restore  double, 
and  the  usurer  quadruple  ;"  and  in  his  time  it  was 
still  asked  at  Rome,  Quid  est  fenerari  ?  Quid  est 
hominem  occidere  ? — "  What  is  lending  at  interest  ? 
What      killing  a  man  ? " 

This  condemnation  was  dictated,  in  the  first  place, 


176         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

by  an  error  as  to  the  nature  of  capital,  in  the  second 
by  the  sight  of  the  evils  which  actually  resulted  from 
lending  at  interest. 

As  regards  the  error  as  to  the  nature  of  capital,  it 
was  believed  that  capital  consisted  exclusively  of 
silver  and  gold,  which  are  "barren."  "Interest," 
says  Aristotle,  "  is  money  born  of  money,  and  of  all 
acquisitions  is  the  most  unnatural."  The  same  idea  is 
found  again  at  Rome :  Nummus  non  parit  nummum — 
"  One  coin  does  not  give  birth  to  another,"  and,  truly 
enough,  a  sovereign  will  not  at  the  end  of  a  year 
produce  a  shilling  to  pay  its  hire. 

The  ancients,  however,  were  deceived  by  appear- 
ances. Silver  and  gold,  it  is  true,  produce  nothing, 
but  they  are  only  the  means  of  reaching  provisions, 
tools,  machines- — in  a  word,  capital,  which  last  is 
essentially  productive,  since  it  is,  thanks  to  this,  that 
anything  is  produced  by  labour.  In  the  words  used 
by  Bentham  in  answer  to  Aristotle, "  one  gold  daric 
cannot  give  birth  to  another,  but  with  this  piece  of 
money  I  can  buy  a  ram  and  a  sheep  which  will  yield 
me  lambs,  whence  a  whole  flock  may  be  born. 

In  ancient  times  the  evils  caused  by  the  lending 
money  at  interest  rendered  the  custom  odious,  because 
most  often  it  was  the  wretched  who  borrowed  for  the 
means  of  subsistence,  not  to  make  a  profit  from  the 
loan.  The  interest  of  the  debt  devoured  the  capital, 
and  the  borrower  was  soon  reduced  to  misery  and  the 
mercy  of  his  creditor.  Such  was  the  history  of  the 
plebeians  at  Rome.     Whoever  reads  the  Law  of  the 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  177 

Twelve  Tables  will  understand  why,  to  escape  their 
creditors,  the  people  fled  the  city  and 'took  refuge 
on  the  sacred  mount.  Here  is  an  extract  on  the 
subject : 

Aeris    confessi    rebusque    jure       For  the  payment  of  an  acknow- 
judicatis   triginta   dies   justi  ledged  debt,  or  a  legal  judg- 

sunt.  ment,    thirty  'days   shall    be 

allowed  by  law. 
Post  deinde  manus  injectio  esto,       On    the  expiry  of    these,  the 
in  jus  ducito.  debtor    shall    be   seized  and 

brought  before  the  magistrate. 
Ni  judicatum  facit  aut  is  endo       If  he  neither  pay  nor  give  surety 
em  jure  vindicit,  vincito  aut  for  the  amount,  the  creditor 

nervo  aut  compedibus  quin-  shall  take  him  to  his  home, 

decim  pondo,  ne  minore,  aut  binding    him      either     with 

si  volet  majore  vincito.  thongs  or  with  fetters  of  not 

less  than  fifteen  pounds  weight, 

and  of  more  if  he  please. 

Tertiis  nundinis  partes  secanto,       After  the  third  market  day  the 

si  plus  minusve  secuerint,  se  creditors  shall  divide  his  body 

fraude  esto.  into  portions,  and  if  they  cut 

more  or  less  than  their  share 
they  shall  be  free  from  blame. 

Again,  among  the  Israelites  the  lending  money  at 
interest  was  considered  a  means  of  ruin  and  perse- 
cution, and  as  such  was  forbidden  between  Jews, 
though  allowed  with  respect  to  the  stranger.  Thus 
the  canon  law  and  the  Fathers  of  the  Church  in 
condemning  interest  of  every  kind  were  only  con- 
forming to  the  idea  of  justice  which  prevailed  on 
this  subject  in  Greece,  in  Rome,  and  in  the  Old 
Testament. 

Analysis  proves  that  interest  is  at  once  just  and 
necessary.  It  is  just,  because  whoever  creates  a  piece 
of  capital,  a  plough,  for  example,  has  a  right  to  be 
rewarded  for  the  sacrifice  which   he   makes  in  not 

N 


178        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

consuming  at  his  ease  the  provisions  which  have 
nourished  him  while  he  was  making  this  new 
instrument  of  labour.  If  he  lends  his  plough  the 
borrower  will  obtain  a  greater  profit  than  if  he  used 
a  spade.  Would  it  be  fair  that  the  borrower  should 
retain  the  whole  of  this  increased  profit  due  to  the 
employment  of  the  more  perfect  instrument  ?  The 
lender  and  borrower  in  such  a  transaction  are  two 
partners,  and  it  is  only  just  that  they  should  share 
the  advantage  obtained.  Interest  is  thus  only  the 
equivalent  of  the  utility  daily  produced  by  the  article 
of  which  the  enjoyment  is  lent. 

But  interest  is  not  only  just,  it  is  also  necessary. 
Were  it  prohibited  or  suppressed  no  one  would 
economise  except  to  hoard  ;  all  savings,  as  in  former 
times,  would  be  deposited  in  strong  boxes,  and  this 
reasonably,  for  why  risk  losing  them  without  the 
chance  of  profit  ?  Little  new  capital  created,  and 
no  capital  lent,  would  be  the  result  produced. 

Formerly  in  every  country  laws  against  usury 
forbade  the  exaction  of  what  was  considered  excessive 
interest,  that  is  to  say,  interest  at  more  than  five  or 
six  per  cent.  These  laws  have  now  been  almost 
everywhere  abolished,  and  rightly,  for  they  were 
useless  and  even  injurious  to  those  whom  they  were 
meant  to  protect.  Useless,  because  the  lender  eluded 
them  by  stipulating  for  a  commission  on  each  of 
the  frequent  renewals  of  the  loan ;  injurious,  because 
they  increased  the  risk  of  lending  with  the  inevitable 
result  of  raising  the  rate  of  interest. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  179 

§  4.  The  Influence  of  the  Abundance  or  Scarcity 
of  Money  on  the  Rate  of  Interest. 

The  manufacturer  does  not  care  about  being  able 
to  hire  the  use  of  money,  but  of  provisions,  raw- 
materials,  tools,  machinery,  and  everything  which, 
when  set  at  work  by  labour,  produces  useful  objects. 
It  is,  nevertheless,  by  money  or  by  notes  on  the 
security  of  money  that  possession  of  these  instru- 
ments of  production  is  attained ;  and  it  is  under 
the  form  of  money  that  loans  are  negotiated. 
Money  is  a  circulating  agent  which  makes  things 
pass  from  one  hand  to  another.  It  follows,  that,  if 
money  is  scarce  the  means  of  obtaining  the  capital 
necessary  to  production  are  more  difficult  of  attain- 
ment and  must  be  paid  more  dearly.  Just  as  when 
ships  are  wanting  to  convey  merchandise,  freight 
charges  are  heavier,  so,  when  the  pecuniary  means 
of  transport  are  lacking,  interest  rises. 

In  so  far  as  the  possession  of  objects  is  passed 
from  hand  to  hand  by  the  employment  of  bills  of 
exchange,  the  influence  of  the  scarcity  of  coined 
money  on  the  rate  of  interest  is  diminished.  Again, 
if  this  scarcity  continue,  prices  fall,  and  in  this  way 
each  pecuniary  means  of  transport  transfers  the 
possession  of  more  articles,  until  the  existing  quantity 
of  coined  money  is  made  sufficient,  and  its  scarceness 
— the  cause  of  the  rise  of  interest — is  no  longer  felt. 


N  2 


180        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

Part  II. 

THE  CIRCULATION  OF  WEALTH. 

When  each  of  the  factors  who  have  contributed  to 
the  creation  of  wealth,  the  landlord,  the  labourer, 
and  the  capitalist,  has  obtained  his  share,  he  uses  it 
to  procure  the  articles  which  he  wishes  to  consume. 
In  order  that  he  may  receive,  he  gives;  wealth 
passes  from  hand  to  hand,  and  circulates  by 
exchange. 

CHAPTER  I. 

EXCHANGE. 

§  i.  Barter. 

The  simplest  form  of  exchange  is  the  barter  of  wares 
for  wares.  In  prehistoric  times  only  barter  can  have 
been  in  use,  and  this  is  still  the  case  among  savages, 
where  a  hatchet  is  given  to  obtain  a  pig,  and  a  nail 
for  a  bunch  of  bananas. 

When  exchanges  multiplied,  while  at  the  same 
time  occupations  were  specialised,  recourse  was  had 
to  money ;  and  barter  was  carried  on  by  the  double 
process  of  selling  and  buying. 

In  the  Iliad  (Bk  vii.  1.  472),  when  the  vessels  of 
Lemnos  bring  wine  to  the  Greeks,  "  Then  the  long- 
haired Achaean  bought  ihem  wine,  some  with  bronze 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  181 

some  with  shining  iron,  some  with  skins,  others  with 
live  oxen,  others  with  slaves."  Here  we  have  primitive 
barter. 

§  2.  Employment  of  Money :  Sale  and 
Purchase. 

Aristotle  first,  and  afterwards  the  Roman  juris- 
consult Paulus,  have  shown  to  perfection  the  origin 
and  the  function  of  money.  This  is  how  the  Greek 
philosopher  expresses  himself: — 

"The  use  of  a  currency  was  an  indispensable 
device.  People  agreed  mutually  to  give  and  receive 
some  article,  which,  while  it  was  in  itself  a  commodity, 
was  easy  to  handle  in  the  business  of  life,  some  such 
article  as  iron  or  silver  which  was  at  first  defined 
simply  by  size  and  weight,  although  finally  they  set 
a  stamp  upon  every  coin  as  a  mark  of  its  value  to 
relieve  themselves  from  the  trouble  of  weighing  it. 
Money,  however,  is  in  itself  mere  trash,  having  only 
a  current  or  conventional,  and  not  in  any  sense  a 
natural  value,  because  if  the  people  by  whom  it  is 
used  give  it  up  and  adopt  another,  it  is  wholly 
valueless,  and  does  not  serve  to  supply  any  want " 
(Aristotle,  Politics,  i.  vi.,  Welldon's  translation). 

The  jurisconsult  Paulus  reproduces  the  same  idea, 
but  with  greater  precision  : 

"  The  origin  of  sale  and  purchase  is  found  in  barter. 
Money  was  unknown,  and  there  were  no  words  to 
distinguish  the  merchandise  and  the  price ;  according 
to   the   needs   and   circumstances   of    the   moment, 


182         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

every  one  bartered  what  he  found  useless  for  what 
was  useful,  for  it  often  happens  that  one  person  has 
in  excess  that  which  another  lacks.  As,  however,  it 
did  not  always,  nor  easily  happen,  that  when  A  had 
what  B  wanted,  B  in  his  turn  had  something  that  A 
was  willing  to  accept,  a  substance  was  chosen  whose 
value,  being  legal  and  constant,  obviated  the  diffi- 
culties of  barter  by  the  equality  of  its  quantity. 
This  substance,  marked  with  an  official  stamp,  derives 
its  usage  and  power  of  payment  not  from  what  it  is 
composed  of,  but  from  its  quantity.  Henceforth  the 
two  objects  exchanged  are  no  longer  both  called 
merchandise,  but  one  system  only,  while  the  other 
is  called  price" 

Isidore  of  Seville  (Orig.  xvi.  17)  sums  up  the 
doctrine  of  antiquity  in  these  terms:  "There  are 
three  things  essential  in  money  5  the  substance,  the 
law,  and  the  form.  In  the  absence  of  any  one  of 
these,  money  ceases  to  exist." 

The  final  result  of  selling  and  buying  is  the  barter 
of  commodities  either  for  other  commodities  or  for 
services.  I  need  food,  clothing,  and  the  services  of 
the  doctor,  the  lawyer,  the  judge,  or  the  professor. 
In  exchange  I  am  able  to  offer  the  objects  which  I 
produce  or  the  services  which  I  can  render. 
Barter  takes  place,  and  the  needs  on  both  sides 
are  satisfied. 

At  bottom,  the  circulation  of  wealth  effected 
by  money  or  its  substitutes,  amounts  to  a  series 
of  barters,  which  the  Roman  law  defines  thus : — 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  183 

(1).  Do  ut  des.  "Gift  for  gift,"  e.g.  coin  for 
wine. 

(2).  Do  ut  facias.  "  Gift  for  service,"  gold  for  the 
instruction  of  a  son. 

(3).  Facio  ut  des.  "Service  for  gift,"  work  for 
food. 

(4).  Facio  ut  facias.  "  Service  for  service,"  the 
pleading  a  case  for  the  making  a  coat. 

§  3.  Influence  of  Exchange  on  Prosperity. 

Exchange  contributes  enormously  to  the  increase 
of  wealth :  in  the  first  place  indirectly  by  permitting 
specialisation  and  the  division  of  labour  of  which  we 
have  pointed  out  the  marvellous  effects;  in  the 
second  place  directly,  for  it  increases  the  utility  of 
commodities  by  causing  each  object  to  reach  the 
hands  of  the  person  to  whom  it  can  be  most  useful. 
Thus  a  farmer  has  a  horse  too  slight  to  labour ;  a 
country  doctor  possesses  one  too  heavy  to  go  his 
rounds.  They  exchange.  The  farmer  ploughs  his 
furrows  more  easily,  and  the  doctor  pays  his  visits 
more  quickly.  Each  is  better  suited  and  gains 
by  the  bargain;  and  so  wealth  is  increased. 

In  primitive  times  each  cluster  of  families  produced 
nearly  everything  it  consumed.  Nowadays  exchanges 
are  incessantly  made,  between  trade  and  trade, 
between  country  and  town,  between  province  and 
province,*  land  and  land,  continent  and  continent. 
The  poorest  workman  consumes  the  products  of  two 
hemispheres.     The  wool  for  his  clothes  comes  from 


184         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

Australia ;  the  rice  for  his  pudding  from  the  Indies , 
the  corn  for  his  bread  from  Illinois ;  the  petroleum 
for  his  lamp  from  Pennsylvania  ;  his  coffee  from  Java ; 
the  cotton  for  his  wife's  dress  from  Egypt  or  Alabama ; 
his  knife  from  Sheffield  ;  the  silk  of  his  neck-tie  from 
France. 

With  each  improvement  in  the  means  of  communi- 
cation, and  the  mechanism  of  circulation,  there  is 
an  increase  in  the  number  of  exchanges.  It  may 
thus  be  said  that  the  progress  of  economic  civilisation 
is  measured  by  the  progress  of  exchange. 


CHAPTER  II. 

SALE  AND  PURCHASE. 

§  i.  Price. 

Price,  in  the  broadest  meaning  of  the  term,  is  any- 
thing which  is  obtained  in  exchange  for  an  object. 
In  its  usual  meaning  it  is  the  amount  of  money  which 
the  exchange  procures. 

A  thing's  price  is  fixed  by  the  competition  estab- 
lished between  those  who  wish  to  sell  and  those  who 
desire  to  buy  it,  that  is  to  say  by  what  is  called  "  the 
law  of  demand  and  supply." 

The  supply  of  an  article  is  the  whole  *  quantity 
which  there  is  a  desire  to  sell ;  the  demand,  the 
whole  quantity  which  there  is  a  desire  to  purchase 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  185 

accompanied  by  ability  to  pay.  When  the  supply 
exceeds  the  demand,  prices  fall ;  when  the  demand 
exceeds  the  supply,  prices  rise.  Much  cattle  in  the 
market  and  few  buyers,  prices  fall ;  little  cattle  and 
many  buyers,  prices  rise. 

§  2.  Supply  and  Demand,  and  the  Cost  of 
Production. 

The  demand  for  an  object  is  determined  by  the 
need  for  it,  or,  which  comes  to  the  same  thing,  by  the 
utility  of  the  object  for  satisfying  a  need.  The  supply 
depends  on  the  abundance  or  rarity  of  the  object  of 
demand.  An  object  is  rare,  either  because  it  is 
difficult  or  costly  to  produce,  as  in  the  case  of  a 
chronometer,  or,  as  in  that  of  the  diamond,  because 
nature  produces  it  only  in  small  quantities. 

The  demand  for  corn  is  very  strong,  since  it  answers 
to  a  need  of  the  first  importance.  Corn,  however,  is 
not  dear,  because  the  supply  of  it  is  always  abundant, 
owing  to  the  fact  that  it  is  not  costly  to  produce.  If, 
however,  the  supply  fails,  as  it  does  in  a  besieged 
town,  people  will  give  everything  to  obtain  corn.  It 
follows  that  a  slight  falling  off  in  the  crop  suffices  to 
cause  a  great  increase  in  price.  This  shows  that  the 
supply  of  commodities  which  can  be  produced  at  will 
depends  on  the  cost  of  production. 

The  sum  required  to  cover  the  expenses  or  cost  of 
production  has  been  called  the  "necessary"  or  "natural" 
price,  and  for  this  reason  : — If  the  current  price  falls 
below   this    necessary   price,   the    producer,  finding 


186        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

himself  a  loser,  ceases  to  produce  it ;  the  commodity 
becomes  more  rare,  and,  as  a  result,  prices  rise  till 
they  cover  the  expenses  of  production.  On  the  other 
hand,  if  the  current  price  rises  above  the  cost  of 
production,  the  exceptional  profit  of  the  manufacture 
attracts  fresh  capital,  and  by  the  increased  production 
prices  are  made  to  fall.  The  current  price  is  some- 
times above,  sometimes  below,  the  necessary  price, 
but  always  tends  to  approach  it. 

For  articles  of  which  the  quantity  cannot  be 
increased  at  will  a  monopoly  price  is  established, 
which  depends  solely  on  the  demand.  The  value 
of  a  picture  is  the  price  which  the  competition  of 
picture  buyers  will  force  the  most  eager  of  them  to 
give ;  and  this  because  no  one  can  now  produce  a 
picture  of  Kubens  at  any  price. 

For  objects  which  can  be  multiplied,  but  at  an 
ever-increasing  expense,  the  necessary  price  will  be 
equal  to  the  outlay  on  that  portion  of  those  objects 
which  shall  have  cost  most  to  produce.  If  this  outlay 
were  not  covered  by  the  selling  price,  the  objects 
would  cease  to  be  made.  Let  us  suppose  that  the 
cost  of  production  of  coal  in  some  mines  is  four 
shillings  the  ton,  and  in  others  seven  shillings,  the 
necessary  price  will  be  at  least  seven  shillings.  Since, 
if  recourse  must  be  had  to  the  less  abundant  mines 
owing  to  the  inability  of  the  others  to  satisfy  the 
demand,  it  is  necessary  that  the  selling  price  rise 
sufficiently  high  to  defray  the  cost  of  production  of 
this  more  hardly  won  coal.     The  same  is  the  case 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  187 

with  corn,  and  with  everything  else  which  can  only 
be  produced  in  greater  quantities  at  a  greater  expense. 
Thus,  as  we  have  already  seen,  the  most  favoured 
productive  agents,  since  their  produce  sells  at  the 
same  price  while  the  expenses  have  been  less, 
confer  exceptional  advantages  which  give  rise  to 
rent. 

§  3.  The  Just  Price. 

In  ancient  times,  and  in  the  Middle  Ages,  people 
talked  of  a  just  price,  justum  pretium,  that  is  to  say, 
of  a  price  proportionate  to  the  value  of  the  object. 
The  only  equitable  basis  of  exchange  must  be  the 
equality  of  value  of  the  objects  exchanged.  If  for 
4*1.  I  give  a  heifer  worth  SI.  I  lose  by  the  bargain, 
and  whoever  buys  the  heifer  is  enriched  at  my 
expense.  When  the  loss  incurred  exceeded  half  the 
value,  the  Roman  law  permitted  the  sale  to  be  re- 
scinded, and  the  French  code  has  sanctioned  the  same 
principle.  Plato  condemns  those  who  try  to  sell  corn 
at  more  than  its  value,  by  concealing  the  fact  of  a  ship's 
arrival  which  will  diminish  its  price,  and  St.  Augus- 
tin  blames  those  whose  only  thought  is  to  sell 
dear  and  buy  cheap,  vili  velle  emere  et  caro  vendidere 
{Be  Trinit.  xiii.  3). 

Modern  economists  do  not  admit  the  conception  of 
a  just  price.  According  to  them  the  price  accepted 
by  the  two  parties  is  always  just.  The  reason  of 
this  is  that  they  derive  justice  from  convention,  while 
in  reality  convention  must  conform  itself  to  justice. 


188        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

From  this  latter  principle  result  the  maxims  of  prac- 
tical uprightness  which  are  accepted  by  all  honest 
tradesmen  ;  it  is  always  a  duty  to  "  give  good  money's 
worth,"  and  to  refrain  from  indulgence  in  deceit  as  to 
the  quality  of  goods. 

§  4.  Usefulness  of  Fairs  and  Exchanges. 

Since  price  is  the  result  of  the  relation  established 
between  the  demand  and  the  supply,  the  best  way  of 
fixing  prices  is  to  put  all  those  who  respectively 
supply  and  demand  into  communication.  This  is 
the  function  of  fairs  and  exchanges.  Individually  I 
have  no  means  of  knowing  how  much  I  can  obtain 
for  the  sack  of  barley  I  have  just  harvested  ;  hence 
isolated  sales  are  accompanied  by  endless  argument. 
When  once,  however,  all  who  wish  to  sell  their  corn 
and  all  who  wish  to  buy  it,  meet  in  one  place ;  out 
of  their  competition  will  immediately  result  a  cur- 
rent price,  and  enormous  transactions  will  then  be 
easily  effected  in  a  few  minutes. 

Exchanges  and  fairs  are  thus  institutions  which 
have  as  their  aim  and  result  the  better  application 
of  the  law  of  demand  and  supply. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  189 


CHAPTER  III. 

MONEY. 

§  i.  Nature  and  Function  of  Money. 

Money  is  the  substance  or  substances  which 
custom  or  the  law  causes  to  be  employed  as  the 
means  of  payment,  the  instrument  of  exchange,  and 
the  common  measure  of  values. 

The  jurisconsult  Paulus  has  shown  us  how  the 
difficulty  of  bartering  wares  against  wares  caused 
the  employment  in  exchanges  of  an  intermediary  as 
a  means  of  purchase  and  payment.  Money  is  thus 
the  agent  of  circulation  and  the  vehicle  of  exchange. 
It  causes  the  property  in  an  object  to  pass  from  one 
person  to  another,  in  the  same  way  as  a  cart  transports 
an  object  from  one  place  to  another. 

As  an  American  economist,  Dana  Horton  {Money 
and  Law,  p.  14)  has  noted,  from  the  first  origin  of 
barbarous  societies,  law  or  custom  established  tributes, 
fines,  compositions,  and  forced  gifts,  and  determined 
by  means  of  what  objects  they  should  be  paid. 
Money  is  thus  a  legal  means  of  payment. 

Money  is  at  the  same  time  the  universal  equiva- 
lent. When  I  sell  goods  for  twenty  shillings,  the 
sovereign  I  receive  is  the  equivalent  of  the  goods  I 
deliver,  and  by  means  of  the  sovereign  of  money  I 


190         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

can,  in  my  turn,  obtain  an  equal  value  in  com- 
modities. "A  piece  of  gold,"  says  Adam  Smith, 
"  may  be  considered  as  an  agreement  for  a  certain 
quantity  of  goods  payable  by  the  tradesmen  of  the 
neighbourhood." 

Lastly,  money  is  a  common  measure  or  standard 
of  values.  It  is  difficult  to  compare  the  relative 
value  of  objects  directly — to  fix,  for  instance,  the 
amount  of  corn  which  a  sheep  is  worth.  But  the 
comparative  valuation  becomes  easy  by  the  employ- 
ment in  money  of  a  common  valuer.  In  the  same 
way  the  length  of  objects  is  compared  by  means  of 
the  foot,  the  standard  of  long  measure,  and  their 
heaviness  by  means  of  the  pound,  the  standard  of 
weight.  Only  the  substance  by  means  of  which  the 
comparative  value  of  different  articles  of  commerce 
is  measured  being  itself  merchandise  delivered  in 
exchange,  its  value  varies  like  that  of  all  goods. 
There  is  not,  therefore,  a  fixed  standard  of  values  in 
the  same  way  as  there  is  of  length  and  weight. 
What  is  desirable  is  to  adopt  one  as  fixed  as  possible. 

Money,  by  its  very  constant  and  widely-admitted 
value,  permits  the  accumulation  of  wealth  and  its 
transference  from  one  country  and  generation  to 
another.  It  is  thus  a  means  of  conservation  and 
transmission  of  wealth  in  time  and  space. 

It  is  thanks  to  money  that  the  division  of  labour 
and  interdependence  of  the  different  trades  and 
functions  have  been  established.  Money  is  thus  the 
bond  of  human  society. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  191 


§  2.  Different  Kinds  of  Money. 

Objects  of  every  sort  have  been  employed  as 
money :  in  Siberia,  furs ;  in  Africa,  cubes  of  salt, 
tickets  of  blue  cotton,  and  cowrie-shells ;  iron  at 
Sparta;  and,  in  former  times,  almost  universally, 
heads  of  cattle. 

In  the  Big-  Veda,  in  the  Zend-Avesta,  and  in 
Homer,  objects  are  valued  at  so  many  head  of  cattle. 
The  arms  of  Diomede  are  worth  nine  oxen,  and  those 
of  Glaucos  one  hundred  {Iliad,  vi.  234).  The  tripod 
given  as  a  prize  to  the  wrestlers  in  the  twenty-third 
book  of  the  Iliad  is  valued  at  a  dozen  oxen,  and  a 
slave,  a  quick  workwoman,  at  four  (Gladstone, 
Juvenilis  Mundi,  p.  534).  The  tribute  which  the 
Frank  conquerors  imposed  on  the  Saxons  was 
reckoned  in  oxen.  Our  word  "  pecuniary  "  (pecunia) 
comes  from  pecus,  "cattle,"  as  does  the  legal  term 
peculium}  The  English  word  "fee"  (Saxon, feoh  — 
cattle)  signifies  "  payment ; "  the  Scandinavian  fa, 
"wealth,"  is  identical  with  it.  The  Greek  word 
KTrjfxa  signifies  both  "  property  "  and  a  "  flock  ; " 
the  Gothic  skatts,  "  treasure  "  and  "  flock ; "  schatz  in 
German,  "  treasure  ; "  Sket  in  Frisian,  "  cattle."  In 
Hebrew,  kassaph  means  both  "  sheep  "  and  "  money ; " 
gamal,  u  camel "  and  "  payment ;  "  mikndh,  from  the 

1  "  Is  it  not  strange,"  says  the  commentator  Festus,  "  that  these 
commonly  used  words  are  derived  from  cattle  ?  Among  the  ancients 
it  was  of  cattle  that  wealth  and  patrimonies  chiefly  consisted,  so 
that  we  still  speak  of  pecunia,  peculium." 


192        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

root  kana,  "  to  ^create,"  a  "  flock  and  an  acquisition," 
or  "  price."  The  Sanskrit  rupya,  the  rupee  of  Indian 
coinage,  is  derived  from  rilpa,  "  cattle." 

Metal  money  was  at  first  employed  as  represent- 
ing money  in  cattle,  for  a  passage  in  the  Agamemnon 
of  iEschylus  seems  to  show  that  the  ancient  Greek 
pieces  of  money  used  to  bear  the  mark  of  an  ox,  and 
the  same  was  the  case  with  the  Roman  as. 

When,  with  the  progress  of  civilisation,  exchanges 
had  become  more  frequent,  moneys  were  made  ex- 
clusively of  gold  or  silver.  The  simultaneous  and 
universal  employment  of  these  two  metals  is  due  to 
their  possessing,  in  a  greater  degree  than  any  other 
substance,  the  qualities  which  a  good  money  ought  to 
unite.     These  qualities  are  as  follow  : — 

(1)  Gold  and  silver  do  not  in  the  least  deteriorate 
with  keeping.  Minted,  melted  down,  and  re-minted, 
the  gold  gathered  by  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  in 
part,  still  circulates  among  us. 

(2)  The  production  of  the  precious  metals  is 
restrained  by  the  scarcity  of  the  ores.  As  a  result 
they  have  great  value  in  proportion  to  their  weight, 
and  this  facilitates  their  handling,  transport,  and 
hoarding. 

(3)  Augmented  by  annual  production,  diminished 
by  accidental  losses  and  wear  and  tear,  the  sum  of 
the  precious  metals  throughout  the  world,  of  which 
the  value  in  money  and  ornaments  is  valued  at  about 
2,000,000,000/.,  increases  slowly,  and  in  nearly  the 
same  proportion  as  the  increase  of  the  need  for  money 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  193 

which  arises  from  the  development  of  population 
and  of  the  total  amount  of  the  exchanges  in  the 
world.  The  demand  and  supply  being  thus  nearly 
at  an  equilibrium,  the  value  of  gold  and  silver  is 
very  stable. 

(4)  This  immense  stock  of  the  precious  metals 
lessens  the  variations  in  value  which  might  result 
from  the  variations  in  the  annual  supply ;  just  as  the 
level  of  a  great  lake  is  little  affected  by  any  changes 
in  the  discharge  of  the  rivers  which  flow  into  it. 

(5)  The  precious  metals  are  sought  after  and 
accepted  everywhere,  an  indispensable  condition  for 
an  object  to  be  a  general  medium  of  exchange.  They 
are  received  in  every  civilised  country,  and  can  thus 
serve  as  a  means  of  universal  payment. 

(6)  They  are  easily  divisible,  and  each  part  has  a 
value  proportionate  to  its  weight. 

(7)  They  receive  and  preserve  unaltered  the  im- 
print which  makes  known  their  origin  and  nominal 
value,  and  thus  also  their  weight  in  pure  metal. 

(8)  They  are  easily  recognisable:  gold  by  its 
weight,  silver  by  its  sound. 

Of  all  these  qualities  of  money  the  most  essential 
is  that  of  stability  of  value?  inasmuch  as  a  change 
in  its  value  affects  all  contracts. 

§  3.   Value  of  Money. 
The  value  of  money  is  measured  by  the  quantity 
of  objects  it  procures,  that  is  to  say,  by  its  power 
of  purchase. 

O 


194        Elements  of  Political  Economy. . 

In  the  Middle  Ages  three  bushels  of  corn  could  be 
bought  for  the  pure  silver  contained  in  five  of  our 
shillings.  Nowadays  only  a  fourth  as  much  could 
be  obtained  for  the  money.  Silver,  therefore,  is 
worth  only  the  fourth  of  what  it  was  before  the 
discovery  of  America. 

The  value  of  the  precious  metals  has  diminished 
to  this  extent,  despite  the  enormous  increase  in  their 
employment,  because  their  sum  total  and  annual  pro- 
duction have  been  considerably  augmented.  The 
sum  total  of  gold  and  silver  existing  in  Europe  in 
the  year  1500  is  estimated  at  80,000,000/.,  and  the 
annual  production  at  about  1,000,000/.  The  pre- 
sent sum  total  in  the  whole  world  must  now  be 
over  2,000,000,000/.,  and  the  annual  production 
about  36,000,000/. 

The  value  of  money,  like  that  of  any  other  object, 
depends  on  the  relation  between  the  supply  and 
demand.  The  supply  is  the  result  of  the  quantity 
of  money  in  circulation  and  the  rapidity  with  which 
it  circulates.  If  every  shilling  effects  three  pur- 
chases in  a  day,  to  accomplish  the  same  number  of 
exchanges  three  times  fewer  shillings  will  be  needed 
than  if  each  shilling  only  changed  hands  once.  The 
supply  and  usefulness  of  the  same  amount  of  money 
are  thus  trebled.  The  demand  for  money  is  the 
result  of  the  number  of  changes  which  have  to  be 
effected  by  means  of  cash.  If  the  supply  of  money 
increases  beyond  the  demand,  its  value  decreases 
and  prices  rise.     If  the  demand,  i.e.  the  number  of 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  195 

exchanges  requiring  payment  in  cash,  increases 
beyond  the  amount  of  money  in  circulation,  the 
value  of  money  rises  and  prices  fall.  Lastly,  if  the 
quantity  of  money  and  number  of  exchanges  increase 
equally,  but  at  the  same  time  means  are  found  for 
effecting  certain  transactions  without  having  recourse 
to  cash,  the  employment  of  this  is  diminished,  its 
supply  increases,  and  prices  rise. 

Gold  and  silver  ornaments  affect  prices  as  creating 
a  demand  for  money,  not  as  supplying  it ;  for  cash 
is  needed  in  buying  and  selling  these  ornaments. 
The  precious  metals,  again,  in  the  form  of  ingots, 
only  affect  prices  when  they  are  represented  by  bills 
which  fulfil  the  functions  of  money.  Lastly,  the 
cost  of  production  of  the  precious  metals  only  affects 
their  value  in  proportion  as  it  contributes  to  modify 
their  quantity  and  in  consequence,  the  supply. 

§  4.  Is  the  Abundance  of  Money  an  Advantage  ? 

It  is  no  advantage  for  mankind  in  general,  or  fcr 
an  isolated  country,  to  possess  much  money  ;  as  many 
exchanges  "can  be  effected  with  little  money  as  with 
much.  Prices  diminish  in  proportion  to  the  falling 
off  in  the  quantity  of  cash,  and  the  rarer  and  more 
valuable  the  unit  of  money  becomes  the  more  ex- 
changes will  it  effect.  If  mankind  possessed  twice 
as  much  money  as  at  present,  it  would  be  none  the 
richer.  It  would  have  no  greater  number  of  com- 
modities or  means  of  enjoyment.  Every  one's  situ- 
ation would  remain  as  it  was  before.     Everything 

o  2 


196         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

else  would  be  the  same,  but  prices  would  be  doubled. 
Two  shillings  would  be  paid  where  one  was  paid 
before,  and  the  money  value  of  all  goods  would  be 
twice  as  high — a  change  advantageous  to  nobody. 

An  alteration,  however,  in  the  value  of  money, 
while  in  course  of  accomplishment,  brings  great 
confusion  into  all  legal  and  economic  relations, 
inasmuch  as  all  debts  and  contracts  are  based  on  the 
prices  which  are  changing.  The  farmer  who  owes 
the  state  twenty  shillings  for  taxes  and  the  holder 
of  a  mortgage  a  like  sum  for  interest,  when  the 
quarter  of  wheat  sells  for  forty  shillings,  pays  these 
two  debts  with  the  price  of  a  single  quarter.  If 
money,  and,  consequently,  prices  diminish  by  one- 
half,  to  pay  his  debts  he  will  have  to  surrender  two 
quarters  of  his  wheat  instead  of  one. 

A  decrease  in  the  stock  of  money,  whether  absolute 
or  relative,  by  lowering  prices,  has  as  its  immediate 
consequence  the  restriction  both  of  exchanges  and 
production.  Its  final  result  is  a  heavy  burden  upon 
debtors. 

An  increase  in  the  amount  of  money,  by  raising 
prices,  stimulates  exchanges  and  production  and 
relieves  debtors.  Hence  the  discovery  of  America 
by  Christopher  Columbus,  and  of  the  gold  fields  of 
California  in  1848,  may  be  said  with  truth  to  have 
saved  many  a  bankruptcy. 

It  is  desirable  that  the  value  of  money  should 
remain  as  stable  as  possible,  and  this  will  be  the  case 
so  long  as  its  quantity  increases  in  the  same  pro- 


Distribution  and  Circulation,         197 

portion  as  the  number  of  exchanges  for  which  cash 
is  required. 

§  5.  Monetary  Systems. 

In  primitive  times  the  precious  metals  were  used 
as  a  means  of  exchange  by  being  weighed,  and  this 
is  still  the  case  in  China  and  many  other  countries. 
With  the  Romans  the  As  was  originally  the  unit 
both  of  weight  and  of  money.  In  England  the 
pound  is  the  monetary  unit  and  the  unit  of 
weight.  The  French  monetary  system  is  derived 
from  that  of  Charlemagne,  in  which  the  unit  was 
the  livre  or  pound  of  silver.  In  order  to  facilitate 
the  use  of  gold  and  silver  the  state  then  struck  pieces 
of  them  on  which  were  specified  their  weight,  the 
amount  of  pure  metal  they  contained,  their  name, 
and,  consequently,  their  legal  value  or  power  of 
payment.  Thus,  in  order  to  pay  a  sum  of  money, 
it  is  no  longer  necessary  to  assay  and  weigh  the 
metal,  but  only  to  count  over  a  certain  number 
of  coins. 

To  make  the  pieces  of  gold  and  silver  hard,  and 
thus  less  liable  to  wear,  a  certain  proportion  of 
copper  is  added  to  the  pure  metal ;  this  is  called  the 
alloy.  The  proportion  between  the  pure  metal  and 
the  alloy  is  the  standard  which,  in  the  English 
sovereign,  is  eleven  parts  of  pure  metal  to  one  of 
alloy.  A  coin  is  said  to  be  good  money  when  it  is 
of  the  legal  standard. 

The  unit  of  money  is  the  coin  of  gold  or  silver 


198         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

of  which  the  other  coins  are  the  multiples  or 
measures.  In  England  this  is  the  sovereign ;  in 
France,  the  franc ;  in  Germany,  the  mark  ;  in  Hol- 
land, the  florin ;  and  in  the  United  States,  the 
dollar.  Among  coins  there  are  some  which  have 
a  legal  currency  for  all  payments  without  limit; 
others,  of  an  inferior  quality,  have  only  legal  cur- 
rency for  small  payments ;  while,  for  the  smallest 
payments  of  all,  "  token  money  "  is  issued,  generally 
made  of  bronze  or  nickel.  In  England  "  coppers " 
may  be  tendered  up  to  the  value  of  a  shilling,  and 
silver  to  that  of  21. 

The  sum  of  the  laws  and  regulations  concerning 
money  constitutes  the  monetary  system. 

Formerly  all  sovereign  powers — monarchs,  cities, 
bishops,  and  lords — reserved  to  themselves  the  right 
of  coining  money,  because  by  issuing  it  at  a  nominal 
value  greater  than  that  of  the  metal  it  contained 
they  received  the  difference  of  these  two  values, 
called  seigneur  age,  as  their  profit,  and  made  it  a 
source  of  revenue.  At  different  periods  they  abused 
their  right  of  coinage  to  diminish  the  value  of  the 
currency,  either  by  lessening  the  amount  of  pure 
metal  contained  in  the  coins,  or  by  increasing  their 
legal  value.  If,  by  adding  more  alloy,  two  coins  are 
struck  from  the  pure  metal  which  formerly  made 
one,  or  if  it  be  proclaimed  that  a  coin  be  received 
at  double  its  former  value,  all  payments  are  halved. 
This  was  the  way  that  bankrupt  states  formerly  made 
composition.      Thus,    a   French   king,   Philippe    le 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  199 

Bel,  nicknamed  the  Coiner,  because  lie  made  great 
use  of  false  coining  to  diminish  his  debts,  is  placed 
by  Dante  in  Hell, — 

La  si  vedra  il  duol  che  sopra  Senna 
Induce,  falseggiando  la  moneta 
Quei  che  morra  di  colpo  di  cotenna. 

(Parad.  xix.  118—120.) 

"  There  will  be  seen  the  misery  caused  on  the 
banks  of  Seine  through  the  falsifying  of  money  by 
him  who  is  to  die  from  the  blow  of  a  wild  boar." 

Plutarch  relates  that  for  the  relief  of  debtors  Solon 
decreed  that  the  mina  should  in  future  be  worth 
a  hundred  drachmas  instead  of  seventy-three,  and 
adds :  "  In  this  way,  by  paying  apparently  the  full 
value,  though  really  less,  those  who  owed  large  sums 
gained  considerably,  without  causing  any  loss  to 
their  creditors/'  He  here  expresses  the  error  which 
has  inspired  all  the  issues  of  "  depreciated "  and 
paper  money.  No  one  seems  to  lose  because  pay- 
ments are  made  just  as  well  with  coins  reduced  in 
value  as  with  the  unreduced.  What  is  forgotten  is 
that  prices  rise  in  proportion  as  the  unit  of  money 
loses  its  value. 

The  best  instance  of  this  reduction  in  value,  owing 
to  the  successive  "  diminutions  "  decreed  by  different 
sovereigns,  is  afforded  by  the  French  coinage  in 
which  the  livre  which,  as  issued  by  Charlemagne,  was 
a  pound's  weight  of  silver  and  worth  about  fifty  two 
shillings,  by  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century  had 
a  value  of  no  more  than  ninepence  halfpenny.     In 


200        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

England  the  £  has  lost  not  quite  two-thirds  of  its 
primitive  value. 

In  order  thoroughly  to  understand  historical  pas- 
sages where  sums  of  money  and  prices  are  concerned, 
it  is  necessary  to  know,  firstly,  what  quantity  of  gold 
and  silver  these  sums  represented  in  the  period  in 
question ;  and,  secondly,  what  quantity  of  goods 
could  be  obtained  for  a  certain  weight  of  the  precious 
metal.  Thus  in  Greece,  in  the  time  of  Solon,  the 
drachma  was  worth  something  over  ninepence,  and 
was  the  price  of  a  medimnus,  or  about  twelve  gallons, 
of  wheat.  In  Rome  the  Papirian  law  De  multarum 
cestimatione  (B.C.  430),  which  converted  the  old  fines 
of  cattle  into  sums  of  money,  fixed  the  value  of  a 
sheep  at  ten  asses,  and  that  of  a  bullock  at  one 
hundred.  As  the  as  libralis,  composed  of  an  alloy 
of  copper,  tin,  and  lead,  was  worth  about  fivepence 
farthing,  the  price  of  a  sheep  was  thus  about  four 
shillings  and  sixpence,  and  that  of  a  bullock  about 
forty-four  shillings. 

At  the  present  time,  in  civilised  countries,  the 
coining  of  standard  money  is  free.  Any  one  has  the 
right  to  take  an  unlimited  amount  of  ore  to  the 
mint,  and  to  receive  in  exchange  an  equal  weight  of 
current  coin,  with  a  deduction  for  the  expenses  of 
fabrication  or  coining,  and  in  England  without  any 
deduction  at  all.  It  is  thus  private  persons  who 
cause  money  to  be  coined,  but  in  conformance  with 
a  legal  tariff.  According  to  this  tariff,  SI.  lis.  10^d. 
is  paid  in   England   for  each   ounce   of  gold  of  a 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  201 

fineness  of  eleven-twelfths.  In  France  and  in  the 
Latin  Union  where,  however,  free  coinage  is  at  present 
suspended,  3,100  francs  are  given  for  a  kilogramme 
of  gold  of  a  fineness  of  nineteenths,  and  200  francs 
for  a  kilogramme  of  silver  of  the  same  standard. 

The  right  of  coining  the  inferior  money  the  state 
reserves  to  itself  for  two  reasons :  because  its 
intrinsic  value  is  less  than  its  nominal,  and  because, 
the  legal  currency  being  limited,  only  a  limited 
quantity  is  required.  The  free  coinage  of  money  in 
the  two  metals  was  introduced  into  England  in 
1666,  and  in  France  by  the  "  loi  du  7  germinal 
an  xi."  (1803). 

The  monetary  system  flourishing  in  the  countries 
which  in  1863  formed  the  Latin  Monetary  Union 
(France,  Italy,  Switzerland,  and  Belgium)  admits  as 
standard  money  all  gold  coins  and  five-franc  pieces. 
Other  silver  coins  are  of  an  inferior  standard,  of  a 
fineness  of  only  835  parts  in  1,000.  These  have 
only  legal  currency  in  each  payment  up  to  the 
amount  of  fifty  francs,  and  the  associated  states 
cannot  issue  more  than  six  francs  for  each 
inhabitant. 

Token  money  in  France  and  Italy  is  made  of 
bronze,  in  Switzerland  and  Belgium  of  nickel.  It 
serves  for  very  small  payments,  and  no  more  than 
five  francs  of  it  need  be  accepted.  In  England 
copper  money  is  only  current  to  the  amount  of  a 
shilling. 

An  excellent  provision  in  the  Latin  Union  is  a 


202        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

stipulation  by  which  inferior  coins  and  token  money 
can  be  changed  at  the  public  banks  for  standard 
coins,  when  offered  for  a  sum  fixed  by  law.  In  this 
way  the  amount  of  small  money  can  never  become  too 
great,  since  any  unnecessary  surplus  can  be  converted 
into  standard  money.    . 

§  6.  Monometallism  and  Bimetallism. 

The  monetary  system  of  the  Latin  Union  is  called 
the  "  double -standard  or  bimetallic  system,"  because 
it  permits,  in  principle,  the  free  and  unlimited 
coinage  both  of  gold  and  silver  pieces,  to  each  of  which 
it  gives  legal  currency,  i.e.,  the  right  to  be  accepted  in 
all  payments,  every  debt  being  presumed  in  law  to 
be  payable  in  coins  having  a  legal  currency. 

The  monometallic  system  only  accords  free  coinage 
and  unlimited  legal  currency  to  pieces  of  one  metal, 
either  gold,  as  in  England,  or  silver,  as  in  Austria. 
This  system  seems  the  simpler  of  the  two,  and  fixes 
more  exactly  the  relations  of  value  between  the 
different  pieces  of  standard  money,  since  these  are 
all  made  of  the  same  metal.  The  relation  of  value, 
however,  between  money  and  the  goods  of  which 
it  has  to  effect  the  exchange  is  more  variable  with 
a  monometallic  system  than  with  a  bimetallic. 
Just  as  a  compensated  pendulum,  with  its  bars 
made  of  two  metals  of  unequal  expansiveness,  is 
less  liable  to  variation  because  their  inequalities 
balance ;  or  just  as  a  river  with  two  tributaries  flows 
more  regularly  than  it  would   with  only  one,  so  a 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  203 

monetary  system,  fed  by  the  simultaneous  influx 
of  both  precious  metals,  is  rendered  more  stable, 
because  the  total  mass  of  standard  money  is  greater, 
and  because  a  falling  off  in  the  production  of  one 
of  the  two  metals  may  be  compensated  by  an 
increase  in  the  production  of  the  other. 

§  7.  The  Laws  of  Gresham  and  Newton. 

A  great  drawback  in  the  bimetallic  system  is 
expressed  in  what  is  called  Gresham's  law.  Sir 
Thomas  Gresham,  one  of  the  councillors  of  Queen 
Elizabeth,  showed  in  1558  that  the  money  which 
has  the  less  value  always  ousts  that  which  has  the 
greater  from  circulation,  this  last  being  exported. 
Aristophanes  (Frogs,  1.  718)  has  recorded  the  same 
observation :  "  In  our  state,"  he  says,  "  the  bad 
citizens  are  preferred  to  the  good,  just  as  bad  money 
circulates  while  the  good  is  hoarded." 

In  1717  Newton  first  indicated  the  means  of 
obviating  the  vexatious  effect  of  Gresham's  law,  by 
establishing  the  relation  of  value  between  gold  and 
silver  the  same  in  all  countries  ;  pointing  out  that,  if 
this  were  done,  there  would  no  longer  be  any  motive 
for  exporting  one  of  the  two  metals  in  preference  to 
the  other.  The  economic  law  thus  formulated  by  the 
great  discoverer  of  gravitation,  should  serve  as  a 
basis  for  a  monetary  union  between  all  civilised 
states,  which  should  draw  closer  the  ties  and  relations 
between  the  associated  nations. 

Till  quite  modern  times  silver  has  always  been 


204         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

employed  as  the  chief  kind  of  money.  In  French 
the  word  argent  is  used  as  a  synonym  for  money,  and 
siller  in  Scotland  had  long  a  similar  meaning.  Silver 
is  in  fact  the  better  metal  for  monetary  use,  since  its 
value  is  more  stable  than  that  of  gold,  and  this  is  the 
essential  quality  for  the  legal  medium'  of  payments, 
and  the  common  measure  of  values.  The  value  of 
silver  is  more  stable  than  that  of  gold  because  it  is 
exclusively  obtained  from  the  working  of  mines.  The 
production  of  gold,  three-fourths  of  which  is  obtained 
from  auriferous  sands,  increases  and  diminishes,  as 
history  shows,  in  a  very  short  time.  If  gold  were 
everywhere  adopted  as  the  sole  standard  metal,  prices 
would  be  subject  to  numerous  and  abrupt  fluctuations, 
and  this  is  a  great  evil. 

§  8.  The  Maintenance  of  Monetary  Systems. 

To  maintain  a  monetary  system  in  its  integrity 
the  following  legislative  measures  are  indispensable. 

(1)  The  making  and  issuing  false  money,  or 
counterfeiting  or  clipping  the  legal  money,  must  be 
prohibited  and  punished. 

(2)  A  minimum  weight  must  be  fixed  which  coins 
must  possess  or  lose  their  legal  currency  and  be  liable 
to  be  refused  in  payment. 

(3)  At  the  expense  either  of  the  state  or  the  last 
owner,  all  these  coins  of  less  than  the  minimum  legal 
weight  must  be  withdrawn  from  circulation  and 
reminted.     Since  the  coins  have  been  worn  by  the 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  205 

use  of  the  public  at  large,  and  not  of  the  last  owner, 
it  is  juster  for  the  expense  of  reminting  to  be  borne 
by  the  state. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

CREDIT. 

§  I.  What  Credit  is. 

Credit  is  the  act  of  confidence  by  which  the 
holders  of  a  sum  of  money  or  a  quantity  of  goods 
delivers  them  to  another  person  on  his  promise  of 
reimbursement  or  payment.  The  word  credit  comes 
from  the  Latin  credere,  "  to  believe."  Whoever 
delivers  to  another  person  either  money  or  goods  on 
the  condition  that  after  a  certain  time  they  shall 
restore  the  sum  lent,  or  pay  the  price  agreed,  does  so 
because  he  believes  that  this  promise  will  be  fulfilled. 
The  person  who  credits  this  promise  and  has  the 
right  to  demand  payment  is  the  creditor.  The  person 
who  promises  and  is  under  an  obligation  to  pay  is 
the  debtor.  The  sum  which  has  to  be  paid  is  called  a 
debt,  and  is  said  to  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  first 
and  the  debit  of  the  second.  The  time  which  has  to 
run  till  the  moment  of  payment  is  the  term. 

Promise  and  confidence  in  a  promise,  these,  then, 
are  the  elements  of  credit.  That  which  inspires 
confidence  is  solvency,  intelligence,  the  spirit  of 
order  and  uprightness.     Laws  which  develop  these 


206         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

qualities  and  insure  the  rigorous  execution  of 
engagements  have  as  their  result  the  expansion  and 
increase  of  credit — a  good  instance  of  the  way  in 
which  virtues  and  just  laws  favour  the  production 
of  wealth. 

A  debt  when  acknowledged  in  writing  gives  rise  to 
different  kinds  of  vouchers,  bank  notes,  bills  payable 
to  order,  letters  of  exchange,  cheques,  bills  of  sale, 
municipal  and  joint  stock  debentures,  and  state  loans. 

"  Personal "  credit  has  as  its  basis  either  the  in- 
dividual qualities  or  the  fortune,  real  or  supposed, 
of  the  debtor.  "  Real "  credit  depends  on  the  goods 
(res)  which  he  pledges  or  gives  as  security.  "  Real M 
pledges  are  more  trustworthy  than  personal  security. 
Phis  est  cautionis  in  re  quarn,  in  persona  is  the 
expression  of  that  "  stereotype  of  good  sense  "  the 
Roman  laws. 

§  2.  The  Advantages  and  Effects  of  Credit 

Credit  fosters  the  productivity  of  labour  and 
enables  it  to  increase  wealth ;  it  does  not  however 
increase  wealth  itself.  In  other  words,  it  augments 
the  activity  of  capital,  not  its  quantity.  All  credit  is 
summed  up  in  a  promise  or  an  order  to  pay,  i.e.  in  a 
signature  ;  and  capital  cannot  be  created  by  a  stroke 
of  the  pen. 

Credit  seems  to  multiply  capital  because  side  by 
side  with  the  thing  owed  appears  the  promise  which 
confers  a  right  to  it.  In  reality,  however,  these  are 
not  two  separate  things ;  one  is  only  the  shadow  of 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  207 


the  other.  Burn  every  I  O  U  in  the  world,  and 
nothing  real  will  have  ceased  to  exist.  Only  the 
legal  relations  have  been  changed,  since  the  creditors 
lose  exactly  what  the  debtors  gain.  When  a  house 
is  reflected  in  the  water,  it  may  be  said  that  there 
are  two  houses.  The  water  ruffles,  and  the  reflection 
vanishes;  but  the  real  house  continues  to  exist. 
When  I  buy  a  promise  to  pay  a  hundred  pounds, 
what  I  acquire  is  the  future  possession  of  this  sum 
with  the  interest  attached  to  it.  Wealth,  and  a 
title  to  possess  this  wealth,  cannot  be  reckoned  as 
two  things. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  useful  effects  of 
credit. 

(1)  Credit  brings  to  labour  the  capital  necessary 
for  production. 

A  man  with  strong  arms  takes  possession  of  a 
piece  of  fertile  land :  he  lacks,  however,  the  tools  to 
cultivate  it  and  provisions  to  maintain  him  until 
harvest-time ;  for  lack  of  these  he  dies  of  hunger 
and  the  land  remains  unproductive.  Instead  of  this, 
suppose  I  lend  him  the  means  of  procuring  tools  and 
subsistence :  he  sets  to  work,  and  at  the  end  of  the 
year  repays  me  my  advance ;  henceforth  he  can  live 
on  the  fruits  of  his  labour.  This  is  an  instance  of 
how  credit  favours  the  increase  of  wealth  by  coming 
to  the  aid  of  labour. 

(2)  Credit  puts  savings  in  motion  and  thus 
prevents  capital  lying  unemployed. 

In  the  East  no  one  dares  to  lend  his  savings  for 


208         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

fear  of  losing  them.  He  prefers  to  convert  them  into 
jewels  with  which  he  ornaments  his  chibouque,  his 
yataghan,  or  the  harness  of  his  horse.  Perhaps,  more 
prudent  still,  he  buries  them  in  order  that  they  may 
escape  the  greed  of  the  government.  Thus  the  wealth 
which  his  savings  creates  in  no  way  furthers  production. 
Credit  has  no  existence.  On  the  other  hand,  in 
Scotland,  landlords,  farmers,  manufacturers,  artisans, 
all  deposit  their  disposable  funds  in  banks,  by  which 
they  are  immediately  advanced  to  producers.  In 
this  way  no  article  of  capital  is  left  unemployed. 
Founded  on  honesty  and  the  love  of  work,  credit 
reigns  and  accomplishes  marvels. 

(3)  Credit  brings  capital  into  the  hands  of  those 
who  will  make  the  best  use  of  it. 

New  capital  is  for  the  most  part  created  by  persons 
unoccupied  in  any  industry  and  thus  unable  to 
employ  it  remuneratively.  The  means  of  drawing  an 
income  from  it  is  to  lend  it,  either  directly,  or  through 
the  medium  of  a  banker,  to  those  who  will  pay  most 
for  the  use  of  it,  i.e.  to  those  who  will  employ 
it  most  productively.  Credit  is  thus  constantly 
transferring  capital  to  the  places  and  hands  in  which 
it  brings  in  the  most.  As  a  consequence  it  affords  an 
incentive  to  saving  by  assuring  to  thrift  a  reward,  not 
only  immediate,  but  as  high  as  can  be  paid. 

(4)  Credit  allows  of  the  immediate  execution  of 
great  works,  or  of  the  meeting  of  extraordinary 
needs,  such  as  those  which  arise  in  time  of  war,  by 
discounting  the  revenues  or  produce  expected  in  the 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  209 

future.  Even  in  this  case,  however,  it  must  not 
be  supposed  that  credit  creates  anything;  it  only 
determines  the  disposition  of  capital  already  in 
existence. 

There  is  no  such  thing,  as  some  assert,  as 
anticipating  the  future,  or  releasing  capital  once 
invested.  We  can  only  use  what  is  actually  in 
existence  at  the  given  moment.  The  expressions 
quoted  are  metaphorical ;  and  in  political  economy, 
as  elsewhere,  metaphors  are  dangerous  weapons  to 
handle. 

(5)  Credit  creates  economical  methods  of  pay- 
ment. 

In  this  way  it  allows  exchanges  to  be  made  with  a 
smaller  quantity  of  metallic  money.  Gold  and  silver 
are  set  free,  and  can  be  devoted  to  industry,  or  exported 
in  exchange  for  objects  useful  either  for  consumption  or 
production.  As  Adam  Smith  has  said,  credit  opens 
for  the  exchange  of  productions  paths  through  the 
air,  and  thus  the  ordinary  roads  can  be  put  under 
cultivation,  and  increase  the  production  of  articles  of 
food.  This  advantage,  however,  is,  in  part,  more 
apparent  than  real.  The  gold  and  silver  remain  in 
the  country,  or  if  we  take  the  world  at  large  as  our 
field  of  observation,  the  addition  cf  bills  to  the 
means  of  exchange  afforded  by  metallic  money,  tends 
towards  a  rise  of  prices.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  no 
less  certain  that  the  greater  facility  of  exchange  will 
give  a  stimulus  to  industry  and  commerce,  which  will 
then,  in  their  turn,  require  more  of  the  instruments 

P 


210        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

of  exchange.     When  this  is  the  case  there  will  be  no 
depreciation  of  money,  nor  rise  of  prices. 

The  way  in  which  credit  performs  the  functions  of 
money  is  as  follows :  A  solvent  person  promises  to 
pay  50Z. ;  this  promise,  in  which  implicit  confidence 
is  placed,  is  received  in  payment  as  readily  as  fifty 
sovereigns,  and,  as  it  passes  from  hand  to  hand, 
influences  all  transactions  in  the  same  way  as  they 
would  be  influenced  by  these  sovereigns  to  which  it 
gives  a  title,  and  represents.  Side  by  side  with  the 
circulation  resting  on  coin,  there  is  thus  established 
a  circulation  resting  on  confidence,  the  instruments 
of  which  possess  the  following  advantages : 

(1)  They  are  less  cumbrous  than  the  precious 
metals. 

(2)  They  enable  large  sums  to  be  counted  more 
easily. 

(3)  They  are  not  exposed  to  the  wear  and  tear, 
which  gradually  lessens  the  weight  of  coins. 

(4)  They  can  be  more  easily  sent  to  a  distance. 

(5)  Some  of  them  can  be  so  constructed  that 
their  unlawful  possessor  can   obtain  no  payment. 

All  the  instruments  of  credit  rest  on  a  basis  of 
metal  money,  since  they  confer  a  right  to  receive  a 
sum  in  coin.  But,  in  so  far  as  they  circulate,  they 
fulfil  the  functions  of  money. 

§  3.    The  Drawbacks  of  Credit. 

The  mother  says  to  her  son,  "  Buy  nothing  except 
for  money ;  credit  is  ruinous."     The  father  tells  him, 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  211 

"  Credit  is  the  soul  of  industry ;  it  is  the  refusal  of  it 
that  ruins."  Both  are  right :  the  mother  who  speaks 
of  the  poisonous  credit  that  ministers  to  unproductive 
consumption,  the  father  who  alludes  to  the  beneficent 
credit  that  forwards  production.  Unfortunately  the 
borrowers  on  the  largest  scale,  i.e.  Governments, 
have  recourse  more  often  to  the  first  kind  of  credit 
than  to  the  second,  and  devour  capital  unproduc- 
tively  in  war  and  the  preparations  for  war. 

Credit,  also,  by  permitting  purchases  from  funds 
which  people  hope  to,  not  only  which  they  do, 
possess,  favours  hazardous  speculations  and  the  over 
excitement  of  industry  and  commerce. 

§  4.  The  Instruments  of  Credit. 

All  instruments  of  credit  are  alike  in  consisting  of 
a  voucher  which  affirms  the  rights  of  the  creditors 
with  respect  to  a  debtor. 

(1)  In  the  acknowledgement,  A  acknowledges 
himself  indebted  to  B  in  the  sum  of  50£.  and 
promises  to  pay  the  same. 

(2)  In  the  hill  payable  to  bearer  at  sight,  A 
promises  to  pay  50/.  to  any  person  who  shall  present 
the  bill,  and  at  the  moment  of  presentation ;  this  is 
the  bank-note.  The  bank-note  when  accepted  in 
payment  extinguishes  the  debt  the  same  as  money 
does,  and  thus,  to  the  extent  that  it  is  received, 
performs  the  function  of  the  latter. 

(3)  In  the  bill  to  order,  A  has  purchased  goods  to 

p  2 


212        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

the  value  of  501.  from  B,  and,  instead  of  paying 
ready  money,  gives  him  a  bill  in  these  terms  : — 

1  promise  to  pay  to  B,  or  his  order,  the  sum  of 
501,  payable  July  1st,  1882. 

This  bill  is  transferable,  so  that  if  B  owes  501.  to 
C,  he  can  pay  it,  with  C's  consent,  by  passing  him  on 
the  bill  signed  by  A  and  endorsing  it,  i.e.  writing  on 
the  back,  "  Pay  to  C  or  to  his  order."  Each  time 
that  a  bill  thus  endorsed  passes  from  one  person  to 
another,  it  effects  a  provisional  payment,  which  does 
not  become  final  unless  the  bill  is  paid  on  its  expiry. 
On  the  day  of  expiry,  the  last  holder  has  to  present 
the  bill  to  the  original  debtor  who  created  it.  If  the 
debtor  fail  to  pay,  his  refusal  must  be  established,  at 
the  latest  the  second  day  after  the  expiry,  by  an  act 
called  a  protest.  If  this  protest  is  duly  made,  the 
successive  endorsers  of  the  bill  are  severally  bound  to 
make  it  good,  until  the  first  creditor,  B,  (the  drawer) 
is  reached,  on  whom  falls  the  loss  resulting  from  A's 
inability  to  pay. 

(4)  The  bill  of  exchange  is  created  and  afterwards 
transmitted  by  endorsement  in  exactly  the  same  way 
as  the  bill  to  order,  from  which  it  differs  only  in 
its  form.  Instead  of  the  debtor  who  promises  to 
pay,  it  is  now  the  creditor  who  gives  the  debtor  an 
order  to  pay,  thus  : 

London,  July  1st,  1883. 

At  three  months  pay  to  the  order  of  C  the  sum 
of  501. 

To  M  B,  Brussels  Signed  A 

(The  debtor).  (The  creditor). 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  213 

The  great  advantage  of  the  bill  of  exchange  is 
that,  when  drawn  from  one  place  on  another,  it 
settles  the  reciprocal  debts  of  these  places,  and 
dispenses  with  the  transmission  of  coin.  For 
example  living  in  London  I  have  to  pay  50£.  to 
M.  Pierre  at  Paris.  Mr.  Smith,  on  the  other  hand, 
has  501.  to  receive  from  a  M.  Jacques  at  Paris,  and 
draws  a  bill  on  him  for  this  sum.  I  buy  this  bill  of 
Smith,  who  is  thus  paid,  and  send  it  to  my  creditor, 
M.  Pierre.  M.  Pierre  presents  the  bill  to  M.  Jacques, 
and  when  the  latter  has  paid  it,  M.  Pierre's  claim  on 
me  is  also  satisfied.  Both  debts  have  thus  been 
paid,  and  no  money  has  been  sent  from  one  city  to 
another.  Exchanges  between  country  and  country 
are  regulated  in  the  same  manner,  almost  entirely 
without  the  transmission  of  coin.  English  mer- 
chants pay  for  their  purchases  in  France  by  trans- 
mitting bills  drawn  by  Englishmen  on  Frenchmen. 

(5)  A  cheque  is  an  order  to  pay  at  sight  a  certain 
sum  to  the  credit  of  the  bearer.  When  several 
persons  have  the  same  banker,  payments  from  one 
to  another  can  be  made  by  cheques  and  transfers  of 
account  in  the  simplest  possible  manner.  Thus  if  I 
owe  Smith  50Z.,  I  send  him  a  cheque  on  our  common 
banker,  with  whom  we  both  have  a  current  account, 
The  banker  subtracts  501.  from  my  balance,  i.e.  the 
amount  due  to  me,  and  carries  it  to  Smith's.  This 
transfer,  made  in  two  lines  of  writing,  suffices  to 
effect  the  payment.  The  Bank  of  France  effects 
these  settlements   of  its  clients'  reciprocal  debts  to 


214         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

the  amount  of  more  than  1,600,000,000Z.  In 
London  and  New  York  clerks  from  the  principal 
banks  meet  every  day  in  the  "  Clearing  House/'  and 
there  balance  the  cheques  they  hold  against  each 
other.  These  balancings  amount  in  the  course  of 
the  year,  in  London  to  about  5,000,000,000/.,  and 
in  New  York  to  rather  over  a  thousand  millions 
more. 

(6)  Warrants  and  certificates  of  bonding.  Warrants 
certifying  that  goods  have  been  bonded  in  a  public 
warehouse  or  dock,  can  be  used  for  giving  a  creditor 
security,  but  not  as  a  means  of  payment.  On  the 
other  hand  certificates  of  the  warehousing  of  coin,  or 
even  of  gold  and  silver  ingots,  serve  perfectly  as  a 
means  of  paying  the  sum  which  they  represent. 

(7)  Mortgage  bonds  are  bonds  representing  a 
fraction  of  the  mortgages  possessed  by  the  bank 
which  issues  them  on  the  property  of  the  debtor. 
They  confer  a  right  to  interest  and  repayment  in  an 
order  determined  by  lot.  The  raiser  of  the  mortgage 
pays  interest,  and  an  annual  sum  which  is  devoted 
to  the  extinction  of  the  debt  by  a  certain  time. 

(8)  Debentures  are  bonds  representing  debts  con- 
tracted by  industrial  companies,  chiefly  railways. 
They  give  a  right  to  interest,  paid  yearly  or  half 
yearly,  and  to  repayment,  often  with  a  premium,  in 
an  order  determined  by  lot. 

(9)  Municipal  debentures  represent  the  debts  of 
various  cities.  Frequently  they  are  in  similar  terms 
to  the  bonds  just  mentioned. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  215 

(10)  Government  stocks  represent  the  debts  owed 
by  the  various  Governments  as  a  result  of  their 
loans.  In  general,  Governments  engage  to  pay  a 
certain  interest,  not  to  refund  the  capital  at  any 
fixed  date,  whence  the  term,  "perpetual  or  con- 
solidated debt"  States  which  have  the  means 
gradually  refund  their  debts,  by  the  operation  of 
a  sinking  fund,  buying  bonds  on  the  Stock  Exchange, 
and  destroying  them. 

Bonds  of  the  description  of  numbers  7,  8,  9,  and 
10,  representing  loans  for  long  terms,  cannot  serve 
in  the  place  of  money.  The  other  bonds  do  so  to  a 
certain  extent,  but  the  only  perfect  substitute  for  coin 
is  the  bank-note  with  its  power  of  effecting  a  final 
payment. 

Money  in  the  shape  of  bills  was  employed  at 
Carthage.  In  a  dialogue  entitled  "  Eryxias  iEschine," 
Socraticus,  in  a  discussion  on  the  nature  of  wealth, 
relates  how  "  The  Carthaginians  provide  themselves 
with  money  in  the  following  manner.  In  a  small 
piece  of  leather  there  is  sewn  an  object  of  the  size  of 
a  stater  (a  Greek  coin),  but  only  those  who  have  made 
the  seam  know  what  this  object  is.  A  mark  is  then 
stamped  upon  the  leather,  and  henceforth  it  is  used 
as  money.  Those  persons  are  considered  the  wealthiest 
who  have  the  most  of  these  objects,  though  among  us 
they  would  be  of  no  more  value  than  the  pebbles  of 
our  mountains."  This  quotation  explains  the  whole 
mystery  of  the  circulation  of  credit.  Objects  of  a 
limited  quantity  and  receivable  in  all  payments  at  a 


216        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

value  fixed  by  law,  discharge  to  perfection  the  function 
of  an  equivalent  sum  of  money,  for  this  function  con- 
sists in  procuring  the  holder  everything  he  desires  up 
to  the  nominal  value  of  these  objects.  Metal  money 
has  only  this  additional  advantage  of  possessing  also 
intrinsically  as  merchandise  the  conventional  value 
attributed  to  it  by  law. 

§  5.  Banks. 

Banks  are  institutions  which  facilitate  the  oper- 
ations of  credit  and  the  circulation  of  its  instru- 
ments. Bankers  and  joint-stock  banks  must  possess 
a  capital  of  their  own;  but  they  work  chiefly  by 
receiving  the  capital  of  one  set  of  persons  to  lend 
it  in  different  manners  to  another.  Their  principal 
operations  are  as  follow : — 

(1)  The  receipt  of  deposits.  Banks  receive  on 
deposit  capital  of  which  its  proprietors  are  unable  to 
make  use,  and  lend  it  to  persons  in  a  position  to 
employ  it  profitably.  To  do  this,  bankers  must  know 
the  solvency  of  their  borrowers.  The  bank's  profit 
consists  in  the  difference  between  the  interest  which 
it  pays  its  depositors  and  that  paid  by  its  borrowers. 

In  countries  where  the  employment  of  credit  is 
well  understood,  every  one  who  has  daily  to  make  pay- 
ments, makes  a  deposit  at  his  bankers,  and  pays  by 
means  of  cheques  on  these  deposits.  In  England 
bank  deposits  exceed  320,000,000/.,  and  in  France 
80,000,000/.  In  this  way  reciprocal  debts  are 
balanced  and  settled  without  resort  to  coin.     The 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  217 

manner  in  which  this  is  effected  is  as  follows :  Let  us 
suppose  that  in  a  village  every  one  has  an  account 
open  at  the  same  banker's.  The  farmer  will  then  pay 
his  rent  by  causing  the  amount  to  be  written  off  his 
balance  and  transferred  to  his  landlord's.  The  land- 
lord in  paying  for  the  bread  supplied  to  his  house  will 
transfer  the  price  to  the  balance  of  the  baker.  The 
baker  will  pay  the  corn  and  flour  dealer,  and  this 
latter  the  farmer  who  sells  him  his  wheat,  in  the  same 
manner.  In  this  way  products  pass  from  hand  to 
hand  in  the  successive  forms  which  labour  gives  them, 
from  their  first  production  till  they  are  finally 
consumed.  Property  in  the  objects  is  transferred  at 
the  same  time  at  each  exchange,  but  without  the 
employment  of  an  equivalent  in  specie,  as  bills.  The 
farmer's  deposit  or  credit  at  the  bank,  by  changing 
possessors,  will  have  served  to  settle  the  successive 
transactions,  apportioning  to  each  the  share  he  can 
claim  in  the  value  of  the  products.  This  simple 
example  supplies  the  key  to  the  marvellous  machinery 
of  credit  as  it  is  in  operation  in  England  and  America. 

(2)  The  keeping  open  of  current  accounts.  The 
bank  keeps  an  account  open  for  each  of  its  clients, 
with  one  column  for  the  credit  and  another  for  the 
debit.  All  sums  received  are  carried  to  the  credit  side, 
all  sums  paid  on  the  client's  account  to  the  debit. 
Interest  is  due  to  the  depositor  or  to  the  bank  according 
to  to  whose  advantage  is  the  balance  of  credit  when 
the  debited  are  greater  than  those  credited. 

(3)  Discounting  bills,  i.e.  promises  to  pay,  bills  to 


218         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

order,  and  litis  of  exchange.  Any  one  who  has  sold 
goods  and  received  in  payment  either  a  promise  or  a 
bill  of  exchange  drawn  on  the  debtor,  may  have 
occasion  to  convert  these  bills  into  ready  money 
in  order  to  discharge  his  own  obligations  for  labour, 
rent,  or  the  purchase  of  provisions,  &c.  If  the 
banker  puts  trust  in  the  solvency  of  the  debtor  and 
creditor,  the  latter  of  whom  by,  his  endorsement,  is 
also  made  responsible  for  the  ultimate  payment,  he 
takes  over  the  bill,  and  gives  its  value  after  deducting 
interest  on  the  sum  paid,  calculated  according  to  the 
term  to  run  before  the  bill  expires,  i.e.  before  the  day 
of  payment,  and  also  according  to  the  current  rate  of 
interest.  This  transaction  is  called  "  discounting " 
and  the  rate  of  interest  is  called  the  "  rate  of  discount." 
Discounting  really  amounts  to  the  purchase  of  the 
credit  represented  by  the  bill.  Discounting  is  the 
principal  operation  of  credit.  Every  fluctuation  of 
production  and  exchange  depends  on  this,  since 
manufacturers  and  merchants  ordinarily  settle  their 
purchases  by  means  of  bills. 

(4)  Issue  of  bank-notes.  In  the  year  807  the 
Emperor  of  China,  Hiang-Tsong,  ordered  that  gold 
and  silver  money  should  be  deposited  in  the  imperial 
treasury,  and  in  exchange  for  it  gave  certificates, 
which  circulated  as  legal  currency,  and  were  com- 
pletely accepted  as  such  by  commerce.  To  these 
certificates  was  given  the  very  appropriate  name  of 
fei-tsien,  or  "  flying  money."  The  Bank  of  Venice 
(founded  in  1171),  the  Banks  of  Amsterdam  (1609), 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  219 

of  Hamburg  (1629),  and  Rotterdam  (1635),  issued 
certificates  of  deposit  representing,  in  round  figures, 
the  value  in  pure  metal  of  the  coin  deposited  in  their 
safes.  These  bills,  which  gave  a  right  to  a  fixed 
weight  of  gold  or  silver,  were  preferred,  as  a  means 
of  payment,  to  the  current  coinage,  the  value  of  which 
was  often  modified  either  by  edict  of  the  government 
or  by  wear  and  tear.  Bank-notes  were  at  a  premium, 
and  the  use  of  them  in  payments  was  made  a  matter 
of  stipulation.  At  the  present  time  this  form  of 
credit-money  is  in  general  use  in  all  civilised  countries, 
and  has  even  often  been  misused. 

As  a  means  of  payment,  if  not  recognised  by  law, 
at  least  universally  accepted,  bank-notes  payable  at 
sight  or  to  bearer,  are  used  instead  of  bills  of  commerce, 
which  only  circulate  among  persons  who  know  each 
other,  and  are  of  assured  responsibility.  These  notes 
are  also  usually  preferred  to  metal  money,  as  lighter, 
and  more  convenient  when  large  sums  have  to  be 
counted.  In  France,  when  after  1848  the  issue  of 
notes  was  restricted  to  a  maximum  insufficient  for 
the  needs  of  exchange,  a  premium  was  paid  to  obtain 
them. 

The  value  of  the  bank-notes  issued  is  covered  by 
a  fund  in  coin  or  ingots,  and  by  discounted  bills, 
which  together  constitute  the  "  reserve."  It  is  esti- 
mated that  a  note-issuing  bank  ought  to  have  in 
cash  one-third  of  its  notes  in  circulation.  A  law 
passed  in  1844,  called  the  Bank  Charter  Act,  subjects 
the  Bank  of  England  to  a  still  more  stringent  rule. 


220         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

By  this  law,  every  issue  of  notes  in  excess  of  fourteen 
and  a  half  millions  sterling,  must  be  covered  by  an 
equal  sum  in  legal  money  or  ingots,  so  that  the 
instrument  of  exchange  can  only  increase  in  the  pro- 
portion which  it  would  observe  if  it  were  exclusively 
metal. 

Prudence  commands  banks  which  issue  notes  to 
keep  their  reserve  fund  at  a  suitable  level  by  raising 
the  rate  of  discount  when  the  precious  metals  are 
leaving  the  country. 

In  times  of  great  crises,  Governments  sometimes 
decree  a  "forced  currency."  By  this  decree  banks 
are  authorised  to  refuse  to  make  good  their  notes 
at  sight,  and  all  persons  are  obliged  to  receive  these 
non-convertible  notes  in  all  payments  at  their  nominal 
value.  This  extreme  measure  has  as  its  object  to 
enable  banks  sometimes  to  continue  to  lend  their 
credit  to  commercial  and  industrial  firms,  which  is  a 
good  thing  ;  sometimes  to  make  advances  to  the 
State  in  the  form  of  notes  forced  on  the  public,  which 
is  an  evil,  and  one  which  becomes  greater  in  pro- 
portion as  the  issue  of  these  non-convertible  notes 
is  more  considerable. 

When  the  amount  of  these  non-convertible  notes 
surpasses  the  needs  of  the  circulation,  like  everything 
else  that  is  in  excess,  they  depreciate  in  value.  This 
depreciation  takes  the  form  of  a  general  rise  of 
prices.  It  can  be  exactly  measured  by  comparing 
the  value  of  the  unit  of  money  in  paper,  and  that  of 
the  same  unit  in  metal.     Thus  the  Russian  silver 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  221 

rouble  is  worth  about  three  shillings  and  fourpence, 
while  the  paper  rouble,  at  present,  is  only  worth  two 
and  twopence.  So  in  England  in  1810,  to  obtain  a 
gold  guinea,  in  gold,  or  an  equivalent  weight  of  the 
metal,  paper  money  had  to  be  given  of  the  nominal 
value  of  a  guinea  and  a  quarter. 

Convertible  notes  are  "  money  of  paper,"  and  this 
necessarily  keeps  on  an  equality  with  metal  money, 
since  the  holder  of  a  note,  sooner  than  submit  to  a 
loss,  will  demand  that  it  be  redeemed.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  non-convertible  notes  of  a  forced  currency 
are  "  paper-morfey,"  and  the  depreciation  of  this  is 
only  limited  in  the  same  extent  as  is  its  issue  in 
excess.  The  most  memorable  example  of  this 
depreciation  is  the  case  of  the  assignats.  The  French 
Republic  had  confiscated  property  of  the  clergy  and 
emigrants  to  the  value  of  over  two  hundred  millions. 
To  facilitate  its  sale,  on  the  proposition  of  Mirabeau, 
the  State  issued  notes  called  "assignats/'  because 
they  were  "  assigned  "  for  the  purchase  of  the  property 
of  the  nation.  Since  the  lands  purchased  were  to  be 
paid  for  with  these  notes,  which  were  to  be  destroyed 
on  their  return  from  circulation,  with  the  sale  of  the 
last  of  the  acres  the  last  of  the  notes  should  have 
been  cancelled. 

The  assignats  remained  at  par  to  the  end  of  1792, 
though  they  had  been  issued  to  the  amount  of  two  thou- 
sand million  livres,  (80,000,000/.).  To  meet,  however, 
the  requirements  of  the  war,  they  were  created  to  the 
amountofforty-fivethousandmillions(l,800,000,000/.), 


222         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

and  their  value  diminished  in  proportion  to  the  increase 
of  their  issue.  During  the  summer  of  1795,  one 
hundred  livres  in  assignats  were  hardly  worth  one  in 
silver,  and  their  value  varied  enormously  from  day  to 
day.  The  price  in  assignats  of  a  pair  of  boots  was 
fifteen  hundred  livres.  In  July,  1796,  their  legal 
currency  was  suppressed.  The  important  lesson 
afforded  by  these  facts  is  that  credit-money,  even 
when  guaranteed  by  real  property,  depreciates  in 
value  if  it  is  issued  in  excess  of  the  requirements  of 
the  circulation. 

§  6.  Free  Creation  of  Note-issuing  Banks. 

The  issue  of  bank-notes  should  be  permitted  to  all 
persons  and  companies  accepting  responsibility  for 
their  acts ;  but  it  should  be  prohibited  to  companies 
with  limited  liability  because  these  constitute  an 
exception  to  the  principles  of  the  common  law. 

The  control  of  the  currency  has  always,  and  rightly, 
been  recognised  as  an  attribute  of  the  State.  The 
quantity  of  money  in  circulation  has  an  influence  on 
all  prices,  and,  as  a  consequence,  on  the  financial 
situation  and  the  legal  relations  of  every  individual. 
Bank-notes,  however,  are  a  money  made  of  paper, 
acting  on  prices  just  like  money  made  of  metal.  The 
history  of  the  banks  of  the  United  States  shows 
clearly  the  dangers  of  an  unlimited  power  of  issuing 
these  notes. 

Progress  has  led  us  from  local  currency  to  national 
currency,  and  from  national  currency  to  international 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  223 

currency.  The  same  progress  must  be  made  in  the 
case  of  bank-notes.  The  unity  of  the  means  of 
exchange  has  the  greatest  advantages,  and  their 
diversity  the  greatest  inconveniences. 


CHAPTER  V. 

MONETARY,  COMMERCIAL,  AND  INDUSTRIAL  CRISES. 

§  i.  Nature  of  Crises. 
Crises  are  the  diseases  of  credit,  for  countries 
where  credit  is  little  used  escape  them.  Sometimes 
they  are  as  sharp  as  an  inflammation,  sometimes  as 
slow  and  insidious  as  an  anemic.  They  produce 
widespread  disturbance  in  the  money  market,  and 
consequently  in  production,  and  thus  occasion  heavy 
losses  and  numerous  failures.  Three  varieties  of 
crises  may  be  distinguished,  (1)  monetary  and  com- 
mercial, (2)  industrial,  (3)  speculative;  and  their 
phenomena  demand  as  careful  study  as  any  in 
economy,  since  a  knowledge  of  crises  diminishes 
the  risks  of  loss  and  increases  the  means  of  gain. 

§  2.  The  Periodical  recurrence  of  Commercial 
and  Monetary  Crises. 

For  the  last  century,  i.e.  ever  since  the  employment 
of  credit  became  general  in  England,  economic  crises 
have  occurred  nearly  every  tenth  year,  the  exact  dates 
being  17G3,    1783,    1793,    1803,  1825,  1838,  1847 


224«        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

1857,  1864  to  1866,  1875  to  1879.  It  has  been 
thought  that  a  kind  of  natural  law  may  be  observed 
in  this  periodical  character  of  this  return.  Mr. 
Jevons,  who  treats  political  economy  mathematically, 
has  even  suggested  that  crises  are  determined  by  the 
spots  in  the  sun.  Their  principal  cause,  he  says,  is 
the  exportation  of  specie.  Specie  is  exported  to  pay 
for  the  import  of  grain  during  years  in  which  the 
harvest  is  bad.  Bad  harvests  are  the  result  of  in- 
clement summers,  and  these  are  caused  by  the  spots 
in  the  sun.  This  explanation  is  ingenious,  but  has 
the  defect  of  being  untrue  to  facts.  That  crises 
should  recur  periodically  is  not  a  natural  law.  The 
fact  that  they  do  so  recur  is  explained  by  the  re- 
currence of  the  circumstances  by  which  they  are 
produced ;  and  the  science  of  finance  can  teach  us 
how  to  exorcise  them. 

§  3.  Characteristics  of  Crises. 

Crises  mostly  occur  at  the  end  of  several  consecutive 
years  of  prosperity,  during  which  capital  has  been 
accumulating.  This  abundant  supply  of  capital 
lowers  the  rate  of  interest.  Cheap  money  stirs  up 
the  spirit  of  enterprise.  Numerous  companies  are 
started,  and  the  bonds  which  represent  their  capital 
are  in  great  demand.  The  rise  in  prices  soon  brings 
in  large  profits  to  the  bond-holders.  Every  one  is 
anxious  to  buy,  to  gain  a  share  in  these  profits ;  and 
so  the  rise  continues  and  stimulates  the  demand  by 
the  increasing  bonus  which  it  brings  in.    No  one  loses. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  225 

Everything  that  is  touched  turns  to  gold.  The 
prices  of  commodities  also  rise,  for  the  people  who 
have  grown  rich  increase  their  consumption.  The 
period  is  one  of  "  expansion/'  based  on  the  employ- 
ment of  credit  in  all  its  forms.  At  last  something 
happens  which  absorbs  specie,  the  basis  of  credit; 
for  example,  an  exceptional  importation  of  grain  in- 
duced by  a  poor  harvest,  or  large  investments  in 
foreign  securities..  The  bank  which  regulates  the 
market  raises  the  rate  of  discount.  Credit  contracts. 
Confidence  disappears.  Distrust  spreads.  A  panic 
breaks  out ;  every  one  wishes  to  sell,  and  no  more 
buyers  can  be  found.  Prices  fall  lower  and  lower. 
Credit  is  absolutely  refused,  and  we  have  reached  the 
period  of  "  revulsion."  Deprived  of  the  power  both 
of  borrowing  and  selling,  those  who  have  payments 
to  make  are  involved  in  failure.  One  bankruptcy 
follows  on  another.     A  crisis  has  come. 

This  in  its  violence  does  not  last  long.  The 
excessive  fall  in  all  prices  once  more  attracts  buyers, 
and  money  and  credit  return  with  them.  To  recover, 
however,  from  such  disasters  many  years  are  needed, 
and  these  are  called  the  period  of  "recovery."  At 
the  end  of  this  the  period  of  expansion  recommences, 
to  end  in  a  fresh  crisis,  and  so  the  circle  begins  again. 
This  succession  of  events,  one  caused  by  another, 
sufficiently  explains  the  cycle  of  nine  or  ten  years. 

Since  commercial  and  financial  intercourse  has 
become  easier  and  infinitely  more  frequent,  all 
civilised  countries  have  been  made,  so  to  speak,  into 


226        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

a  single  market.  Nowadays,  therefore,  a  crisis  ori- 
ginating in  one  or  two  affects  more  or  less  all  the 
others.  Thus  in  1857  the  crisis  began  in  the  United 
States  in  the  month  of  September.  By  October  13th 
it  had  reached  its  height ;  discount  had  reached  50 
and  60  per  cent.,  no  one  could  make  further  payments. 
All  the  banks  closed  their  shutters ;  it  was  reckoned 
that  there  were  5,123  failures  with  a  liability 
of  £60,000,000.  In  November  the  crisis  reached 
England,  and  raged  there  with  unexampled  violence. 
From  England  it  was  launched  on  Hamburg,  and 
the  Scandinavian  markets,  Copenhagen  and  Stock- 
holm. It  then  made  itself  successively  felt  in  North 
Germany,  Vienna,  Egypt,  the  Indies,  Java,  and, 
completing  its  course  round  the  world,  Chili, 
Buenos-Ayres,  and  Rio  Janeiro.  The  financial 
cyclone,  like  the  atmospheric,  had  travelled  from 
west  to  east,  everywhere  scattering  ruin  on  its  road. 
These  events  prove  clearly  the  important  truth  that, 
for  evil  as  well  as  for  good,  the  union  of  the  human 
race  is  becoming  ever  more  potently  effective. 

Slow  crises  are  the  results  of  a  scarcity  of  the 
instrument  of  exchange.  That  which  took  place 
from  1873  to  1879  in  Europe  and  the  United  States 
presents  a  type  of  them.  Prices  remain  low.  Profits 
are  little  or  nothing.  Capital  accumulates  slowly. 
The  spirit  of  enterprise  is  not  stimulated  even  by  the 
fall  of  interest.     All  economic  life  seems  enfeebled. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  227 

§  4.  Causes  of  Commercial  and  Monetary  Crises. 

These  crises  arise  from  different  causes — the 
opening  of  a  new  market,  a  low  rate  of  interest 
inciting  to  excessive  speculation — bad  harvest  neces- 
sitating exceptional  importations  of  food,  a  sudden 
change  in  the  lines  of  commerce,  such  as  occurs  at 
the  end  of  a  great  war,  as  witness  the  years  1815  and 
1871.  These  different  causes  may  be  grouped  in  the 
following  manner. 

(1)  A  very  general  use  of  bonds  as  a  circulating 
agent.  Bank  notes,  bills,  cheques,  deposits  in  banks, 
are  all  promises  or  orders  to  pay  in  specie,  of  which, 
however,  there  is  not  nearly  enough  for  the  payments 
that  have  to  be  made.  Thus  the  immense  super- 
structure of  credit  rests  on  a  very  narrow  basis  of  cash. 
Nine-tenths  of  the  business  done  in  England  and 
the  United  States,  and  three-fourths  of  that  of  the 
Continent,  are  regulated  by  means  of  credit.  The 
mechanism  brought  to  this  perfection  works  admirably 
so  long  as  it  is  supported  by  confidence,  but  as  soon 
as  credit  diminishes  all  the  agents  of  circulation  which 
rest  on  trust  contract  also,  and  there  is  a  fall  of  prices. 
If  the  contraction  and  consequent  fall  are  sudden 
and  great,  then  we  have  a  crisis. 

(2)  During  the  period  of  expansion  a  large 
number  of  debts  for  short  terms  are  contracted, 
sometimes  in  the  form  of  subscriptions  to  issues  of 
shares  and  bonds  not  fully  paid  up,  i.e.  where  the 
capital   has  to  be   paid   in   successive   instalments; 

Q  2 


228         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

sometimes  in  large  purchases  of  bills  and  goods  on 
credit  in  the  hope  of  a  rise  in  prices ;  sometimes  in 
numerous  foreign  investments  prompted  by  the  low 
rate  of  interest,  &c.  This  enormous  mass  of  debts 
based  upon  credit  constitutes,  so  to  say,  the  morbid 
element  of  the  crisis. 

(3)  The  immediate  cause  of  a  crisis  is  always  a 
decrease  in  the  quantity  of  ready  money  induced 
sometimes  by  exportation,  sometimes  by  the  wants 
of  the  national  commerce.  This  decrease  contracts 
the  resources  of  the  banks  which  keep  the  machinery 
of  credit  in  motion.  With  this  cessation  of  the 
ordinary  functions  of  the  banks  exchanges  and 
payments  fall  off  or  cease  altogether,  and  hence 
arise  losses,  ruin,  bankruptcies,  and,  in  one  word, 
a  crisis. 

§  5.  Means  of  preventing  and  remedying  Crises. 

To  ward  off  or  cure  a  disease  it  is  necessary  to 
attack  its  causes.  The  nature  of  the  causes  indicates 
that  of  the  remedies. 

(1)  The  amount  of  metal  money  should  be  kept 
sufficiently  large  to  serve  as  an  adequate  basis  to  the 
credit  employed.  The  best  writers  agree  that 
England  and  the  United  States  have  failed  to  main- 
tain this  proportion.  France  has  suffered  less  from 
crises  than  these  two  countries  because  its  circulation 
of  specie  is  relatively  greater.  The  losses  occasioned 
by  crises  greatly  exceed  the  saving  effected  on  the 
reduced  use  of  coin. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  22D 


(2)  In  periods  of  excessive  expansion  time  en- 
gagements should  be  checked  rather  than  multiplied. 
(3)  The  rate  of  discount  should  be  raised  in  good 
time,  either  to  moderate  excessive  expansion  or  to 
recall  money  that  has  left  the  country.  A  higher 
rate  of  discount,  by  lowering  prices,  brings  back 
buyers  and  specie  with  them. 

§  6.    Industrial  Crises. 

These  crises  are  not  general  like  the  preceding 
ones,  but  attack  sometimes  one  industry,  sometimes 
another.     Several  causes  produce  them. 

(1)  The  closing  of  an  important  market,  as  in  i864, 
when  all  the  southern  ports  of  the  United  States 
were  blockaded. 

(2)  Competition  from  a  fresh  quarter,  such  as  the 
agriculture  of  Western  Europe  is  suffering  at  the 
present  time  from  the  supply  of  corn  furnished  by 
the  United  States  at  very  low  prices. 

(3)  Excess  of  production.  When  an  industry  has 
yielded  exceptional  profits  a  large  amount  of  capital 
is  invested  in  it,  and  too  many  manufactories  estab- 
lished. Production  surpasses  the  needs  of  consump- 
tion. Prices  fall,  and  the  manufacturers  not  supplied 
with  the  best  machinery  are  ruined.  There  is  a 
crisis  of  "  over-production." 

§  7.  Speculative  Crises  or  Crashes. 

Crises  of  this  class  have  been  called  "  crashes," 
because  their  mode  of  manifestation  is  by  a  sudden 


230         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

collapse.     Any  one  who  wishes  to  learn  their  nature 
and  causes  should  read  the  history  of  the  "  system  M 
of   Law.     Law  was   a   Scotchman   who   arrived   in 
France  in  1715.     By  his  knowledge  of  finance,  and 
brilliant  genius,  he  seduced  the  Regent,  who  placed 
all  the  power  of  the  state  at  his  disposal.     So  sup- 
ported, Law  founded  a  bank  on  the  model  of  the 
Bank  of  England,  created  commercial  companies  like 
those  of   Holland,  obtained  a  monopoly  of   all  the 
trade  with  Asia,  Africa,  and  America,  farmed  the 
taxes,  and  repaid  the  national  debt  of  fifteen  hundred 
million  francs.     To  effect  these  vast  operations  he 
issued  624,000  shares  of  500  livres,  which,  increasing 
in   price   to    10,000   livres,   represented    a    sum    of 
6,240,000,000    livres,   and    1,700,000,000    more    in 
bank   notes.      He   thus   at  one   stroke   created   an 
object  of  speculation,  and  the  means  of  pushing  it 
to  madness.    The  shares  were  fought  for.    Every  one 
was  anxious  to  obtain  them  at  any  price,  for  to  touch 
them  brought  wealth.     Their  price  rose  incessantly, 
until  on  January  5th,  1720,  it  reached  the  insensate 
sum  of  18,000  livres.     Stockjobbers  realised  enor- 
mous fortunes  in  a  few  days  ;   all  prices  rose  and 
every  one  was  enriched.     Soon  the  reaction  set  in ; 
shares  declined.     Law  tried  to  stop  the  fall  by  buy- 
ing them  in  at  9,000  livres  by  means  of  an  issue  of 
bank  notes.     The  discredit  then  extended  to  these  ; 
the  public  would  have  no  more  paper  of  any  kind, 
but  demanded  coin.     Coin  there  was  none  to  have, 
for  it  had  all  been  hid.    There  was  a  general  collapse ; 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  231 

and  the  mass  of  bonds  and  notes  which  at  one  time 
had  represented  ten  thousand  million  livres,  vanished 
with  the  confidence  which  had  brought  them  into 
being. 

The  characteristics  of  the  "crash"  may  thus  be 
very  shortly  explained.  The  infatuation  of  the 
public  causes  a  rise  of  value.  If  this  infatuation  is 
general,  the  rise  is  considerable,  maintains  itself,  and 
yields  enormous  profits.  This  attracts  buyers,  and 
the  greater  the  number  of  buyers  the  greater  the 
gains ;  the  greater  the  gains  the  more  the  buyers. 
The  shower  of  gold  falls  on  every  one ;  but  with  the 
slightest  hesitation  there  begins  a  headlong  fall,  and 
everything  collapses.  The  imposing  edifice  was  but 
a  fata  morgana  created  by  credit.  When  the  mirage 
disappears,  no  real  wealth  has  been  destroyed,  but 
enormous  amounts  have  changed  hands.  Clever 
men  are  enriched  and  their  dupes  ruined. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

FREE  TRADE  AND  PROTECTION. 

§  i.  Free  Trade. 

A  merchant,  on  being  asked  by  the  French 
statesman,  Colbert,  what  was  the  best  way  of  favour- 
ing commerce,  made  answer :  Laissez  /aire  ;  laissez 
passer,  H  Leave  it  alone ; "  and  this  reply  of  his  has 


232         Elements  of  Political  Economy, 

become  the  watchword  of  the  supporters  of  freedom 
of  trade,  or,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  free  exchange. 
What,  in  fact,  can  be  more  natural  than  to  allow 
every  one  to  buy  and  sell  where  he  can  do  so  most 
advantageously,  whether  in  or  out  of  his  own 
country  ? 

To  raise  a  revenue  a  state  is  still  justified  in 
imposing  custom  dues  on  the  importation  of  certain 
foreign  goods,  though  the  tax  is  a  bad  one  ;  but  to 
establish  these  duties  under  the  pretext  of  protecting 
national  industries  is  an  iniquitous  measure,  fatal  to 
the  general  interest.  By  forcing  consumers  to  buy 
from  the  protected  manufacturers  at  higher  prices 
than  they  would  elsewhere  have  to  pay,  the  gross 
injustice  is  committed  of  taxing  one  class  for  the 
benefit  of  another.  It  is  in  this  that  the  system  of 
protection  consists.  If  it  be  said  that  the  object  is 
to  favour  labour,  and  consequently  labourers,  a 
double  error  is  committed. 

Error  the  First. — The  aim  of  economics  is  not  to 
increase  but  to  diminish  labour.  If  I  can  obtain  a 
yard  of  cloth  from  a  foreigner  by  means  of  one  day's 
work,  it  is  contrary  to  this  aim  to  force  me  to  spend 
two.  This  eagerness  to  increase  labour  without 
augmenting  production  has  been  well  called  "Sisy- 
phism,"  for  it  chains  humanity  to  efforts  that  lead  to 
no  result,  just  as  Sisyphus  was  compelled  to  roll  to 
the  summit  of  a  hill  a  stone  that  always  fell  back 
again.  The  goal  we  should  pursue  is  the  increase  of 
commodities  and  diminution  of  toil. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  233 

Error  the  Second. — No  service,  but  an  injury,  is 
done  to  workmen  in  thrusting  them  into  manufac- 
tories by  force  of  law  and  in  spite  of  nature.  Thus 
in  the  case  of  Italy  it  is  a  thousand  pities  that  the 
custom-house  should  have  snatched  workmen  and 
workwomen  from  their  open-air  tasks  in  this  lovely 
country  with  its  genial  climate,  to  chain  them  in 
gloomy  workshops  for  twelve  or  fourteen  hours  a  day 
to  the  monotonous  movements  of  machines. 

Free  trade  by  applying  to  whole  peoples  the  prin- 
ciple of  the  division  of  labour,  assures  them  all  the 
benefits  it  can  bestow,  and  thus  greatly  increases 
their  welfare.  If  in  a  family  each  member  is  em- 
ployed at  what  he  can  do  best,  it  is  clear  that  the 
total  product,  and  consequently  the  individual  shares, 
will  be  as  great  as  can  be  attained.  On  the  contrary, 
if  each  is  forced  by  legislative  restrictions  to  devote 
a  part  of  his  time  to  a  labour  for  which  he  has  no 
aptitude,  each  and  all  will  be  worse  off.  Apply  this 
principle  to  nations,  and  it  is  plain  that  when  each 
country  devotes  its  energies  to  the  tasks  which  its 
nature  most  favours,  not  only  will  it  bring  to  the 
international  market  the  maximum  of  products  ob- 
tained with  the  minimum  of  toil,  but  the  welfare  of 
humanity  at  large  will  be  increased  in  proportion 
to  the  increase  of  the  productivity  of  each  country's 
labour. 

A  man  who,  in  the  wish  to  be  self-sufficing,  should 
constrain  himself  to  manufacture  everything  he 
needed,  food,  clothing,  furniture,  and   books,  would 


234         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

plainly  be  extremely  foolish,  nor  is  a  nation  that 
imitates  him  any  wiser. 

If  the  soil  of  my  farm  is  sandy,  and  so  better 
suited  for  rye  than  for  wheat,  the  least  laborious  way 
of  obtaining  wheat  is,  not  to  cultivate  it  myself,  but 
to  ask  for  it  in  exchange  for  my  rye  of  those  who 
have  a  clay  soil.  This  plain  truth  demonstrates 
the  absurdity  of  the  system  of  protection  which 
would  oblige  me  to  grow  wheat  even  upon  sand. 

The  upholders  of  protection  make  the  further 
objection  that  foreigners  will  inundate  us  with  their 
produce.  Such  a  fear  is  quite  idle,  since  foreigners 
will  not  give  us  their  goods  for  nothing,  but  will  be 
willing  to  take  ours  in  payment.  Commerce  is 
always  an  exchange  of  produce  against  produce.  So 
much  imported,  so  much  exported.  If  imports 
exceed  exports,  all  the  better ;  the  foreigner  is  pay- 
ing us  a  tribute,  and  we  shall  have  more  to  consume. 
If  exports  exceed  imports,  all  the  worse,  it  is  now 
we  who  are  paying  a  tribute.  Here,  however,  we 
are  touching  on  the  difficult  question  of  the  balance 
of  commerce,  the  discussion  of  which  we  defer  to  a 
later  paragraph. 

Protectionists  are  anxious  to  sell  much  and  buy 
little,  in  order  that  the  foreigner  may  be  forced  to 
pay  the  excess  of  his  purchases  in  cash.  These  aims 
involve  a  great  contradiction.  It  is  clearly  impos- 
sible for  the  different  countries  in  their  exchanges 
with  one  another  always  to  sell  more  than  they 
buy. 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  235 

The  principal  cause  of  industrial  progress  in  a 
country,  is,  as  we  have  seen,  the  competition  between 
manufacturers,  each  of  whom  strives  to  improve,  and, 
above  all,  to  cheapen,  his  fabrics,  in  order  to  extend 
his  business.  The  more  widely  competition  is  ex- 
tended, the  greater  will  be  everyone's  profit.  Do 
not,  therefore,  limit  it  by  fche  frontiers  of  a  state,  but 
extend  it  from  country  to  country.  Monopoly  begets 
sloth,  and  protection,  routine.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  manufacturer  who  is  forced  to  carry  everything 
to  perfection  in  endeavouring  to  keep  his  hold  of  the 
home  market  will  conquer  that  of  the  world. 

A  railroad  uniting  two  countries  facilitates  ex- 
changes. Custom  dues  on  foreign  goods  impede 
them.  Yet  the  same  men  at  the  same  time  support 
two  policies,  the  results  of  which  are  thus  completely 
diverse.  That  Frenchmen  and  Italians  after  spend- 
ing nearly  two  millions  sterling  in  boring  a  tunnel 
through  the  Alps,  can  place  their  custom-house 
officers  at  each  end  to  destroy  in  a  great  measure  by 
the  dues  they  exact  the  usefulness  of  this  marvel  of 
engineering,  is  an  inexplicable  contradiction. 

To  be  consistent,  a  protectionist  should  demand 
the  destruction  of  machines,  for  machines  and  free 
trade  have  as  their  common  result  the  diminution  of 
the  labour  necessary  to  obtain  an  object.  Thanks  to 
machinery  I  obtain  my  coal  at  less  expense ;  thanks 
to  the  stranger  I  again  obtain  it  cheaper ;  the  result 
is  identically  the  same.  If  we  exclude  the  foreigner 
we  should  also  break  our  machines ;  and  thus  increase 


236         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

in  both  ways  the  amount  of  labour  requisite  to  obtain 
a  given  quantity  of  coal. 

Capital  turns  spontaneously  to  the  most  lucrative 
field  of  employment.  Protection  diverts  it  from 
these  to  the  less  lucrative,  compensating  it  for  the 
difference  by  a  tax  levied  on  consumers,  by  the 
amount  of  which  tax  production  is  again  diminished. 

As  their  last  argument  protectionists  maintain  that 
for  objects  of  the  first  necessity,  such  as  corn  and 
iron,  a  country  should  be  independent  of  foreigners, 
lest,  in  case  of  war,  it  should  find  itself  without  the 
means  of  nourishment  or  defence.  There  is  no 
example,  however,  of  a  people  having  lacked  neces- 
saries in  war  time,  and  to-day  there  is  even  less 
cause  for  fear  than  formerly.  In  the  first  place 
railways  facilitate  revictualling  ;  in  the  second,  since 
the  Treaty  of  Paris  in  1856  the  ships  of  neutrals 
may  continue  to  transport  the  goods  of  belligerents. 
The  complete  blockade  of  a  state  is  thus  more  im- 
possible than  ever ;  and  it  is  the  height  of  folly  to 
inflict  a  permanent  and  certain  harm  in  order  to 
avoid  a  distant  and  more  than  improbable  one. 

§  2.  The  Balance  of  Trade. 

The  balance  of  trade  is  the  comparison  which  a 
country  establishes  between  its  exports  and  imports. 
When  the  total  of  the  exports  exceeds  that  of  the 
imports  the  balance  is  said  to  be  favourable,  for  the 
difference,  it  used  to  be  thought,  must  be  paid  by 
the  foreigner  in  cash  ;  in  the  contrary  case  it  is  called 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  237 

unfavourable,  since  the  country  has  to  pay  for  the 
excess  of  imports  by  means  of  the  precious  metals. 
This  method  of  calculating  is  now  said  to  be  erroneous. 
I  may  export  forty  thousand  pounds  worth  of  goods, 
and  the  custom-house  records  their  being  shipped. 
The  vessel,  however,  which  carries  them  is  lost  in 
a  storm,  and  I  have  no  means  of  purchasing  foreign 
wares.  An  excess  of  exports  over  imports  is  recorded 
of  £40,000,  and  the  country  is  impoverished  by 
exactly  this  sum.  If  on  the  contrary  my  goods  reach 
their  destination  and  are  sold  for  £60,000,  I  employ 
the  money  in  buying  other  goods,  which  on  their 
importation  will  yield  a  fresh  profit.  In  this  case 
the  custom-house  records  an  export  of  £40,000  and 
import  of  £60,000,  leaving  a  balance  against  my 
country  of  £20,000.  Yet  it  is  exactly  by  this  sum 
that  it  is  enriched.  These  examples,  it  is  added,  are 
borne  out  by  actual  facts,  since  it  is  in  the  richest 
countries  that  the  excess  of  imports  occurs :  in 
England,  for  instance,  to  the  amount  of  more  than 
eighty  millions,  and  in  France  of  late  years  to  about 
half  as  much.  Thus  in  1880  England  imported  to 
the  value  of  one  hundred  and  forty  millions  in  excess 
of  her  exports.  Eighty  of  these  are  estimated  to 
have  proceeded  from  freight  charges,  assurances  and 
merchants'  profits,  and  the  remaining  sixty  from  the 
interests  on  foreign  investments. 

The  ancient  doctrine  of  the  balance  of  trade  was, 
nevertheless  not  wholly  wrong.  Men  of  business 
still   watch   with   attention,  and,  at   times,  anxiety, 


238         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

the  fluctuations  of  this  balance.  As  a  matter  of 
fact  if  the  customary  balance  of  exports  and  imports 
has  been  newly  disturbed  as,  for  example,  when 
payment  has  to  be  made  for  grain  imported  to 
supply  the  deficiencies  of  a  bad  harvest,  the  debts  t 
created  by  the  excess  of  imports  have  to  be  settled 
by  means  of  specie.  Money,  the  medium  of  exchange 
and  basis  of  credit,  becomes  scarcer,  and  a  "  tight- 
ness "  of  the  market  or  actual  crisis  is  the  result. 

§  3.  The  Oversight  of  Free  Traders. 

The  goal  at  which  to  aim  is  the  suppression,  not 
the  increase  of  labour.  Free  trade  furthers  this  aim 
just  as  machinery  does ;  and  thus  both  are  plainly 
a  blessing.  There  are  men,  however,  who  live  solely 
by  their  labour ;  and  these,  if  labour  is  suppressed, 
have  no  alternative  to  extinction.  Like  machinery, 
then,  free  trade  may  oblige  workmen  to  remove  from 
one  place  to  another,  from  the  one  in  which  custom 
dues  furnished  them  with  a  barren  employment  to 
the  one  in  which,  with  diminished  effort,  they  will 
obtain  far  greater  results.  It  was  a  displacement 
of  this  character  that  occurred  in  France  when  the 
Revolution  of  1789  abolished  the  custom-houses 
which  separated  the  ancient  provinces.  Abolish  those 
which  still  separate  the  different  states,  and  the  same 
process  may  repeat  itself. 

When  such  a  displacement  is  accomplished  men 
will  be  everywhere  better  off  by  reason  of  the  greater 
productiveness  of  their  labour,  but  they  will  perhaps 


Distribution  and  Circulation.  239 

be  differently  distributed,  and  this  cannot  be  effected 
without  suffering.  The  practical  conclusion  is  that 
we  should  create  no  fresh  legal  monopolies  by  means 
of  which  workmen  are  settled  where  nature  cannot 
yield  them  a  large  recompense,  but  that  when  such 
monopolies  already  exist  the  tariffs  which  maintain 
them  must  be  reformed  with  prudence  and  circum- 
spection. 

§  4.  The  System  of  Temporary  Protection. 

This  system  has  never  been  better  expounded  than 
by  the  German  economist,  Friedrich  List,  the  initiator 
of  the  Customs  Union  (Zollverein)  out  of  which  has 
sprung  the  political  unity  of  Germany.  The  final 
object,  says  List,  is  the  establishment  of  universal 
free  trade,  but  in  order  that  this  may  bring  the 
maximum  of  advantage  to  individual  states,  and 
consequently  to  the  world  at  large,  each  people  must 
make  the  best  use  of  its  natural  resources.  Now 
a  country  that  is  exclusively  agricultural  is  necessarily 
backward,  witness  the  past  history  of  Poland.  Since, 
then,  although  it  is  undoubtedly  bad  for  privileges  to 
give  rise  to  artificial  industries,  many  industries  well 
suited  to  the  nature  of  a  country  will  never  develop 
there  unless  at  first  protected,  the  best  road  to  arrive 
at  free  trade  and  obtain  from  it  the  maximum  of 
advantage  lies  through  a  temporary  adoption  of 
protection. 

Although  both  Adam  Smith  and  J.  S.  Mill  have 
expressed  the  same  opinion  as  this  of  List's,  I  admit 


240        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

neither  its  premises  nor  its  conclusion.  An  agricul- 
tural country  is  not  necessarily  backward.  If  Poland 
was  so  in  former  days,  it  was  because  a  frivolous 
aristocracy  which  had  the  disposition  of  the  nett 
revenue  employed  it  for  its  own  amusement,  without 
doing  anything  to  promote  the  instruction  either  of 
its  serfs  or  of  itself.  In  no  country  has  moral  and 
intellectual  cultivation,  comfort  and  happiness  been  so 
general  as  they  were  in  New  England  before  protection 
developed  there  the  great  industries.  It  is  a  mistaken 
habit  that  measures  the  civilisation  of  a  state  by  the 
amount  of  the  products  to  which  its  industries  give 
rise.  Civilisation  has  never  been  more  brilliant  than 
at  Athens,  where  literature  and  art  attained  the 
summit  of  perfection,  but  where  industry  remained 
quite  undeveloped. 

Temporary  protection  is  no  more  needed  to-day 
than  it  was  in  the  times  of  Adam  Smith.  New 
discoveries  and  processes  are  immediately  known 
all  over  the  world,  and  capital  and  the  spirit  of 
enterprise  are  ceaselessly  seeking  to  cultivate  natural 
resources  in  whatever  country  they  exist.  Temporary 
protection,  moreover,  always  tends  to  become  perma- 
nent, since  the  interests  created  by  privilege  coalesce 
in  opposing  all  reform. 

§  5.  Reciprocity. 

The  upholders  of  this  system  argue,  we  are 
anxious  for  free  trade,  but  for  a  free  trade  that  shall 
be  reciprocal  and   not  on  one   side   only.     If  the 


Distribution  and  Circulation  241 

foreigner  opens  his  frontiers  to  us  we  open  ours  to 
him ;  if  he  taxes  our  goods,  we  tax  his.  It  is  the 
lex  talionis,  the  law  of  tit-for-tat  applied  to  trade, 
just  the  same  as  the  case  of  reprisals  in  war.  In 
England  at  present  this  system  is  called  "  fair  trade  " 
in  opposition  to  the  "  free  trade  "  of  its  adversaries. 

These  reply  to  the  argument  just  cited,  "  Foreigners 
inflict  loss  on  you  by  taxing  your  products  on  their 
importation,  but  by  taxing  theirs,  you  inflict  on  your- 
selves a  second  loss,  by  obliging  yourselves  to  pay 
more  dearly  for  them.  Because  he  injures  you,  you 
impose  a  fine  on  yourselves.  Impoverished  by  him, 
you  complete  your  own  ruin." 

The  system  of  reciprocity  can  only  be  upheld  as  an 
instrument  of  warfare.  In  this  character  it  forms  the 
basis  of  all  treaties  of  commerce.  By  taxing  the 
products  of  the  principal  industries  of  any  foreign 
country  I  obtain  as  my  allies  in  his  state  all  those 
who  are  engaged  in  them,  since  in  order  to  induce 
me  to  lower  my  dues  they  will  insist  on  counter- 
concessions  being  made  to  me.  Reciprocity  is  thus 
the  necessary  introduction  to  free  trade. 

§  6.  Commercial  Treaties. 

Every  state  determines  on  a  list  of  duties  which 
must  be  paid  on  the  importation  of  different  kinds  of 
goods.  This  list  is  called  the  general  tariff.  It 
then  negotiates  commercial  treaties  with  other  states, 
and  grants  reductions  of  the  duties  on  certain  goods, 
in  exchange  for  similar  reductions  for  its  own  products. 

B 


242        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

Each  country  endeavours  to  obtain  the  lowest  scale 
of  duties  for  the  industries  whose  prosperity  it  most 
prizes.  England  bargains  for  its  cottons  and  hard- 
ware, France  for  its  wines  and  silks,  Belgium  for  its 
coal  and  iron. 

Often  the  states  who  are  parties  to  the  treaty 
stipulate  that  each  of  them  shall  enjoy  the  advantage 
of  all  reductions  subsequently  granted  to  any  other 
country.  This  is  called  "  the  most  favoured  nation  " 
clause. 

Commercial  treaties  are  useful  in  assuring  to  in- 
dustry what  is  so  essential  to  it,  the  fixity  of  foreign 
custom  dues  throughout  the  period  embraced  by  the 
treaty.  -Nowadays  commercial  treaties  are  of  more 
importance  than  political,  for  it  is  on  commercial 
treaties  that  the  progress  of  industry  in  each  country 
in  a  great  measure  depends,  and  also  what  is  no  less 
important,  the  development  of  commercial  relations 
and  community  of  interest  between  different  lands. 


BOOK  IV. 

THE  CONSUMPTION  OF  WEALTH. 
CHAPTER  I. 

ON  THE  CONSUMPTION  OF  WEALTH. 

§  i.  What   is   Consumption  ? 

By  the  successive  labours  of  the  farmer,  the  miller 
and  the  baker,  a  loaf  has  been  produced.  I  eat  it — 
matter  remains ;  of  this  I  cannot  destroy  a  particle, 
but  the  property  it  possessed  of  nourishing  me  under 
the  form  of  bread,  i.e.  its  utility,  has  ceased  to  exist. 
There  has  been  a  consumption  of  wealth.  To 
consume,  then,  is  to  destroy,  by  using,  the  utility 
with  which  things  have  been  invested  by  production. 

Utility  may  be  destroyed  otherwise  than  in  the 
service  of  man.  A  house  is  burnt  down,  an  object 
no  longer  used,  owing,  as  in  the  case  of  sedan-chairs 
and  hour-glasses,  to  a  change  in  the  taste  or  in  the 
manner  of  living  or  producing.  When  this  happens, 
there  is  a  loss  or  diminution  of  wealth,  but  not  a 
consumption  of  it. 

R  2 


244         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

Some  economists  have  wished  to  exclude  from  the 
sphere  of  their  science  everything  that  concerns  con- 
sumption, on  the  ground  of  its  introducing  a  separate 
series  of  phenomena  relating  to  liberty,  morals  and 
hygiene.  On  the  other  hand,  the  ancients  only 
approached  political  economy  in  considering  the 
problem  of  the  employment  of  wealth,  and  in  this 
they  were  right,  since,  in  the  first  place,  all  production 
is  in  obedience  to  the  demand  of  consumption,  and, 
in  the  second,  the  chief  end  of  economical  science  is 
to  make  wealth  subservient  to  human  development. 

The  happiness  of  a  people  consists  in  their  rational 
use  of  all  it  possesses,  and  it  is  precisely  this  that  all 
the  social  sciences  have  in  view.  The  right  dis- 
tribution and  employment  of  wealth  are  of  more 
importance  than  its  copious  production,  nor  was 
Xenophon  other  than  just  in  his  aphorism,  "  No 
wealth  is  useful  save  to  him  who  can  put  it  to  a  good 
use." 

It  is  in  the  regulation  of  expenses  that  morality 
and  hygienics  impose  their  commands  on  political 
economy.  Out  of  the  number  of  these  we  may  cite 
the  following — All  really  unproductive  consumption 
should  be  suppressed,  and  productive  consumption 
directed  according  to  the  rules  of  science.  Con- 
sumption should  be  so  regulated  as  to  favour  the 
development  of  the  faculties,  moral,  intellectual,  and 
physical.  Nothing  must  be  granted  for  superfluities 
until  every  necessity  has  been  satisfied.  Lastly, 
nothing  must  be  wasted.     It  is  the  habit  manifested 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  245 

in  picking  up  a  fallen  pin,  or  utilising  the  blank  half 
sheet  of  a  letter,  that  leads  to  fortune.  It  is 
economy  that  has  been  the  basis  of  the  prosperity  of 
Holland  amid  its  marshes  and  sands.  Everywhere  the 
Scotch  proverb  comes  true,  that  "  many  a  little 
makes  a  mickle."  Economy  is  a  duty  owed  to  one's 
own  dependants,  and  to  other  people  as  well,  for 
without  economy  liberality  is  impossible.  While, 
however,  from  the  smallest  income  something  should 
be  set  apart  for  those  who  are  destitute  through  no 
fault  of  their  own,  beneficence  should  ever  aim  at  the 
encouragement  of  labour  and  not  of  idleness. 

No  favour  should  ever  be  shown  to  a  consumption 
that  bears  ill  results.  "I  have  been  told,"  says 
J.  B.  Say,  "  that  the  drunkenness  of  the  people  is 
necessary  to  make  them  insensible  to  their  woes  :  it 
would  be  better  to  diminish  their  woes  than  excuse 
their  drunkenness." 

Keep  a  watch  on  everything;  neglect  nothing. 
Remember  the  Eastern  fable,  "  For  want  of  a  nail  the 
horse  cast  his  shoe :  for  want  of  the  shoe  the  rider 
lost  his  horse,  and  for  want  of  the  horse  he  was  taken 
and  killed."  When  Garfield  was  in  command  of  a 
division  he  was  wont  to  say,  "Keep  everything  in  order; 
victory  may  depend  on  the  wheel  of  a  gun- carriage/' 

§  2.  Different    Kinds  of  Consumption. 

Consumption  may  be  divided  as  follows : 
(1)  According  to  the  consumers  into  private,  that 
of  individuals,  and  public,  that  of  public  bodies,  such 


246         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

as    the    state,    a    county,    a    district    or    a   parish 
(township). 

(2)  According  to  the  time  of  duration  into  rapid 
and  slow.  A  service  rendered,  for  instance,  a  lawyer 
or  doctor's  consultation,  is  consumed  in  the  rendering ; 
agricultural  products,  with  the  exception  of  wines 
and  preserves,  at  the  end  of  a  few  days,  or,  at  most  a 
year :  clothes  last  longer  than  these,  and  furniture, 
and,  above  all,  buildings,  longer  still. 

Slow  consumption  is  preferable  to  rapid,  as 
favouring  the  accumulation  of  utilities.  When  a 
bottle  of  wine  has  been  drunk,  after  the  fleeting 
enjoyment  nothing  is  left.  The  money  it  cost,  if 
spent  on  a  good  book,  will  procure  lifelong  amusement 
and  instruction  to  the  purchaser  and  to  his  children 
after  him.  "When  everything  goes  into  the  mouth, 
the  result  is  destitution.  On  the  other  hand,  a  well- 
furnished  house  forms  a  nest  for  a  happy  and 
industrious  family.  In  Holland  pretty  houses  to 
which  nothing  is  lacking  abound  everywhere,  even  in 
the  country.  The  thoughtful  and  prudent  Dutchmen 
have  known  how  to  surround  themselves  with  "  home 
comforts." 

(3)  According  to  its  result  consumption  may  be 
once  more  distinguished  as  unproductive  and  re- 
productive. 

The  aim  of  production  is  the  consumption  of  its 
products  in  the  satisfaction  of  rational  wants. 
Consumption  is  thus  essential  to  production  and  the 
final  cause  of  all  economic  activity.     It  is  necessary, 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  247 

however,  that  while  consuming  I  also  reproduce,  lest 
I  be  left  in  destitution  and  everything  come  to  a 
standstill.  Thus  consumption  is  bound  to  be  re- 
productive under  penalty  of  destitution  or  death. 

Consumption  is  unproductive  when  the  consumer 
produces  nothing.  The  do-nothing  can  plainly  only 
live  by  taxing  the  fruits  of  other  men's  toil.  Powder 
is  used  in  an  unjust  war.  The  consumption  is 
unproductive  :  nay,  deadly.  Powder  is  used  in  a 
colliery.  The  consumption  is  reproductive,  for  from 
it  issues  the  coal  which  sets  machines  to  work. 

(4)  Once  more,  we  may  distinguish  between  con- 
sumption for  enjoyment  and  industrial  consumption. 
The  object  of  the  first  is  the  immediate  satisfaction 
of  needs;  that  of  the  second,  the  manufacture  of 
articles  which  will  be  of  ulterior  service. 

All  production  necessitates  consumption.  To 
make  a  pair  of  shoes  there  must  be  a  consumption  of 
leather,  thread,  nails,  tools,  and  the  provision  needed 
to  maintain  life  during  the  completion  of  the  work. 
Industrial  consumption  is  only  another  name  for 
"  cost  of  production/' 

The  "consumption  for  enjoyment"  of  the  work- 
man and  engineer,  as  that  of  the  magistrate  and 
instructor  is  also  an  industrial  consumption,  since  it 
must  be  reckoned  as  the  cost  of  production  of  the 
work  accomplished  or  the  service  rendered.  If  the 
wealth  produced  exceed  that  which  is  consumed  the 
country  is  enriched;  in  the  contrary  case,  it  is 
impoverished.     Thus  the  increase  of  riches  depends 


248         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

on  the  employment  of  the  articles  of  wealth.  Thus, 
also,  a  country  is  enriched  the  more  rapidly  the  less 
the  amount  of  its  unproductive  consumption,  and  the 
greater  the  productiveness  of  its  industrial. 

§  3.  Should  the   Increase  of  Consumption  be 
Encouraged  ? 

It  is  only  the  increase  of  reproductive  consumption 
that  can  be  called  useful.  Yet  desire,  it  may  be 
said,  is  the  mother  of  necessity  ;  and  we  may  be  told 
to  look  at  the  savage  who  stagnates  in  sloth  because 
he  has  no  desires.  It  is  certainly  true  that  to  rouse 
a  man  from  the  life  of  a  plant  it  may  be  good  at  the 
outset  to  teach  him  to  appreciate  the  comforts  of 
existence,  but  the  lesson  that  is  soon  needed  is  that 
he  must  accumulate  capital,  produce  more  wealth, 
and,  above  all,  put  it  to  a  good  use. 

Modern  times,  in  which  civilisation  is  measured 
by  the  subtleties  of  enjoyment,  tend  to  multiply 
wants.  The  ancients,  on  the  contrary,  ever  preached 
that  desires  should  be  moderated.  He  who  can  say 
like  the  philosopher  of  old  **  Omnia  mecum  porto  "  is 
truly  free.  The  man  with  a  thousand  wants  is  a 
thousand  times  a  slave,  and  needs  other  slaves  to 
procure  him  satisfaction.  J.  S.  Mill  has  said,  "  Our 
utility  to  others  is  measured  not  by  what  we  do,  but 
by  what  we  do  not  consume  ourselves."  In  truth 
it  is  only  thus  that  there  is  created  the  capital  from 
which  wages  are  paid,  credit  draws  security,  and 
industry  receives  its  food. 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  249 


CHAPTER  II. 

PRIVATE  CONSUMPTION. 

§  i.  Luxury. 

In  the  eighteenth  century  there  was  much  discus- 
sion on  the  subject  of  luxury.  When  a  financier 
asserted  that  it  was  the  support  of  states,  an  econo- 
mist replied,  "  Yes,  as  the  hangman's  rope  supports 
a  criminal ;  "  and  the  economist  was  right. 

To  be  an  object  of  luxury  a  thing  must  be  at  once 
costly  and  superfluous,  i.e.  it  must  satisfy  a  purely 
artificial  want  and  have  cost  many  days  of  labour. 
This  sacrifice  of  the  fruit  of  much  labour  to  an  idle 
enjoyment  can  never  be  other  than  an  evil.  It  must 
be  remembered,  however,  that  what  was  a  luxury 
yesterday  will  cease  to  be  one  to-morrow.  A  shirt 
for  the  body  and  a  chimney  in  the  house  were  great 
luxuries  in  the  middle  ages ;  to-day  they  are  necessities 
even  for  the  poorest. 

Ancient  philosophers  and  Christian  moralists  have 
vied  with  each  other  in  their  condemnation  of  luxury. 
Their  instinct  for  the  right  opened  their  eyes  to  the 
fact  which  economic  science  has  since  fully  demon- 
strated. Luxury  is  a  source  of  trouble  and  wicked- 
ness to  those  who  indulge  in  it,  and  of  misery  to 
every  one  else. 


250         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

Luxury  has  its  root  in  three  natural  inclinations, 
of  which  two  are  vicious,  the  third  almost  a  virtue. 
The  first  of  these  inclinations  is  sensuality,  which 
leads  us  to  seek  the  most  exquisite  pleasures ; .  the 
second,  vanity.  Of  these  sensuality  owns  some  limits ; 
vanity  none.  "  Heliogabalus,"  says  Lampridius,  "  used 
to  feed  the  officers  of  his  household  on  the  entrails 
of  barbels,  the  brains  of  pheasants  and  thrushes, 
partridge  eggs,  and  the  heads  of  parrots."  Claudius 
iEsopus  caused  dishes  to  be  served  of  the  tongues  of 
birds  that  had  been  taught  to  speak.  It  was  not 
sensuality,  but  vanity  that  recommended  these  dishes 
so  insensate  in  their  costliness. 

The  crown  of  luxury  consists  in  doing  violence  to 
nature,  and  to  this  effect  Seneca  says  in  speaking  of 
Caligula,  "  Nihil  tarn  efficere  concupiscebat  quam  quod 
posse  effici  negaretur.  Hoc  est  luxuriae  proposition 
gaudere  pcrversis."  "  He  desired  nothing  so  much  as 
what  seemed  impossible,  for  the  main  point  of  luxury 
is  its  delight  in  the  perverse." 

The  savage  is  full  of  vanity,  and  uses  tattooing  before 
clothing.  When  more  civilised,  men  still  seek  dis- 
tinction, but  seek  it  by  simplicity  of  attire  and 
brilliancy  of  genius.  '  On  the  one  hand,  luxury 
nourishes  the  vanity  from  which  it  was  born,  on 
the  other  hand,  it  gives  rise  to  envy;  it  is  thus  a 
double  source  of  a  moral  poison,  the  only  antidote 
to  which  is  a  high  cultivation  of  the  intelligence 
and  heart. 

The  third  feeling  which  gives  rise  to  luxury  is  the 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  251 

taste  for  the  beautiful  and  instinct  for  ornamentation 
out  of  which  have  sprung  the  fine  arts.  Happily  this 
instinct  is  best  satisfied  not  by  the  richness  of 
materials,  but  by  the  perfection  of  form.  A  natural 
flower  is  a  more  charming  ornament  than  an  imitation 
of  it  in  precious  stones,  however  much  these  may 
have  cost ;  and  a  statuette  in  terra -cotta  from  Tanagra 
is  a  thousand  times  more  delightful  than  an  idol 
of  pure  gold  encrusted  with  diamonds.  In  any  case 
it  is  by  public,  as  opposed  to  private,  luxury  that 
the  taste  for  beauty  and  ornament  should  chiefly  be 
satisfied. 

Is  it  not  deplorable  that  mankind  should,  almost 
everywhere,  waste  so  large  a  portion  of  its  time  in 
manufacturing  useless  objects,  while  so  many  men 
and  women  still  lack  necessaries?  If  all  the  forces 
that  at  present  are  thus  squandered  were  but 
employed  to  satisfy  essential  needs,  human  welfare 
would  indeed  be  increased ! 

Luxury  has  often  been  defended,  not  as  good  in 
itself  but  as  supporting  trade  and  industry,  and 
supplying  workmen  with  work.  This  error,  though 
there  could  be  no  greater  one,  has  been  shared  in  by 
men  of  the  highest  genius,  and  even  by  eminent 
economists.  The  prejudice  is  universal.  Thus  in 
La  Fontaine  (liv.  viii.  9),  the  rich  man  says : — 


"  Je  ne  sais  d'homme  necessaire 
Que  celui  dont  le  luxe  epand  beaucoup  de  bien. 
Nous  en  usons,  Dieu  sait !  Notre  plaisir  occupe 
L'artisan,  le  vendeur." 


252         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

"  Fashions,"  says  Montesquieu,  "  are  of  the  greatest 
importance.  In  the  effort  to  gain  the  favour  of 
empty  heads,  all  branches  of  trade  are  continually 
being  extended."  Emptyheadedness,  however,  cannot 
promote  prosperity.  Rather,  J.  B.  Say  is  right  when 
he  says,  "  The  swift  succession  of  fashions  impoverishes 
the  state  both  by  what  it  does  and  by  what  it  does 
not  consume." 

Voltaire  in  Le  Mondain  expresses  the  same  idea  as 
Montesquieu : — 

"  Sachez  surtout  que  le  luxe  enrichit 
Un  grande  etat  s'il  s'eu  perd  un  petit. 
Le  pauvre  y  vit  des  vanites  des  grands." 

M.  de  Sismondi  is  still  more  precise.  In  his 
Nouveaux  Principles  d'Economie  politique  (bk.  ii.  ch. 
ii.),  he  writes,  "  If  the  wealthy  class  suddenly  took 
the  resolution  to  live  as  the  poor  does,  by  its  labours, 
and  add  the  whole  of  its  income  to  the  capital,  work- 
men would  be  reduced  to  starvation  and  despair." 
This  is  exactly  the  vulgar  prejudice,  which  arises 
from  a  defective  analysis.  In  the  case  instanced  by 
Sismondi,  the  rich  are  made  to  add  their  income  to 
the  capital,  but  they  can  only  do  this  by  transform- 
ing this  income  into  machines,  or  agricultural  and 
industrial  improvements,  i.e.  by  employing  a  number 
of  workmen.  Fifty  pounds  squandered  on  a  fashion 
will  maintain  fewer  workmen  than  would  be  needed 
to  clear  an  estate,  inasmuch  as  manual  labour  is 
less  highly  paid  in  the  country  than  in  the  towns. 

The    creation    of     capital    always    involves    the 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  253 

employment  of  labour,  and  tends  at  the  same 
time  to  increase  wages ;  since  fresh  capital  requires 
fresh  labourers,  and  the  increased  demand  for  these 
will  cause  them  to  be  better  paid. 

To  maintain  that  luxury  supports  labour  is  to  assert 
that  every  destruction  of  wealth  involves  an  increase 
of  welfare.  J.  B.  Say  tells  a  story  of  his  paying 
Sunday  visits  while  at  college,  to  an  uncle  who  was 
both  fond  of  good  living,  and  at  the  same  time  a 
philanthropist.  At  dessert,  after  finishing  his  bottle 
this  uncle  used  to  break  the  glasses,  exclaiming  the 
while,  "  It's  only  fair  every  one  should  live."  Here  we 
have  the  popular  error  crystallised  ;  if  the  uncle  had 
broken  all  his  crockery  and  gutted  his  house,  it  is  to 
be  supposed  that  he  would  have  fed  still  more  mouths. 
On  this  reasoning,  Nero  burning  Rome  is  a  bene- 
factor of  the  race,  and  incendiarism  a  source  of 
wealth  1 

To  set  forth  the  truth  :  if  with  the  money  employed 
in  replacing  the  broken  glasses  Say's  uncle  had 
planted  trees,  he  would  have  rewarded  the  same 
number  of  hours  of  labour.  Not  only  then  would 
he  have  saved  his  glasses,  but  he  would  also  have 
had  trees  which  when  grown,  cut  down,  sawn,  and 
made  into  furniture  would  have  brought  him  in  an 
income,  supplied  others  with  the  means  of  furnishing 
their  houses,  and  benefited  workmen  by  an  increased 
demand  for  their  labours. 

Historians  and  moralists  agree  in  the  assertion  that 
luxury  accompanies  the  downfall  of  empires.     The 


254         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

explanation  of  this  truth  is  that  luxury  is  an  even 
greater  violation  of  the  social  than  of  the  moral  order. 
Inordinate  luxury  is  a  result  of  an  excessive  inequality, 
which  gives  rise  to  civil  dissensions,  despotism  and 
the  overthrow  of  states. 

Rightly  does  Voltaire  say,  "  Luxury  is  the  result, 
not  of  the  rights  of  property,  but  of  bad  laws.  It  is 
bad  laws  which  give  birth  to  luxury,  it  is  good  laws 
that  can  destroy  it."  This  is  one  of  the  effects  which 
a  system  of  equal  inheritance  in  time  might  be 
expected  to  bring  about. 

Montesquieu  says,  "When  wealth  is  equally 
divided  luxury  cannot  exist,  for  this  is  only  sup- 
ported by  the  commodities  obtained  through  the 
labour  of  others." 

"Were  there  no  luxury,"  says  Rousseau,  "there 
would  be  no  poor."  A  visit  to  the  Alpine  cantons 
of  Switzerland,  or  to  the  valleys  of  Norway  will 
show  that  Montesquieu  and  Rousseau  were  in  the 
right. 

§  2.  Insurances. 

By  ingenious  applications  of  the  principle  of 
combination,  insurances  have  become  the  very 
embodiment  of  the  spirit  of  thrift  and  foresight. 

If  a  large  number  of  people  pay  an  annual  con- 
tribution proportionate  to  the  eventual  loss  against 
which  they  wish  to  guarantee,  a  fund  can  be  formed 
out  of  which  the  victims  of  the  misfortune  may  be 
indemnified.    This  fund  must  be  equal  to  the  average 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  255 

of  annual  losses,  increased  by  the  cost  of  manage- 
ment. Houses  are  in  this  way  insured  against  fire, 
crops  against  hail,  ships  and  their  cargoes  against 
the  perils  of  the  sea,  travellers  against  accident,  men 
against  death. 

A  payment  of  eighteenpence  per  100/.  on  the  real 
value  of  a  house  will  confer  a  claim  to  receive  this 
value  should  the  house  be  burnt.  By  the  annual 
payment  of  a  certain  premium,  a  man  may  secure 
a  capital  sum  to  his  heirs.  The  premium  depends 
on  the  capital  contracted  for  and  the  chances  of  the 
insurer's  dying.  The  younger  he  is  the  smaller  will 
be  the  premium,  since  there  is  a  higher  probability 
that  he  will  continue  to  pay  it  for  many  years. 

Assurances  are  based  on  the  calculation  of  pro- 
babilities and  averages.  Their  advantages  are  great. 
They  free  the  individual  from  the  mishaps  of  fate. 
They  set  his  mind  at  ease  for  the  future.  They 
develop  the  spirit  of  thrift  and  foresight  from  which 
they  proceed.  They  furnish  a  solid  basis  for  real 
or  personal  credit,  since  the  insurance  policy  con- 
stitutes security  for  the  loan.  They  disseminate  the 
habit  of  co-operation,  and  favour  the  re-constitution 
of  capital. 

The  sick  clubs  and  pension  funds  of  friendly 
societies  are  managed  on  a  similar  principle.  By 
means  of  a  daily  or  weekly  deduction  from  the  work- 
man's pay  or  the  clerk's  salary,  a  fund  is  formed  out 
of  which  compensation  is  paid  in  cases  of  accident 
and  pensions  granted  in  old  age. 


256        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 


CHAPTER  III. 

PUBLIC   CONSUMPTION. 

§  i.  The   Usefulness  of  Public   Consumption. 

Public  consumption  is  the  consumption  of  public 
bodies,  such  as  the  state,  the  county,  or  the  parish. 

Because  money  is  not  annihilated  by  being  spent 
it  has  been  thought  that  the  consumption  of  public 
bodies  destroys  nothing  and  favours  production. 
This  is  the  same  error  as  that  as  to  the  outlay  on 
luxuries :  the  money  continues  to  circulate,  but  the 
goods  for  which  this  money  has  paid  have  been 
consumed. 

"The  King  of  England,"  says  Voltaire,  "has  a 
million  a  year  to  spend  ;  this  million,  as  he  consumes 
it,  is  returned  undiminished."  Undoubtedly  the 
precious  metal  is  not  destroyed,  but  the  commodities 
purchased  by  the  king  have  been  made  away  with, 
and  the  people  are  so  much  the  worse  off.  Instead 
of  maintaining  soldiers  in  barracks,  make  them  board 
with  the  inhabitants  of  the  country ;  the  latter  will 
then  soon  perceive  that  there  is  less  food  for  them- 
selves. The  taxes  they  pay  to  maintain  the  soldiers 
represent  the  provisions  which  in  this  case  they 
would  consume  in  their  natural  forms. 

Thus  all  consumption  is  a  destruction  of  utilities. 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  257 

The  problem  to  be  solved  is  whether  the  utility  pro- 
duced by  the  action  of  the  state  is  greater  than  the 
utilities  destroyed  by  its  agents. 


§  2.  Functions  of  the  State. 

Bad  governments  have  done  mankind  so  much 
harm,  by  war,  by  organised  spoliation,  and  by  exces- 
sive and  badly-arranged  taxes,  that  economists  desire 
to  reduce  the  action  of  the  state  as  much  as  possible. 
They  consider  the  state  as  an  ulcer  which  eats  into 
the  heart  of  the  people,  and  would  gladly  say  with 
La  Fontaine,  "Our  enemy  is  our  master ; "  or 
commend,  with  Proudhon,  that  negation  of  all 
government  which  is  called  anarchy  (avap^ia). 

Nevertheless  the  progress  of  civilisation  has  only 
been  made  possible  by  the  action  of  the  state.  The 
definition  and  enforcement  of  law  is  the  work  of  the 
state,  and  it  is  the  law  which,  by  guaranteeing  the 
fruits  of  his  labour  to  their  creator,  gives  production 
an  object. 

Bacon  has  said  :  "  In  sociciatc  aut  vis  atit  lex  valet** 
"  the  ruling  power  in  society  is  either  force  or  law." 
Where  it  is  law,  there  is  order,  industry,  economy, 
formation  of  capital,  science,  prosperity.  Where  it 
is  force,  there  is  strife,  robbery,  indolence,  and  misery. 

The  state,  by  making  roads  and  protecting  those 
who  travel  by  them,  has  favoured  exchange,  the 
division  of  labour,  large  manufactures,  commerce,  the 
enrichment  and  unification  of  the  human  race.     By 


258        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

providing  instruction  it  diffuses  science  and  the 
indispensable  knowledge  which  together  are,  as  we 
have  seen,  the  principal  sources  of  prosperity  and 
true  civilisation.  Lastly,  the  first  interest  of  a  people 
is  that  justice  should  be  well  organised ;  in  other 
words,  that  its  administration  should  be  upright, 
speedy,  aud  inexpensive.  Only  the  state  can  secure 
this. 

Some  years  ago  a  President  of  New  Granada, 
thoroughly  imbued  with  political  economy  in  all  its 
purity,  announced  that  henceforth  the  state,  restricted 
to  its  true  functions,  would  leave  everything  to 
individual  enterprise.  In  a  short  time  roads  were 
destroyed,  harbours  choked  with  sand,  public  security 
utterly  lost,  and  education  nowhere  to  be  found.  A 
return  had  been  made  to  barbarism  and  the  life 
in  the  primitive  forests. 

In  Turkey  the  state  does  nothing,  having  no  funds 
at  its  disposal ;  it  is  imprudent,  however,  to  try 
personally  to  ascertain  the  advantages  of  the  system. 

All  public  consumption  is  so  much  withdrawn 
from  private  consumption ;  but  the  first  is  often 
much  the  more  useful  of  the  two.  Apply  the  taxes 
on  truffles  and  wine  to  public  libraries  and  schools, 
and  no  one  will  have  cause  for  complaint,  not  even 
the  payers  of  the  taxes. 

"  Public  expenditure,"  says  Rossi,  "  is  a  method 
of  making  the  national  co-operation  a  benefit  not 
only  to  some,  but  to  all  its  members." 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  259 


§  3.  Limits  of  the  Functions  of  Public  Bodies. 

On  this  subject  two  opposite  doctrines  are  upheld  : 
the  doctrine  of  the  state  as  policeman  and  the 
doctrine  of  the  state  as  providence.  In  the  first 
the  state  confines  itself  to  guaranteeing  security ; 
in  the  second  it  assures  to  each  of  its  subjects  what 
is  necessary  and  useful  for  them.  The  first  doctrine 
is  that  of  individualism,  and  maintains  that  from  the 
perfection  of  individuals  will  result  that  perfection 
of  the  state  which  consists  in  its  self-effacement. 
The  second  doctrine  is  that  of  the  socialism  of 
which  Plato's  Republic  is  the  model,  and  maintains 
that  when  once  the  state  is  made  perfect  the 
perfection  of  its  individual  members  will  necessarily 
follow. 

Between  these  two  extreme  doctrines  Adam  Smith 
has  preserved  the  mean,  nor  can  his  definition  of  the 
functions  of  government  be  improved.  According 
to  him  the  functions  of  a  state  are : — 

I.  "The   duty  of  protecting  the   society  from 

the  violence  and  invasion  of  other  inde- 
pendent societies."  On  this  point  there 
is  a  general  agreement. 

II.  "  The  duty  of  protecting,  as  far  as  possible, 

every  member  of  the  society  from  the 
injustice  or  oppression  of  every  other 
member  of  it." 

To  guarantee  to  each  individual  the  security  of 

s  2 


260         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

his  person  and  property,  and  to  support  justice  with 
physical  force,  is  an  excellent  definition  of  the  essen- 
tial mission  of  government ;  but  neither  Smith  nor 
his  successors  seem  to  have  suspected  its  compre- 
hensiveness and  difficulty. 

To  place  and  maintain  every  man  in  the  possession 
of  his  own  is  to  secure  the  reign  of  justice.  Cuique 
suum,  "to  each  man  his  own,"  is  a  principle  which 
can  only  be  enforced  by  the  civil  laws,  institutes,  or 
codes  which  actually  regulate  all  economic  activity. 

The  third  function  of  the  state  according  to  Adam 
Smith  is  the  task  "of  erecting  and  maintaining 
certain  public  works  and  certain  public  institutions, 
which  it  can  never  be  for  the  interest  of  any 
individual,  or  small  number  of  individuals,  to  erect 
and  maintain,  because  the  profit  could  never  repay 
the  expense  to  them,  though  it  may  frequently  do 
much  more  than  repay  it  to  a  great  society."  (  Wealth 
of  Nations,  bk.  iv.  ch.  ix.  ad  fin?)  Examples  of 
such  works  and  institutions  are  light-houses,  har- 
bours, roads  and  canals,  universities,  hospitals,  and 
sometimes  schools,  &c. 

Individual  enterprise  should  be  the  rule,  state 
interference  the  exception.  To  justify  the  latter, 
two  conditions  are  necessary :  firstly,  the  matter 
in  hand  must  be  essentially  for  the  public  interest ; 
secondly,  private  individuals  must  be  unable  to 
render  the  services  which  this  interest  requires. 
Even  when  thus  justified,  state  interference  is 
always  accompanied   by  inconveniences. 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  261 

(1)  The  work  it  effects  is  done  neither  quickly 
nor  cheaply. 

(2)  Nepotism,  favouritism  and  party  exigencies 
often  cause  useless  works  to  be  undertaken  and 
useful  ones  to  be  ill  executed. 

(3)  The  action  of  the  state  by  accustoming 
individuals  to  look  to  it  for  help  paralyses  private 
enterprise. 

The  historian  Bunsen  when  at  Rome  saw  a  house  in 
flames.  The  crowd  was  shouting,  but  no  one  stirred 
a  hand.  Why  ?  Tocca  al  govemo — the  state  should 
see  to  it — was  the  answer  he  received.  In  the 
United  States,  on  the  contrary,  so  soon  as  a  fire 
breaks  out,  engines,  admirably  equipped  by  private 
individuals,  pour  in  from  every  side.  Private  en- 
terprise is  here  fostered  and  on  the  alert. 

Jules  Simon  remarks,  "The  state  should  labour 
to  render  itself  useless  and  pave  the  way  for  its 
resignation."  He  is  right,  but  only  on  the  under- 
standing that  the    state  do  not  resign  too  soon. 

Under  the  old  regime  the  duties  of  police  were 
performed  in  Spain  by  a  private  society.  This 
society  bore  the  fine  name  of  the  Santa  Hermandad, 
or  Holy  Brotherhood,  but  it  committed  the  most 
villainous  acts. 

If  men  saw  clearly  what  is  their  interest,  their 
duty  and  their  privileges,  of  their  own  accord  they 
would  do  everything  that  was  right  and  nothing 
that  was  wrong.  All  constraint  would  become  un- 
necessary.    The  state  would  be  superfluous.     There 


262         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

would  arrive  the  reign  of  that  perfect  liberty  which 
consists  in  doing  good. 

In  proportion  then  to  the  progress  of  society  the 
functions  of  the  state  will  diminish  in  number  and 
importance.  But  this  very  progress  is  itself,  in  great 
part,  the  work  of  the  state. 

The  essential  and  permanent  function  of  the  state 
is  the  declaration  and  maintenance  of  the  law.  The 
state  is,  as  Quesnay  has  well  expressed  it,  "  Physical 
force  placed  at  the  disposal  of  Justice."  Its  transi- 
tory, but  no  less  important,  function  is  to  favour  the 
progress  of  civilisation. 

First  and  above  all  the  state  is  policeman  and 
judge.  But  it  must  also  be  the  road  maker  and 
schoolmaster. 

§  4.  Public  Luxury. 

The  more  democratic  a  society  becomes,  the  more 
the  state  is  justified  in  encouraging  the  fine  arts, 
the  one  luxury  which  it  may  be  permitted.  The 
Athens  of  Pericles  will  always  be  a  model  for  other 
states  to  imitate.  In  his  seventh  Olympiad  Pindar 
sang,  "The  day  the  Rhodians  raised  an  altar  to 
Athene,  Zeus  brought  a  yellow  cloud  into  the  sky 
and  rained  much  gold  upon  the  land."  The  shower 
of  gold  which  falls  upon  a  people  which  rightly 
encourages  literature  and  the  fine  arts  is  a  shower 
of  pure  and  unselfish  pleasures. 

In  his  Histoire  de  Luxe,  M.  Baudrillart  writes  on 
the  subject  of  public  luxury,  "At  times  it  invites 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  263 

the  masses  to  enjoy  certain  pleasures,  as  public 
gardens,  fountains  and  theatres ;  at  times  it  spreads 
the  treasures  of  the  beautiful  before  the  multitudes 
shut  out  from  the  possession  of  the  works  of  sculpture 
and  painting.  There  are  museums  for  art,  just  as 
there  are  libraries  for  science  and  literature,  and, 
exhibitions  for  manufactures.  In  all  its  forms  this 
collective  luxury,  if  well  directed,  benefits  every  one. 
It  raises  and  stimulates  the  genius  of  industry.  It 
has,  besides,  this  supreme  merit  that  it  deprives 
luxury  of  the  selfish  and  solitary  character  which 
it  displays  in  individuals,  by  bringing  within  reach 
of  the  people  the  advantages  which  as  a  rule  are 
exclusively  enjoyed  by  the  rich,  or  grudgingly  shared 
with  a  small  circle  of  acquaintances." 

Athens  raised  the  level  of  civilisation  by  the 
diligent  culture  of  a  love  for  the  fine  arts.  Artistic 
decoration  and  art  instruction  in  schools  ought  to  be 
a  means  to  the  same  end.  "  If  education  must  first 
deal  with  realities  and  forms  it  uses  these  as  vehicles 
to  attain  to  the  intellectually  sublime." 

Would  not  the  lower  classes  on  whom  material 
surroundings  press  so  heavily  find  the  best  relief  to 
their  hard  destiny  if  their  eyes  were  opened  to  what 
Leonardo  da  Vinci  calls  La  Bellezza  del  Hondo,  and 
they,  as  well  as  others,  were  thus  prepared  to  enjoy 
all  the  splendours  dispersed  throughout  the  world, 
splendours,  which,  as  Pascal  expresses  it,  when  the 
heart  is  open  to  receive  them,  soften  its  sorrows  and 
inspire  a  presentiment  and  foretaste  of  happier  days." 


264         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

Public  luxury  ought  never  to  be  supported  by  taxes 
on  the  necessities  of  life,  nor  be  allowed  to  encourage 
among  the  rich  a  love  of  ostentation  and  sensuality. 
It  should  always  tend  to  strengthen  those  highest 
sentiments,  love  of  country  and  humanity,  of  righte- 
ousness and  justice. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

TAXATION. 

§  I.  What  is  Taxation? 

To  defray  the  expenses  of  government  a  revenue  is 
needed.  This  revenue  may  be  furnished  either  from 
domains  or  from  taxation. 

In  former  times  kings  derived  almost  all  their 
revenue  from  domains,  just  as  a  private  proprietor 
now  lives  from  the  rents  of  his  estates.  In  the 
present  day  states  still  obtain  a  certain  revenue  in 
this  way,  as  in  Russia  from  the  crown  lands  and  in 
Belgium  from  the  state  railways.  It  is,  however, 
chiefly  by  taxation  that  provision  is  made  for  the 
public  expenses. 

Revenues  derived  from  domains  had  one  advantage 
in  not  diminishing  the  incomes  of  individuals.  A 
tax  on  the  other  hand,  is  a  fine  on  the  incomes  ol 
all  who  pay  it,  that  is  of  the  taxpayers.  It  is  the 
price  paid  by  the  citizens  for  the  blessings  of  social 
order.      As   Montesquieu,   well  expresses,   it,  "The 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  265 

revenue  of  the  state  is  a  portion  of  his  wealth 
sacrificed  by  each  citizen  in  order  to  gain  security 
for  the  rest  or  the  means  of  enjoying  it  more 
agreeably."     {Esprit  des  Lois,   bk.  xiii.  ch.  i.) 

When  in  exchange  for  the  tax  a  government  gives 
neither  security  nor  comfort  the  tax  is  mere  robbery. 
It  is  even  worse  when  the  robberies  of  a  tyrant  help 
to  organise  his  oppression  of  his  people. 

When  the  tax  is  moderate,  well  adjusted  and  well 
employed  there  is  no  expense  more  remunerative 
to  the  nation  at  large,  or  more  useful  to  its  neediest 
members. 

§  2.    Rules  as  to  the  Imposition  of  Taxes. 

The  rules  as  to  the  imposition  of  taxes  are  of  the 
greatest  importance,  since  national  decline  and 
revolution  mostly  have  excessive  and  ill  adjusted 
taxes  as  their  principal  cause. 

Even  when  the  expenses  of  the  state  are  for 
necessary  or  highly  useful  purposes,  the  taxes  from 
which  they  are  defrayed  give  rise  to  much  incon- 
venience. To  diminish  this  inconvenience  as  much 
as  possible  certain  rules  have  been  devised  which  are 
here  given. 

(1)  The  tax  should  be  in  proportion  to  the  respec- 
tive abilities  of  the  taxpayer.  Though  this  principle 
is  strictly  just,  it  was  not  observed  under  the  old 
regime.  Then  the  rich,  in  other  words  the  nobles, 
paid  nothing,  and  the  whole  burden  fell  on  the  poorer 
classes  who  alone  worked. 


266         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

(2)  The  tax  should  be  completely  fixed  in  advance 
in  all  its  details,  amount,  method  and  time  of  payment. 
When  it  is  otherwise,  every  person  subject  to  the  tax 
is  in  the  power  of  the  tax-gatherers.  As  these  become 
insolent,  their  victims  grow  servile ;  this  may  still  be 
seen  in  eastern  countries. 

(3)  The  tax  ought  not  to  fall  on  the  means  of 
production  but  on  the  net  produce.  Thus  cattle, 
trees,  steam-engines,  &c,  should  be  left  untaxed. 
In  many  villages  in  Palestine  the  wealth-bringing 
palm  trees  have  been  torn  up,  because  each  tree  was 
taxed.  If  this  tax  had  been  imposed  on  the  land,  it 
would  have  been  the  owner's  interest  to  have  planted 
as  many  trees  as  possible  so  as  to  reduce  the  amount 
payable  on  each  of  them. 

Taxation  has  often  caused  more  misery  by  being 
ill  adjusted  than  by  being  excessive. 

(4)  The  tax  ought  to  be  levied  at  the  time  in 
which  the  taxpayer  will  be  best  able  to  afford  it. 
For  this  reason  in  some  countries  the  land  tax  may 
be  paid  by  instalments.  So  too  the  succession  duties 
are  always  readily  paid  because  they  are  levied  from 
an  unexpected  increase  of  the  income  of  those  who 
already  had  the  means  of  living. 

(5)  So  far  as  possible  the  tax  ought  to  bring  into 
the  state  as  much  as  it  costs  the  citizens.  The 
expenses  of  collection  are  paid  by  the  nation  and 
lost  to  the  treasury.  Of  the  dues  levied  at  the  gates 
of  French  towns  twenty  or  thirty  per  cent,  often  serve 
to  support  the  collectors,  who  are  thus  diverted  from 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  267 

productive  labour  and  hamper  the  circulation  of  the 
goods  of  actual  producers. 

(6)  Taxes  should  be  moderate,  and  never  so  high 
as  to  discourage  production. 

*  The  extortioners  of  the  old  regime"  says  J.  B. 
Say,  "  even  used  to  maintain  that  the  peasant  must 
be  poor  to  prevent  his  being  idle.  This  theory  had 
as  its  result  the  neglect  of  agriculture,  exhaustion  of 
estates,  a  lazy  peasantry,  and  a  misery  that  often 
amounted  to  positive  famine." 

When  taxation  absorbs  too  large  a  share  of  the 
produce,  labour  is  discouraged  and  economic  decline 
sets  in.  Under  Louis  XIV.  vines  were  uprooted  to 
escape  the  taxes  called  Aids,  which,  according  to 
Yauban,  often  amounted  to  the  price  of  the  vintage. 
The  two  most  powerful  empires  of  the  world,  the 
Roman  and  that  of  Charles  V.,  were  both  ruined  by 
excessive  taxation. 

In  France  the  taxes  collected  by  the  state,  the 
departments  and  communes  exceeded  in  1882, 
£160,000,000,  and  the  net  revenue  from  land  was 
estimated  in  1874  at  only  £158,000,000.  The  limit 
which  it  must  be  dangerous  to  pass  seems  to  have 
been  almost  reached. 

(7)  Taxes  ought  never  to  be  raised  from  immoral 
sources,  such  as  lotteries  and  gambling  houses. 
Again,  in  fixing  the  amount  to  be  paid,  the  taxpayer 
must  never  be  put  on  his  oath,  for  this  is  placing 
a  premium  on  perjury. 

(8)  Taxes  shculd  not  be  of  such  a  kind  as  can  be 


268         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

evaded  by  cheating  the  treasury,  or  an  encourage- 
ment will  be  offered  to  fraud.  Custom  dues  have 
this  effect  when  they  give  rise  to  smuggling. 

There  can  be  no  worse  laws  than  those  which 
teach  law-breaking. 

§  3.   Incidence  of  Taxation. 

To  fix  the  "  incidence  "  of  a  tax  is  to  determine  on 
whom  the  burden  of  it  shall  fall  (incidere). 

The  effect  of  most  taxes  is  transmissible,  and  their 
burden  is  thus  divided.  The  imposition  of  a  tax  on 
the  food  of  workmen  will  cause  wages  to  rise,  since 
the  workman  must  still  live.  The  rise  of  wages  will 
increase  the  price  of  goods,  and  thus  the  weight  of 
the  tax  will  finally  fall  on  the  consumer.  Raise  the 
price  of  a  shopkeeper's  license,  he  will  spread  the 
increase  over  his  bills,  and  it  will  be  paid  by  his 
customers. 

After  all  the  changes  of  incidence,  said  the  physio- 
crates,  the  whole  burden  will  fall  on  the  land ;  no,  reply 
their  opponents,  it  is  always  the  consumers  who  finally 
pay  it.  The  truth  appears  to  be  that  when  a  tax 
is  of  long  standing  everybody,  either  directly  or 
indirectly,  shares  the  weight  of  it.  The  amount  of 
the  several  shares  it  is  difficult  to  state,  but  the 
society  adjusts  itself  to  the  burden,  just  as  foot  and 
boot  end  by  fitting  each  other. 

As  a  result  we  may  recommend  the  suppression  of 
as  many  taxes  as  possible,  beginning  with  the  worst, 
but  readjustments  should  always  be  avoided. 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth.  269 

§  4.    A  Single  Tax. 

On  reading  the  endless  list  of  taxes  invented  by 
the  ingenuity  of  financiers  the  question  occurs : 
Why  all  these  complications  ?  Why  not  make  a 
direct  demand  on  each  taxpayer  for  an  amount  pro- 
portionate to  his  fortune  ?  Accordingly  various 
proposals  have  been  made  for  a  single  tax  either  on 
land,  or  income,  or  again  on  capital. 

The  obstacle  to  the  adoption  of  this  attractive  plan 
is  the  difficulty  of  finding  any  basis  that  would 
insure  the  tax  being  duly  proportioned  to  individual 
means.  The  whole  burden  ought  not  to  be  borne  by 
land,  for  land  is  not  the  sole  source  of  wealth.  Nor 
ought  it  to  be  imposed  only  on  fixed  capital,  for  those 
who  draw  their  incomes  from  circulating  capital  or 
from  their  professions — merchants,  bankers,  lawyers, 
doctors,  engineers,  tradesmen — would  pay  little  or 
nothing.  Again,  to  require  from  every  one  a  contri- 
bution in  proportion  to  their  income  would  be  the 
perfection  of  justice  ;  but  how  is  their  income  to  be 
ascertained  ? 

Rather  than  to  commit  gross  injustices  affecting 
individuals,  it  is  better  to  submit  to  many  petty 
inequalities  of  which  every  one  feels  a  share. 

§  5.  Direct   and  Indirect  Taxation. 

Direct  taxes  strike  directly  at  those  at  whom  they 
are  aimed,  for  instance,  at  landed  proprietors  when 
they  have  to  pay  a  land  tax.     Indirect   taxes   are 


270         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

really  paid  by  consumers,  but  through  the  medium 
of  the  manufacturers  who  have  to  advance  them. 
Thus  the  brewer  pays  the  tax  on  beer,  but  since 
prices  rise  to  cover  this  advance,  it  is  the  beer  con- 
sumer who  indirectly  bears  the  burden. 

Statesmen  who  maintain  large  armies  prefer  indirect 
taxes,  because  the  people  pay  them  without  noticing 
it.  In  this  way  the  pigeon  may  be  plucked  without 
crying  out.  But  the  inconveniences  of  these  taxes 
are  none  the  less  great :  they  are  obstacles  to  commerce, 
as  in  the  case  of  custom-dues  ;  they  hamper  industries, 
like  the  sugar  tax;  or  they  diminish  the  comfort 
of  the  working  classes,  like  taxes  or  salt,  beer  or 
wine. 

Unfortunately  as  these  taxes  are  very  productive 
they  are  difficult  to  suppress.  Two  free  coun- 
tries, England  and  the  United  States,  still  de- 
rive the  chief  part  of  their  revenue  from  indirect 
taxation. 

As-  a  general  rule  the  most  necessary  articles  of 
consumption,  such  as  salt  and  bread,  should  be  left 
untaxed,  and  heavy  imposts  should  be  placed  on 
superfluous  or  harmful  luxuries,  such  as  tobacco  and 
alcohol. 

§  6.  The  Budget. 

The  budget — an  English  word  from  the  old 
French  bogdte,  a  small  pocket — is  the  estimate  of 
the  state's  revenue  and  expenditure  for  the  coming 
year. 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth,  271 

In  free  countries  the  budget  is  brought  forward 
by  the  Finance  Minister,  and  passed  by  a  vote  of 
Parliament. 

The  annual  vote  on  the  budget  is  the  weapon  by 
which  the  legislative  power,  the  Parliament,  can 
impose  its  will  on  the  executive  power,  the  elected 
or  hereditary  sovereign.  The  holder  of  the  purse 
strings  has  always  the  upper  hand.  If  Parliament 
refuses  to  vote  supplies  the  sovereign  is  reduced  to 
impotence,  unless  by  a  violation  of  the  constitution 
he  impose  taxes  on  his  own  authority. 

The  budget  should  be  clear,  exact,  and  with 
securities  against  a  deficit.  In  modern  states  this 
last  quality  is  rare.  The  bogdte  from  being  a  little 
purse  has  become  enormous.  It  grows  every  year, 
and  is  too  frequently  empty. 

§  7.  Loans. 

When  a  deficit  occurs  in  a  budget,  from  some  un- 
expected event  such  as  a  war,  or  dearth,  or  an  excess 
of  ordinary  or  extraordinary  expenditure,  states  have 
recourse  to  borrowing.  The  budgets  of  future  years 
are  often  burdened  with  the  interest  and  sinking 
funds  for  these  loans. 

Nearly  all  governments  contract  loans  with  a  readi- 
ness truly  deplorable.  A  statesman  who  borrows  has 
large  means  at  his  disposal.  The  public  who  sub- 
scribe for  the  shares  find  a  good  investment.  The 
tax  payer  is  blind  or  indifferent,  or,  if  he  calculates, 
only  concerns   himself   with  the   facts   immediately 


272         Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

before  him.  The  advantages  of  the  expenditure  are 
felt  at  once,  the  weight  of  the  debt  is  reserved  for 
the  future. 

The  greater  a  government's  want  of  foresight, 
the  more  dangerous  does  the  system  of  borrowing 
become.  In  Spain,  Mexico,  Peru,  and  Turkey,  it  has 
ruined  either  the  state,  or  its  creditors,  and  in  some 
cases  both. 

The  only  legitimate  excuses  for  hampering  future 
generations  with  a  debt,  are  to  save  a  country, 
or  to  execute  works  from  which  posterity  will 
profit. 

The  founders  of  the  Republic  of  the  United  States 
of  America  could  not  tolerate  a  standing  debt. 
They  maintained  that  each  generation  ought  to  pay 
its  own  way.  It  is  in  pursuance  of  this  theory  that 
the  citizens  of  the  United  States  still  continue  to 
pay  war-taxes,  to  the  end  that  their  debt  may  be 
completely  wiped  off. 

The  general  public  so  little  understands  the  dis- 
astrous effects  of  loans  that  it  is  still  ready  to  repeat 
the  foolish  remark  of  Voltaire :  "A  state  which  is 
indebted  only  to  its  own  citizens  is  in  no  way  im- 
poverished, and  its  debts  are  actually  a  fresh 
encouragement  to  industry.  {Observations  sur  le 
Commerce,  le  Luxe  et  les  Impots.) 

To  meet  exceptional  expenses  it  is  always  better 
to  have  recourse  to  taxation  rather  than  borrowing. 
This  has  always  been  the  theory  and  the  aim  of 
Mr.  Gladstone.     On  either  plan  money,  or  the  goods 


The  Consumption  of  Wealth. 


273 


which  it  represents,  are  withdrawn  from  private 
consumers  and  employed  by  the  state.  The  drain 
effected  by  taxation  is  the  more  severe,  since  the 
taxpayer  receives  no  bonds  in  exchange.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  drain  caused  by  loans,  though  less 
severe,  is  more  lasting.  Every  year  the  taxpayer 
has  to  sacrifice  some  enjoyment  to  pay  his  share  of 
the  interest  of  the  National  Debt.  In  addition  to 
this,  as  Tracy  remarks,  "  The  payment  of  this  interest 
provides  the  means  of  living  for  a  crowd  of  idle 
people  who,  without  it,  would  be  obliged  to  seek 
useful  employments  either  for  themselves  or  their 
capital."  (Commentaire  sur  V Esprit  desLois,  bk.  xxii.) 
The  national  debts  of  most  civilised  countries  are 
enormous,  and  many  states '  are  no  longer  able  to 
pay  the  stipulated  interest.  The  following  table 
will  show  the  amounts  of  the  debts  of  the  principal 
states  in  1879:— 


Millions  Sterling. 

United  States 

405-40 

Germany 

,       220-00 

Austria-Hungary 

421-24 

France 

825-00 

Great  Britain  and  Ireland  . 

778-24 

Russia 

600-00 

Italy 

.       408-48 

Spain 

.       525-00 

Low  Countries 

82-00 

Carried  forward 

4265*36 

T 

274        Elements  of  Political  Economy. 


Brought  forward 
Belgium 

Millions  Sterling. 

4265-36 
4620 

Denmark 

•            i 

10-24 

Sweden 

•            •            < 

12-00 

Norway- 
Portugal 
Greece 

• 
• 
•            « 

524 

82-48 
20-00 

Turkey 

Turkish  Tributary  States 

Switzerland  . 

.      250-00 

21-00 

1-40 

Total      . 

.     471392 

Four     thousand     seven    hundre 

id    and    fourteen 

millions  sterling  ! 

Supplementary  Chapter.  275 


SUPPLEMENTARY  CHAPTER. 

ECONOMIC   QUESTIONS   IN   THE   UNITED   STATES. 

§  i.  The  Tariff  and  Wages. 

The  general  question  of  free  trade  and  protection  has 
been  treated  in  a  previous  chapter  (Book  III. ,  Chapter 
VI.).  One  argument  for  protection  was  not  mentioned 
there,  which  is  much  urged  by  protectionists  in  the 
United  States — the  argument  that  protection  is  neces- 
sary to  maintain  the  high  wages  paid  in  this  country. 
It  is  said  by  the  advocates  of  protection  that  the  com- 
petition of  articles  made  by  ill-paid  labourers  in  Europe 
would  reduce,  if  free  trade  were  established,  the  prices 
of  articles  made  in  this  country,  and  that  wages  must 
fall  correspondingly.  Professor  Laveleye  does  not 
mention  this  argument,  because  it  is  not  advanced  by 
protectionists  in  Europe.  On  the  contrary,  in  Ger- 
many and  France  high  duties  are  demanded  in  order 
to  protect  the  ill-paid  labourers  of  those  countries  from 
the  competition  of  the  better-paid  labourers  of  England. 
This  fact  shows  sufficiently  that  low  wages  in  them- 
selves do  not  enable  a  country  to  compete  in  another 
country,  and  that  high  wages  do  not  prevent  it  from 
competing  ;  otherwise  England  could  not  compete  on 
the  continent  of  Europe.  The  truth  of  the  matter  in 
this  country  is,  that  in  those  branches  of  industry  to 
which  we  can  most  advantageously  direct  our  labour 
and  capital,  the  labourers  produce  a  large  product,  and 
employers  can  afford  to  pay  them  high  wages.    If  in 


276  Elements  of  Political  Economy, 

a  given  branch  of  industry,  these  high  wages  cannot 
be  afforded,  this  industry  is  one  which  it  is  not  ad- 
vantageous for  our  country  to  undertake.  Agricultu- 
ral labourers  in  the  United  States  are  paid  much  higher 
wages  than  such  labourers  receive  in  any  European 
country.  Yet  nobody  believes  that  the  wheat  and 
grain  produced  by  the  ill-paid  labourers  of  Europe  can 
be  imported  hither  in  competition  with  our  own  .wheat 
and  grain ;  everybody  knows  that,  on  the  contrary, 
we  export  these  products  to  Europe.  The  reason  is 
that  the  United  States  have  great  advantages  for  rais- 
ing agricultural  products  ;  hence  high  wages  are  and 
can  be  paid  to  the  labourers  producing  them.  The 
general  high  rate  of  wages  with  us  is  due  fundament- 
ally to  the  great  general  productiveness  of  labour, 
which,  again,  is  due  in  part  to  the  energy  and  effi- 
ciency of  our  labourers,  in  part  to  the  extended  use  of 
machinery,  and  in  a  very  large  part  to  our  great  natu- 
ral resources.  It  is  in  no  sense  due  to  the  protective 
policy.  If  in  making  particular  commodities,  for  in- 
stance, silk  goods,  such  high  wages  cannot  be  paid  to 
labourers  under  a  system  of  free  trade,  it  is  a  proof 
that  it  is  not  worth  while  for  us  to  make  silks.  "We 
can  get  labourers  in  Europe  to  make  silks  for  us  at  the 
lower  rates  of  pay  which  prevail  there.  We  can  em- 
ploy our  own  labourers,  who  are  now  making  silks,  in 
producing  other  commodities — for  instance,  grain  or 
cotton  goods.  In  producing  the  grain  or  cottons  our 
labourers  are  advantageously  employed  ;  and  in  ex- 
change for  these  commodities  we  can  get  from  the 
foreign  labourers  more  silks  than  our  domestic  labour- 
ers can  produce  at  home. 


Supplementary  Chapter.  277 


§  2.  The  Present  Phase  of  the  Tariff  Question. 

Although  the  protective  system  directs  the  industry 
of  the  country  into  unproductive  channels,  and  is  not 
to  be  defended  on  economic  principles,  it  does  not 
follow  that  it  should  immediately  be  swept  away.  A 
bad  state  of  things  may  exist,  and  it  may  still  be  diffi- 
cult to  substitute  for  it  a  good  state  of  things.  It  has 
already  been  said  (see  page  95)  that  the  introduction 
of  new  machinery,  though  beneficial  and  desirable, 
may  temporarily  be  injurious  to  those  engaged  in 
using  the  old  machines  that  are  to  be  replaced.  A  simi- 
lar injurious  effect  might  result  in  this  country  from 
the  sudden  introduction  of  free  trade,  or  even  from 
a  sudden  great  diminution  of  protection.  The  trans- 
fer of  labour  and  capital  from  an  industry  which  has 
been  maintained  only  by  the  aid  of  protective  duties, 
to  another  industry  which  needs  no  protection,  is  like 
the  change  from  old  machines  to  new  and  better  ones. 
It  increases  the  productiveness  of  labour,  and  decreases 
the  cost  of  commodities.  But  it  may  be  for  a  while 
harmful  to  the  labour  and  capital  which  have  been  em- 
ployed in  the  protected  industries.  This  labour  and 
capital  may  not  be  able  to  withdraw  with  ease  from 
their  existing  occupation  to  the  more  productive  in- 
dustries which  need  no  protection.  The  capital  can 
perhaps  be  withdrawn  only  by  permitting  the  ma- 
chines and  fixtures  gradually  to  wear  out ;  the  labour- 
ers can  change  but  slowly  and  with  more  or  less  diffi- 
culty from  the  one  class  of  industries  to  the  other. 
Hence  any  reduction  of  the  protective  duties  should 
take  place  gradually  and  carefully ;  if  possible,  on  a 


278  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

deliberate  plan  announced  in  advance,  in  order  to  en- 
able the  transfer  of  labour  and  capital  to  take  place 
without  unnecessary  hardship. 

It  is  not  likely  that  a  complete  abolition  of  protec- 
tive duties  in  this  country  will  take  place  at  any  time 
in  the  near  future.  Professor  Laveleye  has  called 
attention  to  the  familiar  fact  that  direct  taxes  are 
much  more  irksome  than  indirect  taxes.  This  is 
doubtless,  in  principle,  an  objection  against  indirect 
taxes  ;  because,  if  the  public  revenue  is  raised  by  the 
more  irksome  direct  taxes,  the  people  will  be  more 
likely  to  insist  on  economy  in  the  public  expenses. 
But  on  the  other  hand,  indirect  taxes,  being  paid  in 
the  shape  of  higher  prices  of  commodities  consumed, 
and  not  directly  out  of  pocket,  are  much  less  objected 
to  by  taxpayers.  The  people,  that  is,  the  taxpayers, 
prefer  to  pay  indirect  taxes  on  commodities,  rather 
than  direct  taxes  on  their  income  or  property ;  and 
this  may  be  the  case  even  if  they  know  that  the  indi- 
rect taxes  have  ulterior  harmful  effects  on  industry  at 
large,  as  in  the  case  of  protective  duties.  In  the 
United  States,  it  would  at  present  be  practically  im- 
possible to  raise  the  revenue  required  by  the  federal 
government  by  direct  taxes.  Duties  on  imports  are 
the  easiest  and  readiest  form  of  indirect  taxation. 
Being  easily  levied  and  collected,  and  paid  almost 
unconsciously,  they  will  probably  continue  to  exist  for 
a  long  time,  even  though  the  knowledge  of  their 
economic  badness  should  become  generally  diffused. 
But  these  duties,  if  they  are  to  stand,  should  at  least 
be  arranged  so  as  to  burden  the  people  as  little  as 
possible.     They  should  not  be  higher  than  is  necessary 


Supplementary  Chapter.  279 

in  order  to  bring  in  the  revenue  which  the  general 
government  needs.  At  present  the  government  raises 
by  duties  $100,000,000  a  year  more  than  it  needs. 
This  is  indefensible.  Moreover,  duties  should  not 
be  confined  to  articles  which  are  produced  in  the 
country,  that  is,  to  protected  articles.  They  should 
be  levied  equally  as  much  on  articles  like  coffee,  tea, 
and  spices,  which  are  not  and  practically  cannot  be  pro- 
duced within  the  country,  as  on  articles  like  wool,  iron, 
and  silks,  which  the  country  does  produce.  The  tariff 
on  articles  such  as  wool  and  iron,  which  as  compara- 
tively "  raw"  materials  enter  into  the  manufacture  of 
many  articles  of  a  higher  degree  of  manufacture,  is 
also  disadvantageous,  in  that  it  increases  prices  at 
home,  and  stands  in  the  way  of  making  sales  abroad. 
In  our  present  tariff,  wool,  iron,  and  silks  are  taxed  ; 
while  articles  like  tea  and  coffee,  almost  without 
exception,  are  admitted  duty-free.  This  is  a  great 
mistake.  Duties  on  tea  and  coffee  have  no  such  effect 
as  do  those  on  wool  and  iron  ;  namely,  that  of  turning 
the  industry  of  the  country  into  unproductive  channels. 
They  act  merely  as  taxes,  like  the  internal  taxes  on 
tobacco  and  spirits,  and  for  this  reason  are  greatly 
preferable  to  duties  on  wool  and  iron.  If  any  duties 
are  to  be  removed,  the  latter  should  be  the  first  taken 
off.  Even  if  the  revenues  must  be  raised  chiefly  by 
duties  on  imports,  these  should  primarily  be  levied  on 
articles  not  produced  in  the  country.  The  opposite 
policy,  that  of  levying  protective  duties  on  articles 
like  wool  and  iron,  in  preference  to  purely  revenue 
duties  on  articles  like  tea  and  coffee,  has  been  fol- 
lowed in  this  country ;  and  this  is  one  of  the  most 
emphatically  bad  features  of  the  existing  tariff. 


280  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

§  3.  The  Internal  Taxes. 

The  government  at  present  raises  a  large  part  of 
its  revenue  by  means  of  internal  taxes,  chiefly  on 
spirits  and  tobacco.  The  revenue  from  these  sources 
has  been,  on  the  average  of  recent  years,  about 
$120,000,000  yearly,  of  which  more  than  two-thirds  is 
derived  from  spirits  and  fermented  liquors.  It  has 
been  proposed  to  abolish  these  taxes,  in  order  that  the 
duties  on  imports  may  be  retained  without  change. 
This  would  be  highly  impolitic.  Taxes  on  articles 
like  these  are  little  regarded  by  the  consumer  who 
pays  them.  If  he  finds  the  taxes  heavy,  he  can  escape 
them  by  refraining  from  consuming  spirits  or  tobacco, 
or  diminish  them  by  consuming  less  of  these  articles. 
Such  a  decrease  of  consumption  is  not  to  be  regretted, 
as  it  would  be  in  the  case  of  wool,  or  iron,  or  sugar ; 
for  these  are  mainly  taxes  on  bad  habits  and  vices. 
They  are,  moreover,  easily  collected  and  bring  in  a 
large  revenue.  As  compared  with  our  import  duties, 
they  have  the  great  advantage  of  not  diverting  the 
industry  of  the  country  from  productive  occupations 
to  less  productive  ones. 

§  4.  The  Money  of  the  United  States. 

The  chief  quality  necessary  for  money  is  stability 
in  value.  The  precious  metals  have  been  chosen  to 
perform  the  functions  of  money  because  they  possess 
this  quality  in  a  preeminent  degree.  Paper  money 
has  some  advantages  over  the  precious  metals,  but  the 
only  way  in  which  effectually  and  certainly  to  secure 
for  it  the  essential  quality  of  stability  of  value,  is  to 


Supplementary  Chapter.  281 

base  it  on  specie,  and  to  make  it  immediately  and  un- 
failingly exchangeable  for  specie.  There  is  no  strong 
intrinsic  objection  against  the  issue  of  paper  money 
by  the  government.  The  objections  are  of  a  practical 
kind.  A  government  is  likely  to  overissue  its  prom- 
ises to  pay,  and  when  it  overissues,  it  cannot  be  com- 
pelled to  redeem  and  contract  them,  as  a  bank  can  be 
compelled.  The  temptation  to  governments  to  over- 
issue is  strong.  The  printing  of  paper  money  is  the 
easiest  of  all  methods  of  raising  revenue.  Moreover, 
there  are  always  many  ignorant  and  unthinking  peo- 
ple who  believe  that  abundance  of  money  is  in  itself 
a  good  thing ;  and  debtors  are  apt  to  be  in  favor  of 
measures  which,  by  raising  prices,  make  easier  the 
payment  of  their  debts.  All  experience  proves  that 
there  is  no  more  baneful  expedient  than  the  overissue 
of  paper  money ;  and,  since  governments  are  under 
such  strong  temptations  to  overissue,  it  is  best  that 
they  should  not  issue  at  all.  Banks,  which  are 
compelled  to  redeem  in  case  of  overissue,  are  more 
safely  to  be  entrusted  with  the  issue  of  notes.  It  is 
also  said,  in  favor  of  the  issue  of  notes  by  banks,  that 
they  accommodate  their  issues  to  the  demands  of  trade, 
increasing  them  as  more  money  is  wanted,  and  decreas- 
ing them  as  less  money  is  wanted.  It  may  be  doubted, 
however,  whether  their  flexibility  exists  to  a  very  great 
extent ;  it  certainly  does  not  exist,  to  a  sufficient  de- 
gree to  be  of  great  utility,  in  our  national  bank  sys- 
tem. But  under  our  national  bank  system  the  secur- 
ity for  the  redemption  of  the  notes  is  absolute ;  the 
danger  of  overissue  by  the  banks  does  not  exist.  As 
the  issue  of  notes  is  based  on  a  special  deposit  of  bonds 


282  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

of  the  United  States  at  the  government  treasury,  the 
objection  which  Professor  Laveleye  makes  (page  222) 
against  the  issue  of  notes  by  banks  whose  stockholders 
have  a  limited  liability  for  the  debts  of  the  banks,  does 
not  apply.  When  a  good  system  exists,  no  needless 
change  should  be  made  from  it.  The  national  bank 
system  should  therefore  be  retained  as  long  as  pos- 
sible. At  present  the  high  price  of  government  bonds, 
the  low  rate  of  interest  on  them,  and  the  tax  on  the 
notes  issued  by  the  banks,  make  the  notes  a  source  of 
so  little  profit  that  there  is  a  tendency  among  the 
banks  to  give  up  their  circulation.  By  abolishing  the 
tax  on  circulation,  and  re-arranging  the  government 
bonds  in  such  a  way  that  their  market  price  may  be 
nearer  their  par  value  (on  which  latter  alone  the  cir- 
culation is  based),  the  circulation  may  again  be  made 
a  source  of  profit  sufficient  to  induce  its  retention. 

It  is  not,  however,  desirable  that  the  national  debt 
be  retained  forever.  It  is  being  paid  off,  as  it  should 
be,  though  at  present  with  needless  haste.  As  the 
government  bonds  are  gradually  redeemed,  the  basis 
of  the  national  bank-notes  will  be  taken  away,  and 
these  notes  must  be  withdrawn.  Sooner  or  later  some 
substitute  for  them  must  be  found.  To  have  that 
substitute  consist  entirely  of  specie  would  be  need- 
lessly costly.  It  has  already  been  said  that  there  are 
strong  practical  objections  against  the  issue  of  paper 
money  by  the  government,  but  it  is  possible  that  the 
national  bank  notes,  as  they  are  withdrawn,  will  be 
replaced  by  government  notes,  similar  to  those  now  in 
circulation.  If  the  government,  however,  is  to  issue 
notes,  rigorous  measures  should  be  taken  that  the 


Supplementary  Chapter.  283 

issue  be  limited,  and  that  the  notes  be  made  certainly 
and  immediately  convertible  into  specie.  The  gov- 
ernment should  under  no  circumstances  issue  more 
notes  than  there  are  bank-notes  withdrawn  ;  and  it 
should  always  keep  on  hand  an  ample  reserve  of  spe- 
cie, with  which  to  pay  notes  presented  for  redemp- 
tion. If  the  specie  reserve  is  to  bear  a  proportion 
to  the  note  issue,  it  should  be  at  least  one-third  of  it. 
The  best  plan  probably  would  be  one  similar  to  that 
now  pursued  by  the  English  government  in  regard  to 
the  Bank  of  England  notes.  Let  a  certain  amount  of 
notes  be  issued  ;  let  this  quantity  be  decidedly  less 
than  the  amount  of  specie  which  the  country  would 
need  in  the  absence  of  paper  money  ;  for  every  note 
issued  over  and  above  this  quantity  let  the  govern- 
ment keep  dollar  for  dollar  in  specie. 

§  5.  The  Silver  Question. 

In  the  previous  section  specie  has  been  spoken  of  as 
the  necessary  basis  for  paper  money.  Should  that 
specie  consist  of  both  silver  and  gold,  or  only  of  the 
latter  of  these  metals  ?  The  considerations  which. bear 
in  favor  of  the  general  retention  of  silver,  concurrently 
with  gold,  as  part  of  the  money  of  civilized  countries, 
have  been  stated  by  Professor  Laveleye  (pages  202, 
203).  The  most  important  argument  is  the  greater 
danger  of  fluctuations  in  the  value  of  money,  if  gold 
were  the  only  metal  freely  coined.  It  is  said,  for  in- 
stance, that  at  the  present  time,  if  gold  be  retained  as 
the  standard  by  civilized  nations,  there  is  danger  of 
an  appreciation  in  the  value  of  gold — that  is,  of  a 
general  fall  of  prices— on  account  of  the  comparatively 


284  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

limited  quantity  of  gold,  and  the  very  large  and  grow- 
ing quantity  of  exchanges  which  that  gold  must  effect. 
This  danger  is  probably  exaggerated  by  the  opponents 
of  the  gold  standard.  It  is  by  no  means  clear  that  any 
permanent  tendency  toward  a  fall  of  general  prices 
exists.  The  argument  at  most  is  good  against  a 
farther  extension  of  the  single  gold  standard,  in 
countries  where  that  standard  does  not  yet  exist ;  it 
does  not  bear  with  force  in  favor  of  a  change  to  a 
double  standard,  in  countries  where  a  gold  standard 
now  exists.  On  the  other  hand,  there  are  very  strong 
considerations  against  the  free  coinage  of  silver.  The 
simplicity  of  a  single  standard  is  in  itself  an  advantage. 
Silver  is  bulky  for  any  but  small  transactions.  The 
commercial  community  have  a  distinct  preference  for 
gold  ;  and  such  a  preference,  if  it  exist  in  fact,  is  a 
strong  obstacle  to  the  introduction  of  silver.  Finally, 
and  most  important,  it  is  exceedingly  difficult,  in  fact 
impossible,  to  coin  both  gold  and  silver  at  such  rela- 
tive values  that  one  of  them  will  not  be  valued  differ- 
ently as  a  commodity  from  what  it  is  valued  as  a  coin. 
In  this  case  Gresham's  law  (page  203)  comes  into  op- 
eration, and  that  metal  which  is  given  less  value  as  a 
coin  than  it  has  as  a  commodity,  will  be  exported. 
There  will  then  be  nominally  a  double  standard,  but 
practically  only  a  single  standard,  for  only  one  of  the 
metals  will  remain  in  circulation,  namely,  that  one  to 
whicli  the  laws  of  the  country  give  a  greater  value 
than  the  open  market  gives  it.  For  these  reasons  it 
is  best  to  make  gold  the  standard  of  value,  and  to  use 
silver  merely  as  a  subsidiary  coin.  The  difficulty  aris- 
ing from  the  operation  of  Gresham's  law  is  recognized 


Supplementary  Chapter,  285 

by  all  rational  advocates  of  the  double  standard.  It  is 
proposed  to  overcome  that  difficulty  by  an  interna- 
tional agreement  fixing  the  rate  at  which  the  two 
metals  shall  be  coined  by  different  countries.  Such 
an  agreement,  if  entered  into  by  a  sufficient  number 
of  important  countries,  might  have  an  effect  in  coun- 
teracting the  operation  of  Gresham's  law.  No  sensible 
bimefcallist  thinks  the  double  standard  practicable  in 
the  absence  of  such  an  agreement. 

"Whatever  be  one's  opinion  on  the  general  question 
of  bimetallism,  the  present  method  of  coining  silver 
in  the  United  States  cannot  be  defended.  The 
government  now  coins  a  silver  dollar  which  contains 
only  as  much  silver  as  is  worth  about  85  cents  in  gold, 
at  the  present  market  price  of  silver.  This  silver 
dollar  is  made  equal  to  a  gold  dollar  in  effecting  pay- 
ments. If  the  silver  dollar  were  coined  freely,  that  is, 
if  everybody  who  had  85  cents  worth  of  silver  could 
go  to  the  mint  and  have  it  coined  into  a  dollar,  it  is 
clear  that  silver  would  rapidly  be  coined  in  large  quan- 
tities. Gresham's  law  would  come  into  operation. 
The  gold  in  the  country  would  be  rapidly  displaced  by 
the  silver  and  exported,  and  silver  would  become  the 
specie  standard  of  value.  This  has  not  yet  happened, 
because  the  government  does  not  coin  silver  freely.  It 
coins  only  2,000,000  of  the  dollars  each  month.  But 
the  fact  that  silver  is  coined  in  this  limited  way  merely 
makes  a  difference  from  the  effect  of  its  free  coinage, 
in  the  length  of  time  it  will  take  for  the  silver  dollars 
to  displace  the  gold.  To  the  extent  that  silver  is 
coined,  it  takes  the  place  of  gold.  If  the  coinage  of 
silver  is  continued  at  the  rate  of  $24,000,000  a  year, 


286  Elements  of  Political  Economy. 

gold  will  gradually  be  driven  out  of  the  country,  and 
the  silver  dollar  will  eventually  become  the  sole 
standard  of  value.  This  is  equivalent  to  making  85 
cents  do  what  100  cents  formerly  did.  It  is  equivalent 
to  reducing  all  debts,  and  defrauding  creditors,  to 
that  extent.  It  is  equivalent  to  depreciating  the 
money  of  the  country,  and  has  the  evil  effects  of  such 
depreciation.  The  coinage  of  the  silver  dollar  on  the 
present  system  should  therefore  be  stopped.  If  silver 
is  to  be  retained  as  part  of  the  standard  of  value,  the 
dollar  of  silver  should  at  the  least  be  made  equal  to 
the  dollar  of  gold.  To  do  this  in  such  a  manner  as 
in  fact  to  retain  both  metals  in  circulation,  is  hardly 
possible,  as  has  already  been  shown.  It  certainly  is 
not  possible  without  an  agreement  between  the  differ- 
ent nations  which  mean  to  coin  silver  freely,  as  to  the 
rate  at  which  they  will  coin  the  silver.  Such  an 
agreement  is  possible,  though  not  probable.  The  ad- 
vantages of  the  double  standard  to  be  attained  by  it, 
are  hardly  sufficient  to  make  it  much  to  be  desired. 

§  6.  American   Shipping  and  the  Navigation 
Laws. 

Thirty  years  ago  75  per  cent,  of  the  foreign  trade  of 
the  United  States  was  carried  on  in  American  vessels. 
At  present  only  about  15  per  cent,  is  so  carried.  For 
this  great  change  there  are  several  reasons.  (1)  Ships 
can  now  be  built  more  cheaply  in  other  countries. 
Timber  for  wooden  ships  is  absolutely  and  relatively 
much  dearer  in  this  country  than  it  was  a  generation 
ago ;  and  our  protective  tariff  increases  the  cost  of 
many  materials  used  in  building  ships.     Moreover, 


Supplementary  Chapter,  287 

iron  steamships  have  been  largely  substituted  for 
wooden  vessels.  The  iron  steamships  can  be  built 
most  cheaply  in  England,  and  can  carry  at  lower  rates  ; 
the  work  of  carrying  goods  tends  to  be  given  to  the 
iron  ships,  which  can  do  it  at  least  cost.  (2)  The  war 
of  the  rebellion  caused  many  American  vessels  to  be 
sold  or  transferred  to  the  flags  of  other  nations,  in 
order  that  they  might  escape  capture  by  the  Confederate 
cruisers.  By  our  navigation  laws,  vessels  so  sold  can 
never  be  bought  back  and  again  become  American 
vessels.  (3)  The  laws  of  the  United  States  impose 
many  restrictions  and  burdens  on  vessels  which  are  to 
sail  under  the  American  flag.  They  must  be  built  in 
this  country  ;  they  must  be  owned  and  officered  en- 
tirely by  American  citizens ;  they  must  pay  a  heavy 
tonnage  tax,  heavy  local  taxes,  large  fees  to  the  con- 
sular officers  at  foreign  ports ;  they  must  pay  three 
months'  extra  wages  to  seamen  discharged  in  foreign 
ports  ;  they  are  subject  to  many  dues  for  pilotage, 
wharfage,  etc.  To  some  of  these  charges  and  restric- 
tions foreign  vessels  are  also  subject,  and  in  so  far  they 
do  not,  of  course,  hamper  the  competition  of  the  Ameri- 
can merchant  vessels.  But  most  of  them  affect  Ameri- 
can vessels  alone.  In  so  far  as  they  prevent  the  people 
of  the  United  States  from  engaging  in  an  occupation 
which  they  can  with  advantage  carry  on,  the  restric- 
tions are  harmful,  and  should  be  abolished.  There  is 
no  reason,  for  instance,  why  we  should  not  have  free 
ships ;  why  American  citizens  should  not  be  allowed 
to  buy  vessels  built  in  foreign  countries,  and  sail  them 
under  the  American  flag.  If  it  be  said  that  it  is  de- 
sirable for  political  reasons,  that  ships  should  be  built 


288  Elements  of  Political  Economy, 

in  this  country,  in  order  that  a  naval  service  may  be 
more  readily  organized  in  case  of  war,  the  answer  is 
that  the  present  prohibitory  system  has  not  caused  the 
construction  of  ships  of  the  kind  that  would  be  needed 
in  case  of  war.  Aside  from  this,  if  the  government 
is  to  be  prepared  for  war,  it  should  make  its  prepa- 
rations directly  and  efficiently,  by  maintaining  an 
adequate  navy. 

It  has  been  proposed  to  pay  subsidies  to  American 
vessels,  in  order  to  enable  them  to  compete  with 
foreign  vessels.  This  proposal  should  be  energetically 
resisted.  It  is  not  in  itself  a  good  thing  that  Americans 
should  sail  ships  and  carry  goods ;  no  more  than  it 
would  be  in  itself  a  good  thing  for  them  to  engage 
in  growing  tea  and  coffee,  or  than  it  is  an  advantage 
for  every  producer  to  carry  his  own  products  to  market. 
The  thing  to  be  desired  is  that  goods  should  be  car- 
ried cheaply.  It  is  not  worth  while  for  the  people  of 
this  country  to  undertake  the  carriage  of  goods  to 
and  from  foreign  countries,  unless  they  have  ability 
for  doing  the  work  as  cheaply  as  foreigners  do  it.  If 
our  industry  is  not  advantageously  applied  to  the 
shipping  trade,  let  it  be  confined  to  other  occupations. 
The  restrictions  on  that  trade  perhaps  prevent 
American  citizens  from  undertaking  the  business  of 
carrying  goods  to  and  from  other  countries,  when,  in 
the  absence  of  these  restrictions,  they  could  do  this 
work  as  cheaply  or  more  cheaply  than  foreigners. 
The  restrictions  should  therefore  be  removed.  But  if 
Americans  cannot  do  this  work,  under  conditions  of 
freedom,  as  cheaply  as  foreigners  can  do  it  for  the 
country,  they  should  not  be  paid  for  doing  it. 


SI 


ftSM 


*?s 


*3S*&&